8 Possible Knee Replacement Surgery Complications

Knee replacement surgery lessens knee pain, improves mobility, and gets you back to enjoying the things you love doing. Over 600,000 people undergo knee replacement surgeries yearly in the United States. While severe complications like infections are rare, they occur in less than 2% of the cases, making this procedure safe. And like other medical procedures, it’s vital to familiarize yourself with the potential risks of getting knee replacement surgery. This article outlines nine possible knee replacement surgery complications.

Implant Failure

Knee implants are designed to last long. However, there’s a possibility they might fail. This means the replacement joint won’t function as intended. Knee implants may fail due to a problem with the implant or any other cause. When a knee implant fails, you may experience pain, reduced joint function, stiffness or swelling in the knee joint, or knee instability.

However, the revision surgery is riskier, lasts longer, and is more complex. After an implant failure, you’re eligible for compensation from the medical device manufacturer because it’s their legal obligation to ascertain that their products are safe and free of harmful defects or flaws. For instance, if you used an Exactech implant, and then it failed prematurely, you’re eligible for an Exactech lawsuit. This lawsuit entitles you to damages for corrective surgery and treatment expenses, pain and suffering, and any lost wages or income caused by the knee implant failure.

Blood Clots

Since knee replacement surgery impacts blood flow around the knee, it increases blood clot development risks. This may result in severe complications such as pulmonary embolism, a blood clot in the lungs that can be life-threatening. If a blood clot reaches the lungs, you might experience difficulties breathing, faintness and dizziness, mild fever, rapid heartbeat, and cough that might or might not produce blood.

To reduce blood clot risks, your doctor may prescribe blood-thinning medications or suggest techniques to enhance circulation, including lower leg workouts, support stockings, calf pumps, not sitting still for extended periods, or raising the legs to improve circulation and prevent clot formation.

Anaesthesia Complications

While local or general anaesthesia is usually safe, it might have some side effects. The common ones may include sore throat, vomiting, shivering, pain, drowsiness, dizziness, and discomfort. You may also experience allergic reactions, difficulty breathing, and nerve injury. To reduce the risk of anaesthesia complications, tell your doctor about over-the-counter or prescribed medications you’re on and supplements, tobacco, alcohol, or recreational drug usage in advance because they can interfere with it.

Infection

While infections are rare in knee replacement surgeries, they’re a possible occurrence. They’re a severe complication that may happen when bacteria enters the knee joint after or during surgery. Your doctor can reduce infection risks by sterilizing the operating room environment, using sterilized implants and equipment, and giving you antibiotics. To prevent or manage infection, keep your wound clean, take the prescribed antibiotics, and inform the doctors of any medications you’re on or health conditions you may have. You may also get infected if your immune system is compromised.

Bleeding

Bleeding after and during the knee replacement procedure is normal. However, in rare cases, you may lose a lot of blood during surgery, necessitating a transfusion. After the surgery, blood may pool under your skin, causing swelling. In such a case, you may require another procedure to release the blood.

Constant Pain

Pain is normal after surgery. Nonetheless, it should improve with time. The doctor will prescribe some pain relievers to help manage the pain. If the pain persists, seek the doctor’s advice because you may have a complication.

Knee Stiffness and Loss of Motion

Scar tissue sometimes affects knee motion. Physical therapy and other special exercises can help solve this problem. If you’re experiencing severe stiffness, you may require a follow-up procedure to adjust the prosthesis in the knee or break the scar tissue. Get regular exercises and inform your doctor in advance if the stiffness doesn’t reduce.

Nerve and Artery Damage

Nerve damage may result in loss of movement or feeling in the affected area. Occasionally, surgeons can accidentally cut a blood vessel or nerve running near the knee. Should this happen, you may require a second surgery to repair the damage.

Endnote

While knee surgeries improve quality of life, they may have complications. Familiarize yourself with these possible knee replacement surgery complications and take the necessary precaution.

4 Blue Zone Habits You Can Adopt Today For a Healthier, Happier Life

Did you know that there are five locations in the world where people are measurably happier, healthier, and live longer?

Dubbed blue zones, Okinawa (Japan), Nicoya (Costa Rica), Sardinia (Italy), Loma Linda (USA), and Ikaria (Greece) have the highest number of people who live past 100. Research has also shown these people are healthier and happier than the average citizen.

Short of moving to a brand-new country, there are ways you can incorporate blue-zoning into your life to reap the mood and health-boosting benefits of these long-living communities.

What’s different about blue zone locations?

National Geographic Fellow Dan Buetter discovered that these five locations have the longest life expectancy, and there are a lot of factors they have in common. Despite being spread across the globe, these locations all follow similar diets that are heavily plant-based and feature pulses, beans, and nuts.

The residents of these nations are also more physically active and get better rest – two activities that are becoming scarce in the UK. But if you think you need a gym membership to replicate the blue zone life, don’t worry – this exercise comes in the form of healthy daily habits including walking, gardening, farming, and chores.

Blue zoners tend to have a strong purpose in life, which has in part been attributed to the spirituality and religious roots of these locations, as well as their deep connections with friends, family, and their communities.

Now, we’ll cover some of the ways you can incorporate the blue zone lifestyle into your own life.

Find tranquillity in your home

Our homes are supposed to be restful environments, but they don’t always end up that way. Chores, family responsibilities and even work can impact our ability to rest and recharge at home. Creating a homely space where you can get away from the hustle and bustle of everyday life can help you to reset.

Spirituality and looking after your mental well-being are core to the blue zone lifestyle, so having a safe haven in your home where you can practice mindfulness and switch off is important. This could be a spare room, your bedroom, or even a little nook in your living or dining room that is designated for recuperation.

Making the time and space for meditation has been linked to improved sleep, which is another feature of blue zone living. So, curl up in your cosy spot, tea in your favourite floral mug in hand, and let your mind relax.

Introduce your diet to more variety

A diet filled with fish, fruits and vegetables, beans, pulses, and nuts is core to the blue zone way of life. While the meals of an Ikaria resident won’t be exactly the same as Okinawa, the same building blocks are there. Blue zoners limit red meat and processed foods, opting for fresh harvests and leaner cuts of meat.

You don’t need to overhaul your entire diet to make it more blue zone – and we’d encourage you to add to it rather than taking away from it. Instead of trying to cut out entire food groups, why not add more variety to your dinner plate? Adding additional vegetables to your meals and snacking on nuts is a great way to incorporate these nutrient-dense foods. Then you can look at swapping red meats for seafood or poultry to make your meals even more nutritious.

Get your steps in

Blue zoners aren’t gym bunnies, but they do get a lot of exercise. That’s because physical activity is built into their everyday habits. Whether they go on walks in their beautiful surroundings daily, own a farm that they tend to, or keep on top of their chores, they’re active groups of people.

Walking is a big part of life in these areas, and because the locations feature beautifully rolling hills and breathtaking mountain scenes, they’re naturally going to work inhabitants’ bodies harder, so people are reaping the health rewards. Walking more can increase cardiovascular health, muscle strength, and lung capacity, as well as reduce symptoms of mental health conditions such as depression, so it’s definitely worth fitting more steps into your day.

If you’re constantly busy, you could choose to walk to the local shops instead of driving, or add more walking on your way to work if you use public transport – try jumping off a couple of stops early. Don’t forget that all your chores add up too – even pottering around hoovering will contribute to keeping you healthy.

Get into gardening

Gardening is central to many blue zone communities and is another great way to make sure we’re building physical activity into our everyday habits. But there are plenty of other benefits to it. Gardening is great for our mental health for a number of reasons. Immersing ourselves in nature is one of the most powerful ways to boost mental well-being because it can “rest and recharge our brains”, according to Professor Alistair Griffiths.

Cultivating your crops of flowers, fruits, and vegetables gives your mind something to focus on, meaning there’s less mental space for negative thoughts and feelings. What’s more, as you see the literal fruits of your labour grow and develop, you’ll get a self-esteem boost. It’s rewarding to see your hard work flourish into something beautiful (and sometimes edible!).

Our lives are hectic, and that can sometimes leave us feeling like we don’t have the time to practise healthy habits. But by taking a leaf out of blue zoners’ books and building health into our everyday activities, we can boost our mental and physical well-being. Will you be adopting these blue zone habits?

5 Different Types of Neurological Disorders — and How They’re Treated

Image Source: Pixabay

Neurology diagnoses and treats diseases that affect the nervous system, including the brain, spinal cord, and nerves. Neurological disorders are common and are becoming increasingly widespread all over the world.

Neurologists treat neurological disorders, but they will also treat muscular disorders. Neurological disorders range in severity from mild to debilitating. Some neurological disorders appear early and can be diagnosed at birth, while others are diagnosed later.

There are more than 600 neurological disorders known to medicine.

The following are some of the most common neurological disorders and how they are treated:

Cerebral Palsy

Cerebral Palsy is a common neurological disorder affecting about one percent of the population. The leading cause of Cerebral Palsy is birth injuries resulting from issues during labour or delivery. Abnormal brain development could also lead to Cerebral Palsy.

Cerebral Palsy is a disorder that involves damage to the nervous system, adversely affecting a person’s muscle control. It leads to motor disability as Cerebral Palsy patients cannot move their muscles or maintain proper balance and posture. Poor reflexes, rigid limbs, and involuntary movements are symptoms of Cerebral Palsy.

There is no treatment for Cerebral Palsy, but it can be managed by physical therapy and, sometimes, surgery.

Epilepsy

Epilepsy is a neurological disorder that affects the central nervous system, where nerve cell activity becomes disturbed, leading to seizures. It could also lead to abnormal behaviour and, in some cases, the loss of consciousness. Anyone can develop epilepsy.

Epilepsy is often the result of a genetic disorder. However, it can also be caused by a brain injury like trauma or a stroke. Treatment for epilepsy often involves medications, and medicinal marijuana is increasingly showing positive results. Medical devices, dietary changes, and surgery could also be used to manage epilepsy.

Meningitis

Meningitis is a neurological disease that affects the membranes surrounding the brain and spinal cord. It is often caused by an infection of the fluid surrounding the brain and spinal cord, leading to inflammation of the meninges. Viral meningitis caused by a virus is the more common type of meningitis and is rarely deadly.

Contrarily, bacterial meningitis caused by bacteria is rare but often fatal. Symptoms of meningitis include headache, fever, vomiting, nausea, joint pains, and seizures. Treatment for meningitis will depend on the type. For viral meningitis, it is about relieving the symptoms; a reason why you should understand neurology care in Michigan. Intravenous (IV) antibiotics are used to treat bacterial meningitis.

Brain Tumours

Brain tumours are another increasingly common neurological disorder. A brain tumour refers to a growth of abnormal cells in the body. The mass of cells could be cancerous or non-cancerous.

Brain tumours often start in the brain. However, they can start elsewhere and spread to the brain. Symptoms of a brain tumour include dizziness, confusion, debilitating headaches, blurred vision, loss of balance, and seizures.

In unusual cases, the victim exhibits little to no symptoms, and the tumour is identified during medical tests. Brain tumours are treated using surgery, radiation, and chemotherapy.

Parkinson’s Disease

Parkinson’s Disease is a degenerative disorder that affects the nervous system and the body parts nerves control. It is a progressive disorder as symptoms will be mild at first and get more severe with time.

Parkinson’s Disease is caused by damage to nerve cells due to trauma or exposure to environmental toxins. Age and genetics are significant risk factors for the disease. Parkinson’s often starts with tremors in one hand or leg and spreads to the others.

It affects movement, so symptoms include slow movement, muscular stiffness, and poor balance. There is no cure for Parkinson’s Disease, but medicines can help manage it.

Numerous neurological disorders affect many people worldwide. Brain tumours, Cerebral Palsy, Parkinson’s Disease, Epilepsy, and Meningitis, are some of the more common neurological disorders. It is crucial to understand neurological care as most neurological diseases have no cure and can only be managed.

Recovering Your Quality of Life After a Spinal Cord Injury

Spinal cord injuries are among the injuries that can alter a victim’s life significantly. The quality of life after a spinal injury depends on several factors like the injury’s severity and the victim’s mental state.

While some spinal cord injuries result in permanent disabilities, you can still choose to make the best of your new life to ensure that your quality of life is at its best, given the circumstances. This guide offers ideas to help you enjoy your life after a spinal cord injury.

source: https://pixabay.com/photos/the-back-hand-pains-healing-3605073/

Follow Through With the Doctor’s Prescribed Treatment Regime

Upon a spinal cord injury diagnosis, a doctor will create a treatment regimen depending on the severity of your injuries. Sometimes remaining confined in a bed after a spinal cord injury is not a choice, especially if the injury leads to paralysis.

But there are situations where a doctor may require you to get bed rest even when you could move around. The doctor may also recommend therapy to help your body parts regain normal function after an
accident.

Following through with the doctor’s recommendation helps achieve recovery faster. On the flip side, not following the doctor’s recommendation can cause a deterioration of your condition resulting in much more severe conditions such as permanent disability, even when you have chances of recovery.

Reach Out for Help

No person can be adequately prepared for an injury that causes disability. When it happens, it is common for a person to struggle mentally, resulting in psychological problems such as depression, anxiety disorders, and stress.

If you feel overwhelmed by your circumstances, reaching out to the people in your circle for support is best. If the help of the people around you is not sufficient, you may want to seek help from a
mental health professional.

You may also consider searching for local support groups where you can find people in the same kind of predicament.

Finding people in your situations and learning how they are coping and making the best out of their lives can help you see the silver lining in your predicament and ease your suffering.

Seek Compensation for Damages

Spinal cord injury treatment and rehabilitation can result in very high costs considering treatment regimens for some spinal cord injuries can last a lifetime. Also, almost all types of spinal cord injuries result in lost wages.

Being unable to work, piling medical bills, and expensive home modifications can be distressing. But you can find reprieve through an injury claim or lawsuit if your injuries result from another person’s negligent or wrongful actions. Because of the nature of damages suffered in spinal cord injuries, the claim’s value can be relatively high.

The higher the value of a claim, the more opposition it attracts from the at-fault insurer or lawyers.

Therefore, you may need the help of a reputable spinal cord injury law firm, such as Boohoff Law firm; Boohoff Law’s firm expertise in spinal cord injuries is unmatched, and they would be an excellent option for you if you hope to recover a fair outcome from your lawsuit.

Allow Yourself Time

While you recover fully from some types of spinal cord injuries, the road may be long and frustrating. Therefore, allow yourself time to recover. While it is good to stay hopeful, managing your expectations is also important because it can help minimize frustrations and mental anguish.

The doctor’s prognosis is almost always correct, so you could base your expectations on it while at the same time believing for more. If more don’t come, you can choose to enjoy what you have and make the most out of it.

Staying positive is a choice you will have to make every day of your life after a spinal cord injury, so ensure you surround yourself with things and people that can help you stay positive.

Is Rhinoplasty Really Reversible? Surgeon Comments Why It Shouldn’t Be Attempted

With reverse nose jobs trending in the beauty world, rhinoplasty surgeon explains why the return to the pre-surgery nose is nearly impossible and why rhinoplasty is best left for medical reasons.

The fluctuating beauty canons prompt people to go under the knife to achieve the desired aesthetic. Although rhinoplasty—a nose job—is one of the most frequent facial plastic surgeries—over 800K surgeries performed worldwide in 2019—studies show that rhinoplasty patients are more satisfied with improved function rather than aesthetic results. However, now people who have undergone rhinoplasty for aesthetic reasons are getting reverse nose jobs to return to their natural noses that reflect their national identity or family heritage.

Yet reverse rhinoplasty comes with its share of certain risks to one’s health or even sought end goal. Dr. Gytis Baranauskas, otorhinolaryngologist-rhinoplasty surgeon at Nordesthetics Clinic, one of the leading medical tourism clinics in Europe, explained that it is nearly impossible to restore the nose to its original shape. After rhinoplasty, scar tissue forms, and the structure of soft tissues and nasal skeleton change, therefore making a part of the changes irreversible.

“In certain cases, a surgeon can restore the essential features of the former nose. However, revision rhinoplasty is usually more complex, and the result is less predictable, therefore it is recommended to undergo surgery only if it is urgent,” the surgeon said. “Secondary rhinoplasty also takes longer due to complicated structural division and scar tissue. This might increase anesthesia-related risks. If additional tissue is needed, the surgeon takes it from costal cartilages, auricle, or temporal fascia, so there is a potential risk of sustaining complications in the donor spot.”

Ideal candidate for rhinoplasty

Although the look of the nose is important, the reasons for only an aesthetical nose job should be very clearly defined and the patient’s expectations—managed, Dr. Baranauskas explained.

“For example, when the nose is obviously crooked but does not cause any breathing, the end goal —straight nose—is clear. However, the person’s request to have a different, “prettier” nose should be considered with caution,” he explained. “Even if surgery results are fully achieved, the person might have difficulties adjusting to the new look and identity.”

Therefore, according to Dr. Baranauskas, the ideal case for rhinoplasty is when both the function and the aesthetical look can be corrected during the surgery.

“Take a person who has a crooked nasal septum resulting from the growth spurt of the septal cartilage. This obstructs airways and deforms the nasal axis by pushing the tip of the nose downwards and creating a hump,” the surgeon added. “In this case, the surgery eliminates breathing problems and allows changing the shape and position of the tip of the nose as well as removing the hump. The result—aesthetical transformation and, more importantly, unobstructed breathing.”

Pre-surgery do’s and don’ts

If a person has chronic sinusitis, allergic rhinitis, sleep apnoea, or other chronic illnesses, the surgeon advised them to schedule consultations and medical examinations with ENT doctors, allergologists, neurologists, and other specialists. The person should inform their rhinoplasty surgeon about any medication used, especially drugs that affect blood coagulation, hormonal contraception, narcotic substances, and decongestants. Also, they should disclose their smoking habits, past injuries or surgeries, etc.

At the same time, Dr. Baranauskas advised people who want to undergo rhinoplasty for aesthetic reasons to postpone the surgery before major life changes like weddings, extended trips, new jobs, or after emotionally draining events like divorce, illnesses, loss, untreated depression, and other similar circumstances. This is recommended because the patient might have difficulties accepting the changed aesthetic look post rhinoplasty.

Toddler FAQ: A Quick Guide For New Parents

Are you a new parent bringing up a toddler? You might be here because you’re having trouble with their development and feeding program. Well, you aren’t alone. Worrying is okay and normal, especially if you lack experience with small children.

Nevertheless, you don’t have to remain problematic or uncertain. It will be best if you schedule an appointment with your child’s doctor to address your concerns. They’ll help you understand how much and what to feed the baby, how their developmental milestones should proceed, and inform you when to seek medical treatment.

As far as asking questions is concerned, here are frequently asked questions regarding toddlers:

My Toddler Is A Picky Eater. What Should I Do?

Most toddlers are picky eaters, and so are adults. But such fussy eater adults probably started the habit when they were still young. To prevent your toddler from getting there, ensure to introduce a variety of foods once they start eating solids. If you’re yet to introduce different foods with various flavors to your child, try out food pouches from leading child food companies such as Serenity Kids. Such food pouches are packed with nutritious and healthy food for young ones, leaving them yearning for more. It’s also a great way to introduce them to solid foods.

On the other hand, your toddler is more likely to imitate your eating habits. If you are picky with food, expect your toddler to do a good job choosing what to and not to eat. That said, it’s essential for you, as a parent, to be a role model to your child. Prepare healthy meals and stock up your kitchen with fresh, healthy food.

Another way to make your child eat various foods is to bring them along when shopping. Let them pick different vegetables and include them when cooking. Once the food is ready, you’ll notice they’re eager to try what they choose and will gradually start liking new foods.

How Much Should A Toddler Eat?

The answer to this question is a bit diverse since the amount of food a toddler should eat depends on their weight. However, for average toddlers between the age of one to three, about 40 calories for every inch a day will be enough.

A typical toddler meal should consist of one or two tablespoons of protein, two tablespoons of vegetables and fruits, and a single tablespoon of starch. If you’re having trouble determining the number of nutrients your child takes, consider visiting myserenitykids.com and ordering healthy baby food pouches for your baby.

Contrary to what most parents think, it’s not advisable to restrict a child’s diet daily since sometimes they tend to eat more or less. A rule of thumb is that if your child is developing as supposed to and is healthy, avoid food restrictions since they always come around when hungry.

Are These Tantrums Normal?

As they grow, toddlers want to learn and do new things without their parents’ help. On the other hand, as a parent, you see your baby as a fragile human who still requires your help. This perspective leads to you stepping in whenever they try doing something independently. Since they can’t verbally say they don’t need help, the conflict results in outrageous behavior.

Throwing tantrums is normal in toddlers and shouldn’t worry you. All you need is to step aside and avoid apologizing, bargaining, or begging, even if it’s tempting. When you show too much attention, they’ll learn and want to control you with tantrums whenever they need something. Once you step aside, wait until they’re cool. Hug and assure them of your love despite losing control and move on to a new activity.

As a parent, you shouldn’t act out whenever your child throws a tantrum. You must understand they haven’t developed proper communication skills yet. And all they can do to demonstrate their feelings is to cry and do different sorts of things. Nevertheless, if the tantrums don’t go away over the years and seem to get worse, consult your doctor as the child could be experiencing sleeping issues, anxiety, or other health issues.

Conclusion

Bringing up a toddler can be challenging for new parents. During this period, the child is developing fast, and you don’t know how to keep up with the pace. For example, you might not know what to feed the toddler and how much. If you feel you’re doing some things wrong or don’t know how to keep them healthy, consult your doctor for professional advice.

10 Reasons Why You Should Consider Using Autism Spectrum Vitamins

Meta Description: Often children with autism spectrum disorder or ASD lack a number of nutrients and vitamins due to their certain food choices. Here, autism spectrum vitamin supplements are the only option.

Introduction

As per the CDC data, ASD or autism spectrum disorders affect approximately 1 in every 40 children.

It is a chronic condition which impacts social interaction, communication, and language. Children who suffer from autism might also engage in repetitive or stereotypical behaviors.

Although ASD can not be completely cured, there are a number of treatments available in order to improve the symptoms. In the modern age, the treatment is not at all limited to occupational and speech therapy, behavioral therapy, medications, and also play therapy.

It is believed that diet and supplements also can help in managing the behavioural symptoms of autism spectrum disorder. It has been seen that due to critical food choices, autistic children often also suffer from the deficiency of some particular nutrients.

In this case, supplements work really great by providing those particular nutrients and improving some of the autistic behaviours. A number of supplements are available in the market, but you always should go with the best one.

10 Reasons Why You Should Consider Using Autism Spectrum Vitamins

We completely understand that when it comes to supplements, a lot of us are not sure about whether to include them in the diet or not.

To be honest, a number of studies have found that there are some particular nutrients that can improve some of the autism symptoms and also improve the overall health of children with autism. They are as follows.

Vitamin D.Vitamin C.Methyl Vitamin B-12.Vitamin B-6 and Magnesium. Oxytocin. Melatonin. NAC or N-acetylcysteine. Omega-3 and Fish oil. DMG and TMG. Sulforaphane. Probiotics.Digestive enzymes. So, from the above list, we can see that there are some major vitamins and also other nutrients that autistic children need for their betterment.

And, as autistic children tend to avoid some particular types of food or food groups, they often lack these particular nutrients. This is when supplements, especially autism spectrum vitamins, come into play.

Here, we will talk about the major reasons why you should consider using autism spectrum vitamins. So, let’s get started now.

Better Immunity

Immunity is something that children with autism spectrum disorder almost don’t have. That is why they are exposed to a wide range of infectious diseases. Here, Vitamin C supplements come to the rescue.

We all know how crucial vitamin C is for boosting our immunity, as autistic children are too picky when it comes to food. They often lack Vitamin C. here, providing them with Vitamin C will definitely improve their immunity system.

Improved Digestive System

The digestive issue is another concern among autistic children. And that is why doctors often ask them to avoid some particular foods, in most cases processed food. Thus, improving their digestive system has to be a concern here.

Probiotics, some vitamins, and digestive enzymes are pretty useful here. You should try including them in their diet. In case they are not getting them from their diet, opting for autistic spectrum vitamins is the most convenient option.

Proper Brain Functions

Well, in order to improve the core symptoms of autism, one needs to ensure that the brains of autistic children are properly taken care of. There is a brain chemical, oxytocin, which is associated with social interactions and social bonding.

In some children with autism spectrum disorder, the oxytocin system is compromised to some extent. Only some autistic children have this particular condition, so more research is needed. Supplements are the best options for improving the oxytocin system.

Muscle Functions

Proper muscle functioning is essential for all of us. For proper muscle functioning and development, magnesium is a vital nutrient. It also has been seen that children with ASD often have a deficiency of magnesium.

Usually, Vitamin B6 and magnesium are supplemented together. They are the main components of most multivitamin supplements. So, you should have chosen one of the best multivitamin supplements for autistic children.

Controlling Brain’s Reward System

Vitamin B 6 is responsible for more than 60 different biological processes in the human body. This particular vitamin is broken down in the body by an enzyme named PLP. As per some research, PLP is not as effective in autistic children.

This enzyme is also responsible for maintaining the proper level of dopamine, which helps in controlling the brain’s reward system. And we all know the relation between dopamine levels with autism. So, having those multivitamin supplements with Vitamin B-6 is a must.

Regular And Proper Sleep

Children with autism often suffer from sleeping issues and even insomnia. Melatonin is the hormone that is responsible for regulating both sleep and wake cycles. Whether it is difficulties with falling asleep or staying asleep, melatonin is the only solution.

A number of studies have found a relationship between autism spectrum disorder in children and low melatonin levels. Research also has found impressive results using melatonin supplements in autistic children.

[bold]Production Of Neurotransmitters[endbold]Neurotransmitters are responsible for developing new connections along with strengthening connections that are already present. It has been seen that Vitamin D has an effect on neurotransmitters.

Studies also have found that usually, children with ASD often have deficits in Vitamin D. It has been found that those autistic children who regularly take Vitamin D supplements experience a decrease in those core symptoms of autism, like the following.

Impairment in communication. Engaging in repetitive behaviours. Impairment in social interactions.

Healthy Gut

Due to a number of reasons and food preferences, autistic children often suffer from gut issues. That is why your doctor might have also asked you not to include some particular foods and food groups into your diet.

So, it also needs to be taken care of. With some particular autism spectrum vitamins, this issue can be resolved up to a certain level. Studies have shown proven results that autism supplements actually help a lot in improving their gut health.

Fulfilling Omega-3 Fatty Acids

Children who have autism spectrum disorder often lack adequate amounts of omega-3 fatty acids. It is extremely important for brain and eye development in humans. As a way to fulfill the deficiency of omega-3 fish oil, vitamin supplements can work great.

As per a controlled trial, it has been proved that there are marginal benefits of omega-3 fatty acids in children with an autism spectrum disorder. Omega-3 supplements are one of the most common vitamin supplements for autistic children.

Behavioural Changes

The B 12 vitamins are basically a family of vitamins. Each of the vitamins plays a crucial role in the proper functioning of the nervous system and overall bodily functions. Methyl B-12 has the capability of acting on a particular pathway within the brain.

That eventually results in more power or fuel for some particular brain processes. This particular substance also interacts with folic acid in order to produce cells in the body. Now, you should opt for this particular vitamin supplement to ensure the improvement of some behavioural issues.

How does frequent business travel impact health and wellbeing?

Business travel is a fundamental part of the working world, perhaps for some more than others. It serves to support operations, both domestic and international, whilst helping to establish and nurture relationships with a variety of stakeholders. But does it come at a cost to the health and wellbeing of the traveller?

Employers are legally required to look after the health and wellbeing of their employees, but this has traditionally focused on the immediate office or work environment. Any policies relating to business travel often surround potential dangers of the destination – whether it be political unrest or diseases. However, regular business travellers face several different threats and hazards to their personal health and wellbeing that some employers are yet to recognise – particularly since the pandemic.

What are the potential health and wellbeing impacts?

Frequent business travel and time away from home can have a variety of impacts, both physical and mental. Physically speaking, business travellers are more likely to exercise less, eat poorer diets and suffer from interrupted sleeping patterns – all of which can contribute to the risk of chronic illnesses in the long term. Studies have shown a strong correlation between the frequency of business travel and various mental and physical health conditions such as obesity and high blood pressure. This is clear evidence that employers need to implement policies to support those who travel for business regularly, which we’ll discuss further below.

The impacts on mental health and wellbeing are equally as significant. Time away from loved ones, living in isolation and dealing with stressful situations can lead to increased anxiety levels, stress and depression. Factor in the physical risks too, such as lack of exercise and poor sleeping patterns, and employees can be at very high risk of serious mental health concerns. This is significant for the wellbeing of the employee, of course, but also is likely to have an impact on performance too. So, how can employers do more to support their frequent business travellers?

What can employers do?

Looking after employees should be a primary concern in any business, no matter how hazardous the work environment is. Employers that show care for employee wellbeing are more likely to benefit from lower staff turnover and boost productivity because of healthy workplace culture. Employees that travel regularly should be given the same level of attention. Policies should support business travellers in eating a balanced diet, encouraging exercise and maintaining a healthy sleeping pattern. Accommodation choices can have a real impact on these factors – for example, serviced apartments in regions like Singapore provide cooking facilities for homemade meals and often have fitness suites where guests can exercise.

Also consider if business trips are absolutely essential, or where employees could be given a break from the out-of-office routine. Encourage staff to give feedback on business travel policies because these will give a real indication of where new measures need to be introduced.

5 Symptoms Of Spinal Cord Compression

Any condition or injury of the spinal cord is a severe matter to the patient and the doctor who treats these patients. Spinal cord compression isn’t a condition that passes by itself; it only causes the symptoms to worsen over time if the patient doesn’t seek medical assistance.

The patient will show signs of deterioration of the discs between the vertebrae in their back or neck, which act as a shock absorber that keeps the channels open for nerves to flow through. Nerves leaving and entering the spinal column carry signals between the body and brain, so naturally, the function will be affected.

When the brain can’t successfully supply instruction to a part of the body or the message it receives is construed, the patient will have varied physical responses. Below are some of the symptoms medical professionals will observe in a patient with spinal cord compression:

Pain or Stiffness In Some Body Parts

One of the first signs patients will report to their doctor is pain or stiffness in some of their body parts. The pain and stiffness typically come and go at first but worsen over time as the condition progresses. Patients will seek medical attention from their doctor, who’ll refer them for other treatments or therapies.

The first go-to therapy for these patients will be chiropractor treatments that could bring them some relief from the pain and stiffness they experience. Ongoing sessions will assist them over time to improve function in the affected area.

Numbness, Cramps, Or Weakness In Some Areas

Another common symptom of spinal compression is numbness or tingling in some areas of the body, especially those that connect to the nerves affected by the added pressure in the spinal cord. It may also cause cramps or weakness, which could worry these patients.

They may struggle to open jars, have trouble keeping themselves upright, or even avoid postures or body positions that cause further pain or aggravate the symptoms. Their inability to support their body correctly may lead to secondary complications that chiropractic treatment or a physiotherapist must address.

Loss of Sensation In the Extremities

Patients are less inclined to worry about a bit of numbness in their fingers or toes, and most don’t realize it until they consciously try to think about it like when doctors test for sensation in their extremities. Where numbness may fluctuate, the patient’s loss of feeling could be more constant, and some patients could even receive a referral for neck surgery, among other procedures.

Many become seriously concerned when they lose feeling in other areas of their bodies like between their legs, the back of their thighs, and their buttocks. These symptoms are severe, and when patients notice any loss of sensation, especially in those areas, they should seek medical assistance immediately by going to the emergency room or seeing their doctor immediately.

Muscle Coordination Issues

Muscles of the body coordinate with each other to provide the person with the functions they need to perform daily. If the coordination between muscles and signals from the brain that gives the instructions are out of sync, the patient will have reduced function in those body parts.

The person may think they want to pick up an item, but that message never reaches their hand muscles to properly grab and hold onto the thing they were thinking of getting. Uncoordinated leg muscles could make it difficult for a person to move their legs, sit properly, or walk.

Total Loss of Function or Control

In more severe or advanced stages of spinal compression, the patient could exhibit a total loss of function or control over certain bodily functions like in the case of spinal injuries. They may lose control over their bowels or bladder, making for an embarrassing situation for the patient.

Another function that’ll often suffer from spinal compression is the sexual function, which could be distressing to patients who previously had no issues in this area. These symptoms are enough for a patient to be admitted for emergency medical treatment by a multidisciplinary team.

Conclusion

Although any strange feelings or sensations in the body worry patients, doctors, and other medical professionals will be more concerned, especially when there’s a significant loss of function. Spinal compression can cause many issues for the patient, but the excruciating pain that some report is usually one of the most debilitating symptoms.

One of the most successful treatments to relieve some of the discomforts of these patients is chiropractic sessions, among other procedures. Depending on the severity of the patient’s symptoms they experience, the medical professionals will do their best to assist these patients to live a full and happy life even with their spinal compression.

Genital Lumps and Bumps: When to Seek Medical Attention

From time to time, it’s common to develop bumps and lumps around your genitals. While most of them shouldn’t be a cause for concern, sometime, these can be signs of a severe health condition, like skin cancer. It’s, therefore, essential to seek a doctor’s advice whenever you have lumps that won’t go away, even with home remedies.

As already stated, most genital lumps and bumps are harmless and might not require treatment, unless they make you uncomfortable. Nevertheless, to give you peace of mind and rule out any threatening health condition, you should seek medical help.

Harmless Genital Bumps

Pimples, mollusca, pearly penile papules, cysts, and angiomas are among harmless genital bumps.

  • Pearly Penile Papules

These are small bumps that occur around a penis, with the same color as the skin around the area. The cause of pearly penile papules (PPP) is yet to be discovered. Mainly, these develop around the penis head and don’t itch or produce fluid. Their appearance resembles pimples, and might appear more prominent or disappear as one ages.

While these bumps might be harmless, you might be required to seek treatment if they make you uncomfortable. Luckily, there are several ways to remove pearly penile papules, and the doctor can help you decide on the best removal procedure for your case. PPP can also be removed at home with home remedies. For instance, this site says you can apply toothpaste on the glans to remove PPP.

Cysts are lumps under the skin that are yellowish in color, resembling pebbles and moving around easily. While cysts might enlarge a little, mostly, they remain the same size and cause no harm. Since cysts are usually a result of blocked hair follicles, they’re harmless and don’t require treatment.

Mollusca are virus-caused genital bumps. These bumps are sexually transmitted and have the same color as the skin around the area. Mollusca are usually characterized by tiny bumps that disappear after some time. Nevertheless, in some cases, these bumps might disappear after three years. Although mollusca might not require treatment, it’s advisable to seek the doctor’s advice for a precise diagnosis. The doctor might also prescribe some medication to help the bumps disappear first. Besides, you wouldn’t want genital bumps for three years, would you?

While mollusca might be harmless or less likely to progress to skin cancer, these can indicate unprotected sex. Therefore, it’s vital for anyone with these bumps to visit a doctor to get tested for sexually transmitted diseases or infections, including HIV, chlamydia, hepatitis, HIV, or syphilis. However, besides syphilis, HIV, chlamydia, and hepatitis don’t cause genital bumps or lumps.

Individuals at risk of developing sexually transmitted infections are the ones who have multiple sexual partners and don’t practice safe sex.

These bumps are small collections of blood vessels that appear bright red or purplish. These bumps don’t enlarge or breed. Since they’re harmless and don’t interfere with life’s quality, they don’t require treatment.

Harmful Bumps

Some bumps and lumps are caused by severe infections that might worsen and affect the quality of your life if left untreated. Such bumps include:

  • Genital Warts

Genital warts are tiny skin-colored bumps. These bumps might go away or multiply. Genital warts are caused by human papillomavirus (HPV), a virus that also contributes to throat cancer in men and cervical cancer in women. Genital warts are contagious.

HPV is the most common infection transmitted through sex. Luckily, there’s an HPV vaccine for boys and girls who haven’t started having sexual relationships. If you think that the lumps on your genitals might be genital warts, seek treatment as soon as possible before developing a serious health condition.

  • Skin Cancer

Skin cancer on one’s genitals starts as a black spot that continues enlarging. While this disease might be rare in teens, it can be possible. Unfortunately, melanoma or skin cancer spots can develop on skin that isn’t exposed to the sun. If you have the following symptoms, seek your doctor’s advice:

  • A spot that’s wavy, uneven, or rigid on the borders
  • If the spot changes color as time passes or is of different color than the skin around
  • If the spot has a diameter that’s larger than a pencil eraser
  • If the spot is elevated over the skin

Conclusion

Lumps and bumps on the body might not indicate severe health conditions. However, they must be checked to determine if they’re signs of severe health conditions. Don’t hesitate to visit your trusted physician for accurate diagnosis and the best solutions.

Mental Health Counseling: How It Works and Why It’s Important

Mental health counseling is becoming a critical part of regular medical appointments because it helps medical practitioners determine the best care for their patients. It entails having an open conversation with your psychiatrist as they try to analyze your mental state.

Aside from finding the cause of mental health issues, meeting your psychiatrist will help you develop ways to overcome problems that arise from imbalances in your emotions, feelings, and actions.

However, most people with mental health problems find it difficult to get help from a counselor due to the stigma surrounding the subject. Lack of information is probably to blame for the misunderstanding about mental health counseling. 

Luckily, mental health counselors are now finding ways to reach out to people willing to open up and find a suitable treatment for mental health problems. You can visit websites like https://www.insightorthwest.com/counseling-portland-oregon to book an appointment for a psychological evaluation or a consultation.

How Does Mental Health Counseling Work?

Also known as clinical mental counseling, mental health counseling is a doctor-patient partnership that observes confidentiality requirements in a health institution. A psychiatrist will endeavor to work with you and find a solution to whatever mental issues you have.

Mental health counselors address many mental health issues, such as anxiety, depression, and personality disorders.

Furthermore, mental health counseling relies on research to identify the real issues or triggers and apply techniques to handle mental disorders. Here’s how it works.

1. Initial Consultations

It takes a lot of courage for someone to admit that they have a mental health disorder and to seek professional assistance. Counselors can recommend that you plan an initial consultation to try and find a solution for struggles you might be having.

In addition, the initial consultation is an icebreaker and can help the counselor pick crucial points to develop a therapy plan for you. You just have to go with an open mind and be willing to express yourself without holding back.

2. Mental Health Assessment

Mental health counselors must conduct a cognitive assessment on all their patients to determine the best approach to treatment. It’s an exercise that takes longer, depending on the patient’s mental state, and it contributes to doctor-patient consultations.

It will highlight the main stressors causing mental disorders in patients, such as relationship problems, changes at work, money, and family conflicts. The counselor can give a conclusive report to the person with a mental health condition and recommend alternative ways to overcome the issues.

3. Trigger Identification

Trigger identification is perhaps the most vital part of mental health counseling. It gives mental health professionals an idea of what their patients are struggling with and the probable causes of mental disorders. 

Patients could suffer from chronic panic attacks or depression due to exposure to a toxic work environment or stress at home. It’s essential for mental health professionals to learn precisely what state of mental disorder their patients have to determine which counseling techniques to use.  

4. Mental Health Counseling Techniques

Several techniques that are applied when counseling a mental health patient have worked for many who sought help. Using these techniques goes hand in hand with psychological evaluation and a professional’s area of specialization in mental health counseling.

For instance, a mental health patient going through a rough patch due to drug addiction requires counseling tailored to the habit. So, professionals must review the mental health analysis or evaluation to prescribe the best technique for their patients. 

However, other methods, such as Regarian psychology, are person-centered to provide mental health counseling that most therapists use in their practice. Thus, mental health professionals need to familiarize themselves with such material to offer quality services.

5. Follow-Up 

Mental health professionals need to monitor their patients constantly to ensure they’re following corrective actions required by counseling techniques. It’s common practice for them to revisit their patients and assess if the treatment works.

This gives them the reassurance that their patients are getting better and that their counseling services are measurable. It’s also an opportunity to reassess the mental state of their patients and show their support.

Why Is Mental Health Counseling Important?

There are many benefits of mental health counseling that most patients aren’t aware of. Mental health counseling is one way to regain physical and mental health lost in psychological battles. Read on to find out why seeking mental health counseling is essential.

1. Personal Empowerment

Personal empowerment has become a necessary component of mental health counseling. It’s an information filtering process used by mental health counselors to separate self-esteem and mental health issues, such as depression or anxiety.

Aside from eliminating negative thoughts in patients, personal empowerment seeks to change self-defeating behaviors and patterns of life that can leave you trapped with mental issues. Self-empowerment helps to open your eyes and mind to better options in life and ways to turn things around from negative to positive.

2. Hope

Mental health patients need to look forward to something in the future to pull them out of the unfortunate state of mind. Hope plays a crucial role in repairing broken dreams and giving reassurance of a better tomorrow.

As a mental health counselor, it’s crucial to ignite the fire of goodwill and encourage your patients to strive for the best by being optimistic and determined to get mentally fit. However, when suggesting hope as a solution, the journey to recovery depends on the patient’s willingness to start the process and their situation or conditions.

3. Overcoming Stigma 

Stigma, prejudice, and discrimination are probably why mental health issues continue to rise in society. You’ll find patients suffering in silence. As a result, they isolate themselves to avoid exposure to public criticism.

Mental health counseling aims to clear the air and instill confidence to face a society that doesn’t understand mental health issues. This practice looks to treat patients through techniques so that they can overcome all types of stigmatization they might be experiencing.

For instance, a mental health counselor can suggest to a patient to upskill by returning to school to further their knowledge and advance in their career. This kind of advice can help the patient overcome the institutional stigma that can be found in the corporate world. 

4. Acceptance of Life

Painful thoughts and feelings from life experiences can be unbearable, and patients might look for ways to make their negative feelings go away.

However, mental health patients must first accept the realities of life and find positive ways to subdue the feelings. Mental health counseling can guide them through figuring out the best approach to deal with the ups and downs of life and tackle challenges with acceptance and confidence. 

5. Personal Insights (Self-Discovery)

Mental health patients can have several symptoms that can be hard for them to understand or recognize. A keen mental health counselor can determine traits displayed by someone having a mental disorder.

In addition, mental health patients will often brush off the need to visit a counselor. They’ll probably assume everything is okay, but their behavior or actions will communicate a different message.

6. Life Skills

Recovering the mental health process is a consolidation of what patients learn when attending therapy sessions. Mental health counselors can highlight life skills that might benefit the treatment process and help their patients deal with mental health disorders.

The skills focus on identifying triggers and symptoms that can affect your mental state and forming action plans to manage mental issues at once. Such skills like stress or mood management can be easy to learn with the help of an experienced counselor

7. Wellness

Your well-being closely relates to mental health and may affect how you function. Every aspect of your life can significantly change if you’re mentally healthy and can freely express yourself or live a full life. Lack of wellness can alter how you live your life, and things might turn either bad or worse.

Mental health patients need guidance on enhancing wellness and finding alternatives when a mental health problem develops. Achieving wellness helps to avoid creating room for other medical conditions that they may experience eventually. 

8. Prevention of Recurrence of a Mental Illness

Prevention and early intervention are the most crucial part of mental health counseling that you can expect. It entails finding suitable strategies to protect and reset how patients think, feel, and act.

Mental health issues can recur due to environmental factors, such as bad weather, and can affect patients negatively. Identifying such stressors can help patients adjust how they respond and learn to stay calm and handle stressful situations.

Final Thoughts

Mental health counseling is a practice that’s fast becoming a significant component of societal well-being. You or your loved ones might suffer from mental disorders but prefer to downplay them because of stigmatization. Overlooking the need for mental health counseling is risky and may even worsen your health. For instance, you might develop other medical conditions, such as diabetes or paralysis.

So, don’t be afraid to reach out. Break the silence and take the bold step of seeking the help of a mental health counselor. With a professional’s guidance, you’ll become stronger and more confident, as well as learn how to deal with issues caused by friction between your emotions and psychological and social wellness. 

Air Pollution and how it is impacting our health

The ever-mounting climate crisis has become a major point of concern for national and global populations, as aggressive heatwaves sweep across Europe and the clear effects of man-made pollution are laid bare. But the source of the disruption is not only harmful to the planet’s natural systems and processes; it has also been demonstrated to be directly harmful to human life.

The key driver for climate disruption has been air pollution, in the form of both toxic particulates and greenhouse gases. Various estimations have been made as to the cost to life represented by man-made pollution, but the starkest figures suggest that 8.7 million
people have died from air pollution caused by the burning of fossil fuels alone
.

The burning of fossil fuels releases carbon particulates into the atmosphere as well as CO2 and carbon monoxide. But fossil fuels are only one part of a much wider problem, which
encompasses industrial processes and urban habits. What are the real risks to life that stem from exposure to air pollution?

Autoimmune Disorders

Air pollutants have recently been linked to increased incidences of autoimmune disorders, such as Crohn’s disease, ulcerative colitis and rheumatoid arthritis – the latter of which was 40% more likely in those exposed to air pollutants long-term.

Much of the burden here lies on urban environments and the suspension of exhaust fumes from congested city roads. However, industrial by-products have increased risk significantly for industrial and ex-industrial communities, necessitating businesses to take air pollution control measures more seriously.

Cancers

Air pollution and cancer risk are already understood to go hand-in-hand, with the links between cancer and smoking well-documented and comprehensively proven. While air pollution is less likely than smoking to result in cancer, Cancer Research UK nonetheless report that around 1 in
10 cases of lung cancer is caused by air pollution
.

The explanation given is that the harmful particulates suspended in polluted air can damage the DNA present in lung cells, leading to mutations and the development of cancerous material.

Respiratory Disease

The risk posed by pollutant material to the lungs is much more holistic than the potential alteration of DNA in cells, though. Air pollution is also known to exacerbate asthma, and contribute to the onset of disorders such as COPD.

Air pollution is an ever-present threat to life, far beyond the disruptive effects it is having on the environment around us. While climate change should be a key concern for governments and communities, the direct effect of pollution should not be discounted.

As the world continues to industrialise itself, pollution becomes more rampant. Today, polluted air is the norm in major urban centres, despite the profound risk posed to the average citizen. Simple measures could make a major difference, and a commitment to net-zero could have more of an impact than we may truly understand.

FDA Guidelines For New Medical Devices

The manufacture of new medical devices is regulated by The Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Compliance is essential to ensure the safety and effectiveness of these products for consumers. Here’s what manufacturers of these devices need to know.

FDA Regulations For Medical Devices

The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) is a branch of the FDA that deals specifically with standards and procedures relating to medical devices in the USA. This includes the monitoring of radiation-emitting electronic items, whether for medical or non-medical use. Examples of these products are color televisions, microwave ovens, ultrasound systems, x-ray equipment, and lasers.

The FDA categorizes medical devices into Class I, Class II, and Class III. Each classification comes with its own regulatory requirements. Those items that fall into Class I do not require a Premarket Notification 510(k), whereas Class II does need it. With Class III, a full Premarket Approval has to take place.

The FDA Regulation Requirements For Medical Devices

There are several steps involved in the process of complying with the FDA regulations for medical devices. It is up to the identified parties to make sure that they have a good grasp of what this entails and that they complete the necessary stages of the process that are applicable to them.

The steps are as follows. Firstly, the company must undertake establishment registration before they can produce medical devices. Secondly, they need to obtain a listing for their medical device. The third step is either premarket approval or premarket notification 510 (k), dependent on which one applies to the business concerned. In step four, where clinical studies are implicated, an IDE (investigational device exemption) is needed. The fifth step covers labeling, and the final step is the MDR (Medical Device Reporting).

The Role Of The FDA In The Compliance Of Medical Devices

The FDA has numerous responsibilities, one of which is to ensure that medical devices are regulated, and proof obtained of their efficacy and safety from the manufacturers. However, the authority of the FDA is not unlimited. IT does not determine how doctors or nurses carry out their practices. Nor does it provide them or any health care facilities with specific recommendations. Additionally, it does not assess medical devices by assigning a rating over and above the determination of what falls into Classes I, II, and III.

MedWatch is the FDA’s Safety Information and Adverse Event Reporting Program.  Anyone can report a problem with a medical device or pharmaceutical product. This includes consumers, health care professionals, manufacturers, or any other interested party. 

Compliance Certification By Manufacturers Of Medical Devices

The FDA recommends Compliance Certification from businesses manufacturing medical devices. It is essential that these devices remain safe and continue to operate as specified throughout their product lifecycle. Thus, the FDA makes provisions for the repairs and maintenance of medical devices.

Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP) are supported by the FDA. To this end, it has instituted Quality System Regulations (QSR) and will enforce compliance if necessary. Nevertheless, it is not good practice to rely on enforcement to ensure the quality of goods. That is why compliance certification is required.

Manufacturers should align themselves with the FDA’s regulatory requirements and obtain compliance certification as proof of the quality of their medical devices.

6 Dental Care Tips For Seniors

If you’re looking for tips on caring for dental health as a senior, it can be hard to know where to start. There’s a lot of conflicting advice about the best ways to take care of your teeth, and some of those methods are not always ideal for seniors. Here are some tips for taking care of your teeth as a senior:

1. Visit the Dentist Often

By having your teeth cleaned and examined every six months, you can help avoid cavities, gum disease, and other problems resulting from poor oral hygiene. These visits also allow you to make any necessary adjustments in your brushing techniques or other habits to work better for your specific needs.

But what if you can’t leave the house that much or would just rather not? Then maybe home dental visits are the best for you. You can check out this site on how you can make that happen and make sure you don’t miss your necessary checkups.

2. Brush and Floss Regularly

Make it a habit to brush and floss regularly. This will help prevent tooth decay, gum disease, and other problems that can affect the health of your teeth.

When brushing, it’s best to use a soft-bristled toothbrush with a small head for better access to the back teeth. Do this for at least two minutes to reduce plaque buildup on your teeth. In addition, flossing makes it easier for you to remove food particles between your teeth, where most cavities start growing. If flossing is difficult for you because of arthritis or limited range of motion in the hands or arms, ask your dentist about using waxed floss instead.

 

3. Use the Right Toothbrush and Toothpaste

Besides brushing your teeth, another thing to keep in mind is choosing your toothbrush and toothpaste. Here’s a quick guide:

  • Choose a soft bristle rather than hard one, especially if you’re a senior. The reason behind this is because your gums are likely thinner, more sensitive, and have had more time to develop periodontal disease.
  • Another is using fluoride-containing toothpaste. This is highly recommended as it helps prevent cavities and strengthens enamel by remineralizing teeth. Make sure to get your seniors checked every six months to ensure they don’t need fluoride supplements (in case they live in an area where their water supply is fluoridated).
  • If you have limited mobility, then all the more reason to use an electric toothbrush. It’s effective at removing plaque and therefore helping you keep your teeth. But if you have full mobility, you can protect your dental health just as effectively using a manual toothbrush.  

 

4. Drink Plenty of Calcium

Calcium is essential for healthy bones and teeth. It can be found in dairy products, fish, and leafy green vegetables. It would be best to get enough calcium to meet your body’s daily needs as this mineral helps your body absorb the iron you need to make red blood cells.

The amount of calcium you need depends on your age and gender—women generally have higher needs. Moreover, your diet affects how much calcium you need because some foods contain more or less of it than others.

 

5. Quit Smoking

The most common cause of tooth loss is gum disease and a lack of oral hygiene, but smoking also puts you at risk for these conditions. Smoking can cause bad breath, tooth enamel wearing away, cavities, and gum recession. Your teeth will thank you if you quit smoking as soon as possible. 

You can look up guides on quitting smoking, as most people find it challenging, especially when trying to quit cold turkey (and maybe you shouldn’t). Take it in strides but do it soon, and you might just save your teeth.

  

6. Use a Prescription Fluoride Rinse

Fluoride is a mineral that helps prevent cavities. It’s already added to toothpaste and drinking water. Fluoride may be prescribed in a rinse for seniors who don’t get enough fluoride from other sources.

However, it’s important to note, if you have kids in the house, that fluoride rinses aren’t recommended for infants and children under six years old because their developing teeth are more sensitive than adult teeth.

Conclusion

As you get older, you will feel the effects of poor dental hygiene on your body and health; it’s crucial to maintain good oral hygiene if you want to live a healthy life for as long as possible. 

These tips can help you keep your teeth healthy if you’re a senior. With extra care and effort, you can avoid missing out on the benefits of having a beautiful smile!

Fever Detection and Treatment: 5 New Trends and Technologies

It’s an entirely new world once you step outside your home and expose yourself to different elements. From the air you breathe down to the people around you, everything can affect your health one way or another. It doesn’t help that the elements are often against you, with extreme temperatures working on wearing you down as you move along further.

All these factors contribute to one’s weakening immunity, eventually resulting in sickness. Although it’s trickier to identify the specific reason behind your sickness, sometimes symptoms are visible so they become a cause for concern. Fever is one of the signs you must look out for as it raises the patient’s body temperature, rendering them immobile at times. Before that happens, you must prioritize how to bring temperature down.

New Digital Trends to Detect Fever

Before you apply any treatment, you need assurance that what you’re dealing with is an actual fever. After all, misreading one’s temperature can happen, especially if done by depending on touch alone. Therefore, use technology to detect the exact temperature properly.

  • Thermal Cameras

It’s not uncommon for camera systems to be installed in public or private establishments. As long as many people come and go as they please, it’s only natural for security measures to be taken. Because they’re common pieces of technology, experts found a way to utilize the camera’s software to detect those who are feeling feverish by setting up infrared cameras.

If you don’t know yet, infrared is energy that contrasts with visible light. Whereas visible light can be seen, infrared energy is not visible to the naked eye. Regardless, you can still sense the heat coming from infrared, while visible light is only evident once it reaches extremely high temperatures.

Because infrared radiates heat, they’re used to sense the infrared energy (heat) from any object within the vicinity. With this, infrared cameras can easily detect abnormal heat signatures and identify how many there are. However, as this is still a work in progress, there’s no way to differentiate whether or not someone’s fever is a sign of something more severe or if it’s as simple as a common cold.

  • Wearable Detectors

Although stationing infrared camera systems in establishments effectively identifies potential cases, only the authorities would be aware of one’s vitals. So, instead of leaving it up to them, you might want to consider wearing temperature-sensitive technology to monitor yourself. Because not only are you brought up to speed over what’s going on with your body, but you can also take the necessary precautions and separate yourself from the crowd when you’re in public.

Like your own reader, wearable detectors are designed to monitor several health metrics, such as respiratory and pulse rate, activity levels, and even body temperature. These devices are much more thorough than infrared cameras as manufacturers design them to be worn around the user’s wrist or fingers. This proximity to the user makes it easier for the device to track down their metrics.

  • Artificial Intelligence (AI)

Health data are considered essential information for every individual. Because they contain your medical information, any data leak can harm you. Fortunately, programmers have designed frameworks to cultivate AI and handle privacy issues. Besides that, AI is employed for detectors to identify those symptoms. Hence, infrared cameras can’t identify symptoms such as difficulty breathing as they only aim to detect abnormal heat signatures.   

 

How to Treat Fever

Now you know how digital trends can detect fever, treating them is the next step.

  • The Internet Of Things

It’s impossible to keep up with anything anymore without the internet. The same applies to medical care. Without the internet, any data received by infrared cameras or wearable devices will only be stored inside them instead of getting sent out to the officials. With the power of the internet, relaying information to help patients treat their fever and other symptoms has become easier.

  • Gene Editing

Humanity owes a lot to technological advancements. Previously, editing one’s genetic information seemed an extremely far-fetched idea. Yet modern technology has made it possible for experts to start creating medications that accommodate patients’ needs. Thus, improving the chances of their effectiveness and avoiding allergic reactions from happening.

Takeaway

Even the slightest rise in your body temperature should be worrying enough because sometimes, getting a fever is a prerequisite to another disease. Fortunately, with the help of technology, multiple options are now available to help the public detect any abnormalities in their temperature and handle any treatment.

Keeping Your Health as You Grow Older

Everyone is aware that a healthy diet and regular exercise are the cornerstones of good health. Still, it’s crucial to comprehend why you should keep up these habits as you get older, even if you’re not as physically fit and mobile as you were when you were younger. Learn why it’s so crucial to maintain a healthy diet and regular exercise as you get older by reading on. Will Medicare be all that helpful? It’s certain that AvaCare Medical is helpful.

Why Physical Exercise is Important

As you age, staying physically active is crucial for several reasons. By staying active, you can prevent muscle wasting, maintain a healthy weight, and improve your heart and cardiovascular health. Exercise has also been shown to lower the risk of numerous conditions and diseases common in old age, such as osteoporosis, diabetes, and coronary heart disease.

Other Advantages of Exercise

As you get older, regular exercise has a variety of additional advantages. Exercise has numerous positive effects on mental health, and the endorphins it releases can help you relax. Regular exercise can also be a fun hobby, which people can do alone or with others (many seniors struggle with loneliness and isolation). Additionally, many people discover that regular exercise can support restful sleep, which is essential for overall health and wellbeing.

Keeping it up

Naturally, as you get older, you might not be able to exercise as much as you could when you were in your 20s. Many people must therefore modify their exercise routines to avoid injury. In general, low-impact exercises like walking, cycling, and swimming are best. Numerous walking sports are now available to help people enjoy their favorite activities without the negative effects (these can also be fantastic social activities). For any pain you are feeling, such as back pain that can affect all facets of your daily life, you should pay attention to your body and consult a specialist.

Nutrition: Its Importance

Nutrition is the other aspect of the equation. Your body will receive the nutrition it needs from a healthy, balanced diet to produce energy, maintain a healthy weight, and fend off conditions like high blood pressure and heart disease. Even if you frequently exercise throughout the week, maintaining good health will be difficult if your diet is not in order. This is why you should base your diet on vegetables, fruit, protein, whole grains, and treats that you enjoy occasionally. 

Too many seniors neglect their diet and exercise as the allure of the big screen TV and Netflix makes it so easy to just sit around all day. And why bother making a fresh green salad when it’s so much easier to open a can of chili to heat in the microwave? So don’t let the golden years start to tarnish by abandoning the healthy habits of a lifetime! Maintaining a healthy lifestyle as you age will enable you to enjoy an active lifestyle as you approach retirement, a period of your life that you’ll want to enjoy to the fullest. 

The Students Problem Of Mental Illness In The UK

The Student’s Problem of Mental Illness in the UK

College students who will enter college for the first time undergo a transitional period. Studies have shown that around 25% of these newcomers will most likely experience mental health issues.

This vulnerability to psychological issues occurs due to various college-specific challenges. Other factors that contribute to this issue include being far from home, having new experiences, financial strains, and more. There is a need to educate and support them. They need to learn how to recognize stress. It’s an early and common indication of mental health issues.

Vulnerability of students

There are specific factors that make students more vulnerable to mental illness. First is their age. Many of the ones below 25 and approximately 75% of adults may have experienced some type of mental illness before they turned 25. Stress is another factor. Being a student can potentially be a very stressful experience. On its own, stress isn’t a mental health issue. But if not dealt with, it may lead to mental illnesses like anxiety and depression.

Then there is a lack of support. Being far from home for the first time or not seeing family and friends can contribute to mental problems. Without a solid support network, they might develop some type of mental illness. Before entering college, some may already have existing mental illnesses. It’s essential for them to continue with whatever treatment they’re undergoing. Otherwise, they should seek treatment to overcome their illness.

Ask Professional About Help With Education

In the UK, more and more students suffer from mental illness while trying to cope with their education. To protect their mental health, they need to find ways to overcome stress while studying. These days, there are many resources for them. Edu birdie can help students with writing tasks. With one thing out of the way, they can focus on their health more. Having more free time reduces the risk of feeling stressed, which then reduces the risk of suffering from mental health problems.

Anxiety and depression

Based on recent statistics, the mental state of college freshmen is very worrisome. Approximately 37% of first-year students in England at a specific university have shown symptoms of anxiety and depression.

This number is statistically higher compared to the general population of students aged 16-29, which is around 22%. The same survey showed that approximately 21% of first-year students had sought mental health services since 2020.

Almost 2,000 students participated in this survey. Since this is a small sample size, we should consider these results experimental. Despite this, the results are still significant. The head of the survey for COVID-19 insights, Tim Gibbins, stated that the pandemic has a clear effect on the mental health of students. He also stated the need to continuously monitor this issue.

Other common problems that cause health issues

Another survey conducted back in 2017 by an accommodation provider found that around 87% of first-year college students struggled to cope with the academic and social aspects of college life.

The main area of concern was the stress students felt while studying. Around 60% of students reported difficulty coping with their workload. Other concerns included independent living (22%), financial worries (36%), studying and working at the same time (37%), and isolation (44%).

Finding support

There are many areas of concern when it comes to the mental health of students in the UK. This is especially true for students entering college for the first time. The problem can be better managed if they have access to the right treatment and in a timely manner.

Hopefully, the results of the survey findings will serve both as a guide for students and a call to action for the community. It’s important for family members, friends, government agencies, and the university to work together. They need to provide what the students need to care for their mental health.

Conclusion

College life can be very challenging, especially for first-timers. They will leave their homes and cope with academic demands. They might face social changes and financial worries. All these things could make them feel overwhelmed. This has led to rapid growth in mental illnesses in students. Ironically, the increased awareness of these issues has contributed to the problem too. This shows a growing need to increase support to help students overcome or even prevent such issues.

5 Upcoming Trends in Dental Insurance for 2022 and Beyond

Dental care coverage has traditionally been a secondary priority for people, also because, often, dental problems are not life-threatening and are not treated with the same importance as other conditions. However, now that 75 million people in the US lack essential dental coverage and are forced to delay or skip important treatments for their health, the burden of this choice has started to become evident. 

Luckily, the dental insurance market is evolving to meet the changing needs of consumers and provide more transparent, affordable, and accessible coverage. Here are some of the most prominent emerging trends. 

The Dental Insurance Market Is Set To Continue Growing As More People Invest in Dental Insurance

While the percentage of people investing in dental coverage is significantly lower than those buying medical insurance, this figure is on the rise – and, with it, the size and reach of the global dental insurance market.

Today, the international dental insurance industry is valued at over $182 billion, and it’s set to continue growing through to 2027 at a CAGR of 8%, reaching a whopping value of $313 billion. In this fast-growing sector, the US is the largest and most prominent market, making the country a launch pad for new and innovative insurance companies. 

InsurTech Will Provide Unprecedented Accessibility, Clarity, and Customization Options

Today, 37 million people and 47% of Medicare beneficiaries don’t have dental cover – and the ones that take advantage of their benefit are forced to afford $1000 or over in out-of-pocket expenses. 

What’s more, those who don’t have dental insurance cite costs, inaccessibility, and unsuitability of policies among the major factors preventing them from getting the coverage they need.

Given this significant healthcare gap, it isn’t surprising that insurance companies are adapting to deliver policies that are more accessible, easy to understand, and customized to the unique needs of each consumer. And, they are doing so by leveraging InsurTech tools such as prevention-focused wearable devices, online platforms, virtual assessments, and AI- or data-driven premium calculations. 

Customers Will Increasingly Look for Great Quality and Value

Both the health and dental insurance industries are now shifting their focus toward individual consumers’ needs, which include tailored policies, more accessible data about their plans, and better customer service. But, even more importantly, consumers are after dental care policies that they can afford and offer comprehensive coverage.

As the market evolves, innovative marketplaces like Dental Insurance allow customers to compare different policies, find options that cover their specific health and dental needs, customize their plans, and ensure they are getting the best value for their money. 

More Health Insurance Plans Will Also Provide Comprehensive Dental Cover

While, historically, dental care has often been considered by insurers as an offshoot of healthcare, there is now a renewed focus on the connection between oral health and overall wellbeing. 

Today, one of the things about medical insurance consumers should know is that dental benefits are not commonly covered by Medicare and, when they are, they might be limited. However, the current insurance market is trying to shift towards a more holistic and comprehensive approach to health, fuelling the convergence of health and dental insurance plans. 

In the future, consumers will look at plans that will meet all of their healthcare and dental needs and allow them to streamline their finances. 

Dental Health Insurance Plans Are Adapting To Provide Cover For Telehealth Services

Virtual healthcare and telehealth are playing an important role in transforming the entire industry and making healthcare services more affordable and accessible. What’s more, as studies show the extent of the potential savings on public health services possible through the nationwide adoption of telehealth, governments are getting ready to innovate their healthcare system. 

As the adoption rates of virtual care tools are set to rise sharply in the dental care industry, insurance companies can’t just sit back. That is why future plans will aim to absorb some of the costs of virtual consultations and telehealth services. 

While the dental insurance market has traditionally been slow to adapt to changes in the market, insurers are now looking to catch up with the needs of consumers and close the gap in dental care coverage. 

Happy Hair at Juvida Clinics

The world of hair is one that many people approach with no small amount of caution, whether it be considering a new trim, thinking about a new colour, or making a drastic change to its length. Taking care of your hair can give a person no small amount of confidence, and it is this confidence that people take with them into all manner of life experiences. However, when a person loses their hair, that does not mean that the confidence has to go altogether. Instead, hope endures in the form of Juvida Clinics. Discover why we awarded this outstanding clinic the title of Most Trusted Hair Transplant Clinic of 2020, the UK, last year.

Hair is something that many people place a great amount of emphasis on, as it can seriously affect an individual’s confidence and feelings about themselves. For those that lose their hair, whatever the circumstances surrounding that, there can sometimes come feelings of inadequacy or a distinct lack of self-confidence. It is at times like this the team at Juvida Clinics can help restore some of that lost confidence, providing life-changing hair transplants that result in quality looks and ultimate comfort. The team at Juvida Clinics is wholly dedicated and committed to ensuring that every patient that walks into the clinic is able to receive nothing but the best in terms of natural-looking results that are achieved using the very latest innovations in hair transplant treatment. Being able to look youthful, vibrant, and full of life is exactly what the team strives for, and the clients can have their hairline and confidence restored at the same time.

The firm’s name, “Juvida”, is an amalgamation of words that represent what it stands for, with “Juve” acting a prefix to youthfulness, and “Vida” meaning life. This combination of youthfulness and life is what the clinic seeks to give to every client that walks through its doors. Restoring a hairline is about more than just giving someone back their hair; it is about creating a sense of confidence that has possibly been lost with the loss of hair. Juvida Clinics understands that a lack of confidence may also stop people from seeking out the services of the clinic itself. That is why the staff team takes great care and enormous pride in their ability to be caring, professional, and deliver a stress-free service at all times. Ensuring that a patient feels calm enough to seek out professional help regarding their hair loss is imperative to Juvida Clinics, and it has certainly achieved that today.

At Juvida Clinics, the facility is a purpose-built clinic that boasts a spa-like feeling for those that are seeking a peaceful and tranquil environment in which to consider their various hair-related choices. The serenity of the facility means that every client feels at ease and comfortable throughout the duration of their consultation, treatment, and aftercare plan. All of the staff members also drive themselves to succeed for their clients. Everything is done for the clients. The hair transplant surgeons themselves are driven by a passion to maintain youthfulness, as per the name of the firm itself. Surgeons always work a key aim of restoring a hairline and, by default, a youthful appearance, and confidence that clients once had.

One of the ways that Juvida Clinics ensures that the client feels at ease from the get-go is by offering a free consultation with its knowledgeable team. This no-obligation and totally free consultation represents the perfect opportunity for prospective clients to ask those burning questions and find an ideal treatment that works for them. Hair transplant treatments take many forms and can serve many purposes, and finding the ideal treatment is absolutely imperative. This allows the client to do that before jumping into any decisions about what to do with their hair following a treatment. With treatments that have been meticulously designed to suit all manner of budgets and conditions, Juvida Clinics has quickly carved out a reputation for being the instant choice for many clients, including celebrities.

Focusing on several key areas of service, the team at Juvida Clinics specialises in hair loss treatments. What makes the clinic unique to the myriad of others on the market is its ability to treat patients over a long treatment time, actively trying to prevent hair loss on a more permanent basis than its competitors. Rather than treat problems as they arise, the clinic instead seeks to solve the problems on a long-term basis and give clients their confidence and hairline back for good. Juvida Clinics always strives to do what is best for client. Simple, yet effective. It is this philosophy which has seen the firm go from success to success, delivering outstanding service to every client that seeks it.

There are a number of treatments that Juvida Clinics offers, and each one offers something different to each patient. When people first begin to look into the possibility of hair transplant surgery, one of the first and most prominent treatments they discover is that of Follicular Unit Extraction, or FUE. Though it may initially appear as quite complex and intimidating, FUE is actually neither of those things and has no reason for the patient to feel anxious. Many individuals around the world have undergone this treatment with great success, and Juvida Clinics can ensure that same success for its patients. FUE is the most common advanced hair transplant technique, and involves the doctor administering a local anaesthetic prior to creating a circular incision around a follicular unit in the donor area. The hair unit is then removed from the skin using forceps, before being transplanted to the area that requires extra growth. Small holes are created in the recipient areas, and the follicle units are then reinserted.

Post-operative hair growth will occur for up to twelve months after the surgery has been completed, and Juvida Clinics will do everything it possibly can to ensure that every FUE hair transplant results in a natural finish that is tailored to the patient’s exact needs. Understandably, going through a surgery and process such as this is not an easy decision to make, and that is why Juvida Clinics addresses all questions, concerns, and queries at its consultation. The patient’s sense of relaxation, comfort, and confidence are of the utmost importance, and the clinic pays great attention to those areas. FUE may be a popular procedure for so many people that has changed their lives, and it could very well do the same for any patient that chooses it through Juvida Clinics.

Another of the key services provided by Juvida Clinics is that of ARTAS hair transplants. ARTAS is a piece of robotic machinery that was developed to perform the FUE procedure with maximum efficiency. The introduction of robotics into this field has revolutionised hair transplantation, for Juvida Clinics is one of a limited number in the UK that can offer robotics-based FUE. What separates ARTAS from regular FUE is that the machine utilises specific algorithms to identity the most suitable follicle units for transplantation, and boasts enough intelligence to choose the number of follicular units for extraction. It is at the very forefront of innovation in machinery and robotics, and Juvida Clinics’ patients can make full use of its fantastic power.

Celebrities have also changed the game, with Kim Kardashian being almost single-handedly responsible for the mainstream introduction of Platelet-Rich Plasma (PRP) Treatment, also dubbed the “vampire” treatment. Now, the treatment has become increasingly popular as a method of treating hair thinning and loss, despite being originally introduced as a way of achieving a youthful skin complexion. Today, PRP Treatment can be used as an effective treatment for those in the early stages of hair loss. It can potentially encourage hair regrowth, resulting in visibly thicker-looking hair. There are no allergy risks, and the blood used in the treatment is taken from the patient’s own veins. Rather than be used as a method of regrowing hair, the PRP Treatment is used best on hair that are thinning, rather than those which have already been lost.

How exactly does the treatment work though? During the treatment, trained professionals at Juvida Clinics take blood from the patient and process it in a machine. The processed blood is then injected back into the patient, at the site of the scalp hair loss. What happens during the machine process is that the machine removes the platelet-rich plasma from red blood cells, which is believed to stimulate new cells. Taking less than forty minutes in its entirety, the full process is considered to be extremely safe and non-invasive. In order to see good results from this PRP Treatment, it is usually recommended that a patient has eight individual sessions of this treatment. However, this can vary and is dependant on the extent of hair loss and the condition of the affected area.

Finally, another key procedure that Juvida Clinics can provide is that of Semi-Permanent Scalp Micropigmentation. This is a treatment that is open to almost everyone, including those that have already had a hair transplant and want to further densify their look, or those that have been already deemed ineligible for a hair transplant. Scalp micro-pigmentation is the next best option for patients that fall into these two categories. In practice, it is a non-surgical procedure that can improve the appearance of hair loss. Instead of transplanting hair and bringing it back, the area is simply disguised to look like hair through tattooing pigments to the dermal layer on the skin in order to mimic the appearance of follicles. This process is also perfect for those looking to cover up scars and other imperfections around the hairline.

When dealing with the world of hair loss and hair treatment, it pays to have access to the best possible technologies, and that is exactly what Juvida Clinics has done. It is home to the world’s only robotic hair transplant system, called “ARTAS”, and the firm is soon looking to be in a position where it can purchase the NEOGRAFT, a highly advanced piece of machinery that would make Juvida Clinics the only clinic in Europe to have such machinery at its disposal. The clinic has actually spent more than one and a half million on the latest technologies, ensuring that every patient has access to nothing but the best in hair loss and haircare treatment. Technology is one thing, but having the knowledge and expertise to apply that technology in the right ways is another thing entirely.

Results are an important part of what Juvida Clinics has to offer to its clients. In order to guarantee that the results delivered are of the highest possible standard, the clinic reviews its clients at three, six, nine, and twelve months after their initial treatment date. If there are obvious gaps, or something fails to meet the exceptional standards that the clinic sets for itself, then the client is able to have those gaps filled in without being charged anything extra. There are no hidden fees or surprising charges that can leave a client with a sour taste in their mouth. Instead, Juvida Clinic guarantees results and the peace of mind that goes with having a beautiful head of hair.

Juvida Clinics has also been in a position where it is able to take enormous pride in the awards and industry recognition that it has achieved over the years. Though the clinic’s primary aim is, and always will be, the pursuit of incredible result for its clients, the awards and industry recognition serve to demonstrate that it is doing everything right and achieving the best possible results for its clients. Just recently, in 2019, the clinic received two awards which have only ever been granted to a small number of clinics across the entirety of the world. Last year, Global Health & Pharma Magazine awarded the clinic the title of The UK’s Most Trusted Hair Transplant Clinic 2020, and the successes just continue to come for the clinic and its staff.

Outside of the United States, Juvida Clinics is the only clinic in the world to have earned the ARTAS Platinum Status, and it is also an ARTAS Clinical Centre of Excellence. These awards are a fitting testament to the success of the clinic, and could not be awarded to a more deserving facility. The vast amounts of investment in the latest technology and the personability of the staff have all come together in a culmination of clinical excellence that ensures Juvida Clinics will long remain a staple of the hair loss treatment community and industry. Patients can have every option, and the staff’s willing to go above and beyond in administering the latest results shows with these awards.

Looking to the future, Juvida Clinics is currently undergoing a rebranding of sorts; a transplant, if you will. No doubt that will soon come to fruition and clients can look forward to a brand new, exciting future for the clinic. Juvida Clinics is also in the process of opening its own academy, where it will train other doctors in the art of hair transplants. With high-profile success cases inspiring more people than ever before to consider hair transplants, this academy will empower and enable doctors to have more open and honest discussions with patients about what their hair transplant needs may be.

Ultimately, Juvida Clinics is one of the finest hair loss treatment clinics not just in the United Kingdom, but in the world. Its exclusivity is matched only by the excellence it has achieved over the last several years. By working with some of the latest advancements and the most innovative techniques, Juvida Clinics continues to stand itself apart from the competition and deliver hair loss treatment services that are second to none. It is an outstanding facility, and is fully deserving of this latest success from Global Health and Pharma Magazine.

For business enquiries, contact Juvida Clinics on their website – https://juvidaclinics.com/

Worldwide Skincare Excellence

Professor Firas Al-Niaimi, the ‘Consultant Dermatologist of the Year’ for 2022, has once again claimed the title for his expert work in laser treatment and dermatology. Having made himself a front-runner in all things skincare, his Harley Street clinic serves clients with diligence and efficiency, providing safe, well-researched, and effective treatments in everything from laser scar reduction to skin rejuvenation technology. With his work having been included in a vast number of journals, papers, and educational documents, his efforts as a practitioner and tutor have secured him his place as a cornerstone of modern dermatology.

As a renowned professor of dermatology and laser treatments, Professor Firas Al-Niaimi has been trained in the top institutions for his craft, both in the UK and USA. With a pedigree for excellence that he has built up over years of effort, his world-renowned and award-winning research has secured his place in over 220 scientific journals, 10 chapters across various books, 400 lecture spots in more than 55 different countries, and the publication of his own book. Professor Firas Al-Niaimi, thanks to the reputation he has built up over the course of this research, has become one of the UK’s most prolific and well published dermatologists as a result, one with widely renowned international standing.

Additionally, he has accumulated 20 years of medical experience with some of the UK’s top hospitals, including the world-renowned St. John’s Institute of Dermatology at St. Thomas’ hospital; here, he completed a laser and Mohs surgical fellowship before continuing to work as a one of their top consultants. Between this and his advanced training in the USA, he has cultivated a close following both of clients and fellow professionals who seek to learn from him. Recently, the accreditation he has received from the Global Excellence Award for the Consultant Dermatologist of the Year in 2019 for London has emboldened the good grace he consistently receives from the international community, allowing clients to get an idea of the trust afforded to him.

Presently, in addition to his private practice, he is involved in academic research and international teaching in order to train the next generation of doctors, having been awarded the above title for his proven abilities in a vast range of specific specialties that his students benefit from training in. Of course, the direct result of this training is that the end patient can receive these treatments. He wishes to ensure that as many people as possible have access to expert dermatology solutions that are both well researched and effective, hoping to shape the future of his industry by giving budding new professionals all the correct tools to be able to succeed.

Updating his own teaching as the ever-learning sector of laser treatments and skincare changes around him, his Harley Street practice is a place of consistent growth and development; nominally, its professionals promise to never rest on their laurels. Instead, they continuously strive to become better at their own skills and proficiencies, creating an environment in which they remain highly competitive and incorporate Professor Firas Al-Niaimi’s own dedication to learning, teaching, and research into their work.

With the Harley Street practice’s laser dermatology in particular, Professor Firas Al-Niaimi promises that clients will be able to benefit from the best innovations available. Bettering this as new and bold movements happen across dermatology as a research sector, it presently boasts laser treatments that can resurface, rejuvenate, and treat damaged skin, including reducing the appearance of scar tissue and pigmentation problems. Each of these can be highly beneficial for the skin health of a patient, and are easy, safe, and well-developed. No matter the individual difficulties faced by each patient, Professor Firas Al-Niaimi promises that he will be able to proffer a treatment that will be suitable for them, depending on the current condition of the skin and the desired look the client wishes to achieve.

In short, he and his staff consider every little detail when working with a client on their skin treatment. Nominally, Professor Firas Al-Niaimi turns skincare into the highly tailored and personal experience that it should be, taking it back to its roots and showing each client how one size cannot fit all, explaining how the skin as an organ develops differently depending on certain factors, and reacts differently to certain stressors. He will also take a client through the recovery times associated with certain treatments. Each of these efforts not only allows a client to approach their skincare with confidence, but allows them to plan around the treatment, with Professor Firas Al-Niaimi working alongside them to make it feasible according to their schedule and lifestyle.

For example, laser resurfacing can be used to tackle and rejuvenate this skin by way of thermal energy technology being blasted at the skin, tackling the deeper, more damaged layers rather than the initial layer of skin. By doing this, it triggers the restorative process of the skin cells in order to increase the production of elastin and collagen in the organ tissue, leaving the skin looking brighter, younger, fuller, and fresher, allowing it to heal faster than would have been possible prior to treatment. Whether a client is looking to renew and rejuvenate sun-damaged skin, rid themselves of spots or scars, or heal other damage from childhood, operations, cuts, or harsh lightening creams, Professor Firas Al-Niaimi promises that he and his staff will be able to help. Consequentially, as the industry grows and develops further, he is looking forward to seeing just how he can help the new clients it will be welcoming aboard in the new year, excited to see how the quickly changing future will evolve next.

For business enquiries, contact Firas Al-Niaimi from Professor Firas Al-Niaimi on their website – drfirasalniaimi.co.uk

Breaking Down the Barrier Between Eastern and Western Aesthetic Treatments

Peonia Medical, the company that has become widely known as ‘Nottingham’s Leading Doctor-Led Aesthetic Clinic’ for 2022, also has clinics in Leicester and London. Additionally, with another clinic on the way – this one to focus on the training and teaching of UK aesthetic professionals in treatments popular amongst East Asian nations – it has been thrust to pre-eminence in its industry in the eyes of both clients and peers. Working with diligence and rigour, its dedication to science, innovation, and customer service has secured it a place at the head of the pack in its sector.

A leader in advanced aesthetics and skin treatments, Peonia Medical has clinics across the UK, from Nottingham to Leicester and even London. Nominally, it was created by and is still run by Dr Tracy Xu, one of the foremost professionals in her field, who has developed it into a great example of modern aesthetic medicine. Combining oriental aesthetic practices and complete compliance with UK medical and treatment law, it offers wrinkle-reduction injections, dermal filler face contouring, non-surgical rhinoplasty, precision tear-through correction, thread-lifting, medical-grade skin treatments, and wellness treatments from intravenous therapies to weight management.

Fundamentally, during offering each of these services to its clientele, it takes great pains to show its commitment to the values and principles that Dr Tracy Xu has ensured make up the beating heart of the clinics and the team of professionals that run each of them. To boil it down to a singular phrase, these values could be summed up in the want to ‘create a natural, healthy, and balanced look for everyone’. It does this – with the help of the extraordinary team it has assembled – in a manner that allows it to tailor its services to each client, educating them on the nitty gritty of its treatments in order to ensure that they can give fully informed consent before it proceeds.

Similarly, as it has its clients’ health and wellbeing in mind as the foremost priority, it will never go ahead with a procedure if it is unsafe to do so, or if said procedure doesn’t fit its client’s goals. It works these goals out by way of consultation, sitting down with its client in a no-pressure, no-obligation environment that allows them to get all necessary information and have their concerns assuaged. Consequentially, it has developed a loyal client base of people who agree with its aesthetic ethos and who use Peonia Medical as their one-stop-shop for aesthetic medical procedures, all of whom have left glowing reviews or go on to give positive word of mouth referrals to family, friends, and peers.

It is thanks to this that Peonia Medical’s client base is forever growing, as more people find out about it through how many people speak to the excellence of its services. With principles that have stayed constant since the practice was established, Peonia Medical serves a diverse group of people and with a diverse array of treatments, aware that medical aesthetics is not one-size-fits-all and happy to guide a client through what certain solutions may entail. Many of its clients are East Asian people living in the UK, but it has gained the trust of a wide variety of people from all different walks of life, backgrounds, and career paths, with its offerings of non-invasive skincare to intensive surgery meaning it has something for everyone.

With a healthy online digital footprint that ensures it remains a foremost voice in the digital epoch that has secured itself even further as a result of the pandemic, it has carved out its niche across several platforms. This includes WeChat, Facebook, Instagram, and through email subscription. Moreover, 10% of its clients come through partnering training companies, 10% from its website and these other platforms, and the rest through the above word of mouth referrals. Critically, having made itself such a front-runner in its industry and garnered such trust in the wider market segment, Dr Tracy Xu’s efforts have ensured that she and her team stand out from the crowd with their continued insights and dedication to progressing the sector further.

With a commitment to client wellbeing, it continually demonstrates an in-depth understanding of East Asian aesthetic medical treatments, too. This has been made possible by Dr Tracy Xu herself, as she trained in China, and thus has a breadth of knowledge regarding the medical procedures popularised in East Asian countries and how to apply them so that she can offer them in her UK clinics. Most aesthetic practitioners in the UK, regardless of background, have training in UK based aesthetic treatments only.

Therefore, Peonia Medical has ensured that it can retain pre-eminence in its industry in the nation by holding the title of one of the only – and certainly one of the best – treatment providers when it comes to treatments developed in East Asia. Thus, a big part of the reason it has been able to develop such a large client base is because it provides treatments that so many of its clients simply struggle to find elsewhere, giving them a safe, contemporary, and rigorous solution to aesthetic skincare solutions.

Certified in Asia and here in the UK, Dr Tracy Xu’s training has been thorough and systematic, and she has used the knowledge she earned during her training to further educate her staff. Due to this, the team she has built around herself is each highly knowledgeable and demonstrates a comprehensive understanding of the industry, made possible due to Dr Tracy Xu’s experience with systemic specialty-based training that go above and beyond the usual one-day courses in the UK proper. Moreover, with each staff member taking on a myriad of pivoting roles within the company, it ensures that everyone within its ranks is excited to face the challenges of the workday and can take on any number of roles within the company.

Each staff member is proficient in being the friendly first point of patient contact, the positive showcase window of its clinical work, the source of patient referral, and the epicentre of what drives expert patient care; due to this, it looks for honest, hardworking people who will fit into this culture of excellence. Additionally, it holds regular meetings and group brainstorming sessions to ensure everyone’s ideas are heard. Therefore, it has been able to rally this outstanding team around itself in order to survive the pandemic by implementing the correct PPE and doing regular webinars whilst treatments were on hold, allowing it to hit the ground running once again when it re-opened. In 2022, it will be continuing to power on through with its work, launching a new line of cosmetic surgery services to its patients, educating peers about East Asian aesthetic procedures and continuing to break down the barrier between Western and Eastern aesthetic treatments.

For business enquiries, contact Dr Tracy Xu from Peonia Medical via their website – peoniamedics.co.uk

The Wound Closure Solution of the Future

With the effective treatment of wounds from sores to lacerations, Pathelen Health Care is the company behind the Pathelen Hybrid medical device, a treatment that focuses on encouraging the healing process. It does this by ensuring that any biofilms that prevent the formation of new tissue are removed, reducing the risk of infection and increasing the effectiveness of the body’s ability to recover from the wound. All of this, as well as its client service abilities, has earned it the title of ‘2022’s Most Innovative Biotech Company’ in Switzerland & 2022’s Awards for Excellence in Innovation.

With a core flagship product around which everything else has been created, Pathelen Health Care’s focus has been on its Pathelen Hybrid since its inception. Nominally, Pathelen Hybrid is a medical device that has been registered with SwissMedic and the USA FDA as an exemplary device for use in non-healing chronic wounds. Built to stimulate the healing time of such wounds as diabetic foot ulcers, ulcus cruris, and bed sores, the Pathelen Hybrid has its uses in ensuring that potentially damaging wounds are taken care of in a way that avoids the condition of the body worsening. In this way, use of the device has prevented amputation by ensuring the wounds are taken care of in a timely manner.

Critically, as a superabsorber, this product’s main draw is its ability to deal with any discharged liquid that a wound creates, making sure that it doesn’t linger around the sore and cause increased danger of infection or sepsis. Hygienic, utilitarian, and safe to use, it ensures that every medical professional who comes into possession of the device knows how to use it, but has also worked hard to ensure that the device is not overly complicated in any way, shape or form. In healthcare – especially when dealing with open wounds – time is often of the essence, especially when amputation is at stake; thus, it has strived to cut the fat from the process.

Specifically, its main target is the removal of biofilms that prevent the formation of granulation tissue. First and foremost, the prevention of granulation tissue is what prevents a wound from closing and can mean additional danger for a patient in terms of the wound getting worse, making it a longer and more painful healing process. Thus, the superabsorbent properties of Pathelen Hybrid take the uncertainty out of it, ensuring that biofilms are kept to a minimum after its application once the wound is clean of debris.

Granulation tissue is normally formed after 3-5 days, which leads to a successful complete closure between 3 and 8 weeks depending on the size and severity of the laceration or sore. Moreover, with a success far above the norm for medical devices of its kind, it has gone above and beyond the expectations of the medical community for it at every turn, with no side effects observed and no added complications thanks to the use of the Pathelen hybrid device. Instead, patients it has been used on have reported back with successful wound closures within the forecasted time and a good experience with it that has allowed it to become a staple of the hospitals and medical facilities it has provided its medical devices to.

In this manner, it has been able to achieve its goals through its own innovations, developments, and tenacity, something that it will be continuing to do long into the future. This dedication to constant improvement has vastly further endeared it to the medical industry and the international medical community, as the smallest change in variable could be the difference between a patient keeping a limb and losing it.

If the Pathelen Hybrid is applied within a timely manner, its usefulness in saving life and limb truly cannot be overstated. Going forward, Pathelen looks forward to continuing to improve and redevelop the Hybrid as it grows as a company, ensuring that its clients and their patients are the ones who benefit from the ever-growing and changing developments involved in the wider world of medical science and its specific fields. A big part of this will be working to be able to address the treatment of chronic wounds with treatments that do not contain pharmaceutical products.

By addressing such things with medical devices instead of ingestible or bloodstream delivered products, a clinic or hospital can increase the amount of people their various investments can treat safely, as with a medical device there is far less risk of allergic reaction or adverse side effects. This non-pharmaceutical delivery method of treatments has, therefore, made itself a more and more popular staple of the modern medical industry, one that will only be seeing more and more investment as it moves forward into the future.

Moreover, its patented manufacturing process can achieve such things at a higher success rate and lower cost than most pharmaceutical products, making for a deeply trusted product that has thrust Pathelen into pre-eminence. With this notoriety has come further trust, respect, and custom from clinics, hospitals, health centres, and clinicians, something that it sees only increasing as time goes on, especially given its propensity for working to keep Pathelen Hybrid at the top of its game.

For business enquiries, contact Bijan Sabet from Pathelen Health Care via their website – pathelen-hybrid.com                                    

The Joint Care Experts for Community Health

Butterfield Osteopathy, having been recognised as 2022’s ‘Best Family Osteopathic Clinic’ London, serves its local community and further afield with expert osteopathic solutions. Looking after the joint health of infants, parents, athletes, as well as anyone who needs an experienced holistic approach to improve their mental or physical health, it has become a cornerstone of care and support. The clinic’s experienced and friendly team are proud to serve, advise, and guide their patients towards better health and wellbeing, showing its patients how to receive help for their ailments and gently guide them towards being able to better take care of themselves.

A multi-award-winning practice, Butterfield Osteopathy was founded in 2010 by Maria Larrain. Maria, an experienced hands-on osteopath and practitioner with a passionate commitment to her patients’ health and wellbeing, established the perfect home for her practice in an old, refurbished Victorian shop in Stoke Newington, Hackney, part of the Council’s plans for the regeneration of the local area – which Butterfield Osteopathy has proudly helped to restore and bring back to life. This unique setting provides an oasis of calm and tranquillity in London, and the perfect setting to deliver first-class osteopathic treatment.

With a strong emphasis on family osteopathy, paediatrics, and infant health, Butterfield Osteopathy always goes the extra mile to support the physical and mental health of its clients, and as a result has made itself a cornerstone of Stoke Newington. Its team focuses on treating people of all ages and from all walks of life – from older adults, young professionals, children and infants – by helping them regain their confidence, manage pain, discomfort, and joint troubles, always delivering expert, professional care in a safe, welcoming environment.

In addition to its core osteopathic services, Butterfield Osteopathy’s sports injury treatments have become renowned and respected within the athletic community, and the practice has recently introduced extracorporeal shockwave treatment, an effective non-invasive way to treat chronic tendinopathies.  

Treating patients within the local community of London, as well as those who travel from across the UK and abroad, Butterfield Osteopathy’s team of osteopaths take a gentle, hands-on approach to restoring the health and wellbeing of their patients while taking a holistic approach. Its well-trained, empathic, and inclusive professionals are proud to welcome people from the LGBTQIA+ community and Haredi community through its doors with no judgement and an open heart.

To better reflect the changing realities of providing the best customer care post-pandemic, the practice has also recently upgraded and updated its booking systems to enable patients to more quickly and easily make an appointment or book a treatment.

As restrictions continue to lift, Butterfield Osteopathy is now also able to slowly begin to resume its popular workshops in order to create a ‘parent and baby’ support group for local families.

In addition to running Butterfield Osteopathy and being a hands-on osteopath who treats patients daily, Maria is committed to continuing her own training, education and research projects, and is currently in the midst of her doctoral research at UCL examining infant tongue-tie.

For business enquiries, contact Maria Larrain from Butterfield Osteopathy via the website – butterfieldosteopathy.co.uk

6 Ways to Reduce Your Risk of Developing Cancer

Image: Pixabay

Claiming more than 600,000 lives annually in the United States alone, cancer is by far among the world’s most feared diseases, and for a good reason.

As much as it’s treatable and even curable in the early stages, most treatments for advanced cancer are usually aimed at improving the patient’s quality of life.

It is also safe to say that the best treatment for cancer is preventing it in the first place. And as the old adage goes, prevention is always better than cure!

Having said this, how can you reduce your odds of suffering from malignancies? Here are some research-proven and medically recommended ways to reduce your risk of developing cancer.

1. Regular Medical Checks and Cancer Screening

As earlier hinted, cancer is pretty much curable when detected at an early stage. But early diagnosis is only possible through cancer screening and regular medical checks.

Screening is especially crucial for patients with malignancies but do not have the symptoms of cancer, meaning that it is not yet spread or advanced. It can also help detect cell abnormalities and an appropriate treatment given to prevent progression to cancer.

What if You\’re Only Diagnosed with Cancer After It\’s Spread? At times, a medical practitioner may fail to detect cancer as early as they should – perhaps out of medical errors. Cases of cancer misdiagnosis or delayed diagnosis are not alien to the medical field.

If you’re only diagnosed with cancer after it has already spread, you might want to contact a Delayed Cancer Diagnosis\’ legal team for advice. They’ll investigate your case and help find out if you are eligible for compensation through a medical malpractice claim.

2. Avoid Smoking at All Costs and Limit Your Alcohol Intake

From lung to throat, mouth, bladder, and cervical cancer, several types of cancer have a close association with smoking or chewing tobacco. Whether you smoke or chew, quitting tobacco for good can be the healthiest decision you will ever make.

And if you consume alcohol, it is recommended to only do so in moderation. Excessive alcohol intake can have devastating effects on your health, including increasing your risk of developing colon, liver, oral, and breast cancers.

3. Healthy Nutrition: Keep Your Diet in Check

Nutrition plays a key role in determining a person’s risk of suffering from certain types of cancers. For instance, consuming too much red meat and saturated fats can heighten the risk of colon cancer and prostate cancer.

A healthy, well-balanced diet, on the other hand, can shrink your chances of suffering from cancer, more so later in life. Health experts usually recommend reducing your intake of processed food and instead increasing your consumption of whole grains, leafy veggies, and fruits.

4. Prioritize Vaccination

Some types of cancer are triggered by infection, especially viral infections. A good example is Liver cancer, which can develop from infection by Hepatitis B. HPV or human papillomavirus infection is also a common cause of cervical cancer, which primarily affects women. Taking a jab for such infections at the right time can incredibly minimize your cancer risk.

5. Protect Your Skin from The Harsh Sun Rays

Many skin cancers are linked to unsafe prolonged exposure to the sun’s UV radiation. This is why it is recommended to apply sunscreen and wear appropriate clothing to keep your skin protected whenever heading out on a scorching sunny day.

6. Exercise Regularly

The benefits of regular physical activity are virtually too many to mention. And as far as research goes, exercising regularly can help slim the risk of colon cancer and breast cancer. It’s even more effective when combined with a healthy diet approach. Moreover, exercise can help prevent or reverse obesity, which has been linked to several types of cancer.

Cancer is usually considered a terminal illness. The good news, however, is that it can be prevented by reducing or eliminating certain risk factors. The above few pointers can go a long way in improving your health and helping reduce your risk of developing cancer.

5 Signs Your Loved One is Being Abused or Neglected in a Nursing Home

According to the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NIH), approximately 1.5 million older adults currently reside in nursing homes and one million in assisted living facilities. In part, this is due to the aging of the baby boomer generation. Unfortunately, a growing population in nursing homes also means increased incidences of abuse and neglect. Although family members who place their loved ones in a nursing home expect that they will be treated fairly and kindly, this is not always the case.

The unfortunate fact about nursing home abuse and neglect is that most victims cannot communicate how they have been mistreated. In cases where an elderly loved one cannot advocate for themselves, it’s up to family members and friends to watch for signs of bad care. Here are some warning signs your loved one is being abused or neglected in a nursing home.

Unexplained Physical Injuries

One of the most frequent signs of abuse is the presence of unexplained physical injuries. Nursing home employees who are stressed or overwhelmed may turn on a vulnerable senior and physically harm the patient by hitting, pinching, pushing, or scratching them. The elderly patient may suddenly suffer from broken bones due to a fall when they didn’t have a history of fall risk.

Improper use of controls to prevent a patient from moving around may also be a form of physical abuse. A nursing home resident may experience head or fall injuries as they try to do things independently.

If a loved one has been injured due to an accident or unexplained injury at a nursing home, reach out to these personal injury lawyers in New York as soon as possible. You and your loved one may be eligible for monetary compensation for the suffering caused by an abusive or inattentive nursing home employee.

Poor Personal Hygiene

Most older adults don’t have the physical and mental ability to bathe, dress, or properly groom themselves. They often rely on caregivers and nurses for assistance. However, if nursing home patients are neglected, these basic tasks might not be completed, or the elderly may try to do them independently.

Poor personal hygiene may be a warning sign of an understaffed nursing home or poorly trained caregivers. It can also signify potential abuse, indicating that the aide doesn’t care about the older adult. Be sure to check for signs of body odor, unwashed hair, dirty clothes, and the smell of urine or feces.

Inattentive or Poorly-trained Staff

Nursing home staff members should respond swiftly when a resident activates a call light and not allow any phone calls to go answered. The residents’ safety and well-being should be the number one priority for nursing home employees. Staff who are evasive with questions, refuse to discuss your loved one\\\’s care with you, or are unable to answer questions might be a warning sign that the care in the nursing home is suboptimal.

Dehydration and Malnutrition

Dehydration is another most common and deceptive sign of a neglectful nursing home. If a nursing home doesn’t have enough qualified staff, residents in that facility may not receive all the needed food and drinks to remain nutritionally sound and hydrated. Unfortunately, health issues may arise or worsen when a senior fails to get proper nutrition and hydration. Be sure to question any sudden loss of weight or signs of dehydration.

Visible Emotional Changes

If your loved one in a nursing home shows sudden changes in personality or intense emotions, this may be due to abuse or neglect. Your loved one might suddenly look fearful, embarrassed, or agitated due to physical, emotional, or sexual abuse, including being ignored, bullied, ridiculed, or threatened with punishment. Depressed mood, disrupted sleep, sudden withdrawal from favorite activities, and becoming uncommunicative are signs that something is wrong.

Endnote

No one should be abused or neglected, especially in a facility that is required to offer elderly safety and care. If you suspect your loved one is suffering from abuse or neglect in a nursing home, you should immediately reach out to an experienced nursing home abuse lawyer. A skilled attorney can help your elderly loved one harmed in a nursing home take legal action to pursue justice and compensation.

Pioneering The Future of Effective Wound Care Solutions

The multi-award-winning company, Kent Imaging Inc., is a leading Medtech firm based in Calgary, Alberta, Canada. The company’s technologies – namely SnapshotNIR – are enabling clinicians to drive better outcomes in wound care, limb preservation, and surgery, with its diagnostic-driven imaging technology that assesses tissue oxygenation. Consequently, Kent Imaging has, once again, earned itself the esteemed title of Best Medical Imaging Technology Development Company, 2022 – Canada.

Effective wound management stems from consistent, in-depth wound healing monitoring and persistent therapy. Tissue oxygenation is a key indicator in a wound’s capacity to heal and tracking how this healing is progressing, as the delivery and uptake of oxygen in the tissue plays a fundamental role in cellular function and tissue epithelialization. Traditional equipment used in the observation of tissue perfusion and oxygenation is often large, immobile, and expensive. It is, in essence, incredibly limiting. As a result, patients are oftentimes wrapped up in lengthy appointments, invasive protocols, and a lack of accessibility. Additionally, many of these devices on the market only measure perfusion in the large vessels. SnapshotNIR measures tissue oxygenation in the critical microvascular network.

A Canadian company, Kent Imaging Inc., is on a crusade to optimise the technology utilised in this area. As such, Kent has established itself as an innovator, specialising in the production and marketing of advanced imaging equipment for wound care, limb preservation and surgical applications. Over the years, the company has filed multiple patents for ground-breaking technologies, with the goal of aiding both national and international healthcare systems.

Its flagship product, SnapshotNIR, serves as the latest generation of near-infrared tissue oxygenation imaging. The portable and lightweight technology is a far cry from the clunkiness of its predecessors and as easy to operate as a point-and-shoot camera, therefore able to be seamlessly integrated into clinical and surgical workflows. Furthermore, it is a wholly non-invasive piece of technology – SnapshotNIR uses no dyes or injectables, no consumables, and needs no direct patient contact to capture images wherever the patient is situated.

Supported by over two decades of research, SnapshotNIR uses near-infrared (NIR), reflectance-based technology. With this technology, SnapshotNIR measures relative amounts of oxygenated and deoxygenated hemoglobin in the microcirculatory network where oxygen exchange is happening. With a simple click of a button, clinicians are provided with a clear, easy to read, tissue oxygen saturation map that can provide valuable insight to help make informed, patient-centric medical decisions.

The SnapshotNIR device has a variety of applications, and can be used in cases of wound care, limb preservation, and reconstructive surgery. To provide some examples, the device can be leveraged in hyperbaric oxygen therapy (HBOT) to qualify patients for this advanced treatment modality, and then to assess the effectiveness of this treatment over the prescribed number of sessions. This is extremely valuable from both a time and economic standpoint as it can assist in patient compliance and enable the documentation of continued therapeutic success or the end of treatment. SnapshotNIR can be used to provide insight into the adequate preparation of a wound bed for the application of advanced therapies and then continue with the documentation of the efficacy of the therapy. In the interoperative environment, Snapshot can indicate the level of oxygenation in a surgical flap to provide insight into the likelihood of flap survival. This can impact decisions made while still in the OR. Within limb preservation, for instance, time is of the essence and the identification of poor tissue oxygenation in the peri-wound and surrounding tissues can serve to expedite vascular referral and intervention. In the United States alone, statistics show that every 30 minutes, $1 million is spent on diabetic foot complications, and 80% of non-traumatic amputations are a result of peripheral arterial disease (PAD) – over 50% will die within the first five-years of amputation. Kent Imaging’s solution means that access to non-invasive vascular assessments is increased, not only saving limbs, but potentially lives.

Additionally, the product enables clinicians to provide a greater standard of care to patients. Healing chronic wounds can often be a slow and frustrating process as wounds can be deceiving. In many instances, the status of the wound healing progress cannot be fully evaluated with visual inspection alone. With SnapshotNIR, practitioners gain insight that allows them to offer patients timely, informed, and, in some cases, life-saving solutions. This technology provides real-time insight through non-invasive, accurate and actionable data, which can result in better patient compliance and more positive outcomes.

The impact that SnapshotNIR has had has been significant– patients and clinicians alike have nothing but high praise for the product, and these testimonies are displayed across Kent’s website. Dr. Duane Cumberbatch has used the technology in a plethora of cases, and for one of his patients, an elderly woman suffering from chronic vascular wounds on each of her ankles, it forged almost unprecedented results. After suffering from these wounds for over six years, thanks to SnapshotNIR and Dr. Cumberbatch’s treatment, within six months of her first visit, her ankles were almost completely healed.

It is clear that Kent Imaging’s SnapshotNIR offers multiple benefits to both its users and their patients. Dr. Duane Cumberbatch’s experience with the product is mirrored within additional expert testimonies, including that of the Save a Leg, Save a Life Foundation. The organisation specialises in building awareness around the issues, care requirements and potential complications that can arise from diabetes or PAD-related chronic wounds.

The Foundation is now utilising SnapshotNIR in its community outreach screening events. “To be able to use a screening device like Snapshot that can give us information in a short amount of time is invaluable. As we grow our program and do more events around the country and elsewhere, wherever we have technology at our screenings, I think everyone benefits,” summarises Dr. Desmond Bell, a key player, and the creator of the foundation. The SnapshotNIR device is an exciting advancement in wound care technology. There is an increasing amount of evidence that displays the technology’s positive impact on client outcomes and the work clinicians can fulfil. In turn, Kent Imaging is changing the future for wound care, limb preservation, and reconstruction patients.

For business enquiries, contact Sandra Jenks at Kent Imaging Inc, via the website – https://www.kentimaging.com

Healthcare Cyber Security Company of the Year – UK

An ‘Internet of Things’ platform that allows medical facilities to perform at peak efficiency without fear of cyber-attack, Cylera offers defence and synergy in a holistic fashion. Having worked hard to develop the best solution in the UK for remote, digital, and top-down medical device management in a way that doesn’t interfere with uptime or leave the facility open to infiltration, clients from large hospitals and small local health centres alike have lauded Cylera as an invaluable part of keeping the medical machine – both technologically and metaphorically – running smoothly.

Cylera, an industry leader when it comes to next-generation IT, IoMT, and OT cybersecurity, has been making a name for itself across the industry vertical with its hard-working team and exemplary solutions. Nominally, it has been developed to provide the strongest, most advanced, and most reliable healthcare Internet of Things solutions, alongside the best cybersecurity risk management solutions for the industry, especially when it comes to the defence of medical devices. Its focus on healthcare has certainly made it a front-runner, able to give clients peace of mind that the technology they use to help their patients is secure. Fundamentally, the Cylera platform through which these solutions are delivered ensures the strongest and most advanced IoT work is made available to its clients, discovering and securing the entire connected environment across an enterprise’s technological infrastructure.

Covering the overall structure, the medical devices found therein, and the building operations systems of a client’s facility, Cylera’s platform has been built for IT and clinical engineering both. Thus, it covers asset identification and management, network analysis, risk assessment, network segmentation, threat detection, intelligence, operational analytics and fleet optimisation, and has become well known for its excellence in each of these facets of its work, becoming a trusted provider of NHS trusts across the UK. Whether its clients specialise in acute, community, or mental health, Cylera’s technology enables it to stay focused on the patients, helping it to keep its medical devices cyber-safe and operational. This is something that its clients often mention in reviews.

Critically, its customers can trust the level of diligence and expertise that goes into the development of each and every one of its services, as well as its dedication to keeping its finger on the pulse of new developments and innovations in its industry so that it can remain staunchly competitive. Having seen significant growth in the market whilst keeping an eye on the trends therein, it has noted a prevailing spike in growth that began in the early months of 2021. Here, many NHS trusts flocked to Cylera for new and better cybersecurity solutions to help them handle the brunt of the oncoming challenges, benefitting hugely from the resulting increased security in their medical devices and healthcare infrastructure, meaning they have one less thing to worry about in an era of ever-evolving new concerns.

This award, for Cylera, is further proof that it is on the right track with its efforts, especially combined with 2021’s growth spurt. Having made itself a trusted partner to many healthcare providers, the third-party recognition granted by awards such as this signals the start of even more increasingly invaluable growth, ensuring that clients never need to just take its word for it when it comes to the exemplary nature of its services. Instead, they can trust the endorsements given to it by awards committees and previous clients both, able to peruse the various different reviews and referrals it has received over the years. Additionally, due to the industry it works within, many of its clients come to it through word-of-mouth referral by fellow professionals in healthcare.

Furthermore, its focus on healthcare allows it to stand out from its competitors, as it has built itself to specifically fit around the challenges of modern healthcare infrastructure and the requirements involved. Crucially, the specificity of its technology makes it the most reliable IoT service that a medical facility can purchase, the depths of its insights and the understanding of clinical and IT/SOC workflows it is able to display being totally second to none. It is also able to develop unique policy generation, customer collaborated design, and risk-free clinical systems or processes, able to scale this up or down to fit any scale of organisation or facility from the largest hospitals to the smaller, more locally focused practices.

Additionally, many vendors of IoT technology are actually providing re-purposed solutions. Often, these are generalised technological offerings that cannot adequately safeguard uptime, meaning they are unreliable when it comes to critical medical device management, enterprise IoT systems, and specialised healthcare environments, which can be incredibly dangerous should an attack catch a client unawares. These solutions give a ‘theatre of security’ style illusion whilst actually safeguarding nothing.

In contrast to such things, Cylera’s efforts are based around three key technological capabilities, providing the basis of the granular detail that it has been able to incorporate into its highly advanced, specific, and well-developed systems, all of which it is willing to talk a customer through in detail. Firstly, it works hard to incorporate adaptive datatype analysis into itself. This is something that Cylera has been working hard on for many a year, resulting in a patented and proprietary method of identifying IoT devices and extracting data whether known or unknown from the relevant sources, all whilst IoMT are introduced and moved throughout the environment.

Cylera uses this to be able to tell a client far more about the status of the device, where it is, and how it is communicating with other systems; something that many of its competitors either cannot do or do not handle nearly as well. This is further bolstered by its Internet of Things Device Emulation Engine, or ‘Digital Twin’. Regarding this specifically, its patented Device Emulation engine creates digital twin simulations of the live device in the platform itself, allowing accurate configuration and behaviours that keep a close eye on the actual device’s status. Maintained in real time as the device changes and as fluctuations occur in the live environment, Cylera can ensure industry-leading vulnerability scanning without jeopardising device uptime or clinical continuity, ensuring that the medical facility in question can continue to run smoothly.

Third and lastly – but certainly not least – amongst Cylera’s technological capabilities is its Intelligence Database. Cylera’s CyLabs provision is a unique blend of cutting-edge proprietary research into healthcare devices and the cross-industry threats that such healthcare delivery organisations face, benefitting the customer to include an understanding of how risks may affect the business. By implementing software born out of this deep understanding of the wider clinical context, Cylera allows clients to continue their expert delivery of healthcare solutions, giving them invaluable peace of mind that they will have no cybersecurity threats to take away from this such as unpatched devices or ratings without context awareness.

The most recent development in the Cylera platform has recently become the new Cyber Alert Dashboard. Nominally, this has been developed based on the number of specific requests that the business receives on a daily basis, pushing it to respond by rising to the challenge and developing a system specific to the needs of NHS Trust customers. Having shown its diligence, professional acumen, and tenacity when it comes to serving such clientele, the new dashboard highlights whether the Trust has any equipment affected by the NHS Digital Cyber Alert security notifications and guides them on how to resolve or mitigate against each threat, issuing cyber alerts to health and care organisations in order to keep them up to date.

This has, critically, allowed Cylera to develop a kind of ‘early warning system’. From weekly threat bulletins to immediate, high-severity alerts, Cylera’s clients have been benefitting from a new, comprehensive, and holistic answer to cybersecurity awareness, allowing responses to be timely and specific enough to resolve risks before they become threats in the first place. Naturally, this is something that has further increased Cylera’s notoriety in the industry, setting it up as a cornerstone of the modern NHS’s working infrastructure and a critical linchpin between the facilities scattered all over the UK.

Over the last few years, healthcare providers have also become increasingly targeted by sophisticated cyberattacks. This, combined with the ever-evolving threats that cyberattacks can pose, as well as additional pressure put on the medical industry by the pandemic has made the cybersecurity and cyber defence of facilities even more pivotal than ever before. Nominally, many of these attacks directly focus on the connections that medical professionals and devices have to the IoT.

Cylera wishes to make the IoT and solutions therein as safe and secure as possible, not just for specific elements of the medical sector, but for the entire industry vertical across all manner of scales and specific healthcare provisions. Becoming the safeguarding watchdog for networks, access protected data, patient care, and other such services, NHS Digital has continued to make Cylera its core stalwart and defender, helping it to raise the bar for healthcare’s data security requirements. Additionally, it has also been expanding the scope of the identifications and monitoring that connected medical devices can achieve.

As more and more NHS trusts look to adhere to new DSPT standards, Cylera is excited to be serving a new boom in interest in both its platform and the how’s and why’s behind its services, able to show the benefits that a facility can glean by trusting a cybersecurity expert. Moreover, as a constantly developing and tenacious company, it has been able to update its specific capabilities to be perfectly in line with the issues these new customers wish to see resolved or mitigated, for instance being able to provide a map to the majority of DSP toolkit requirements. This aids the acceleration of how quickly NHS clients can prepare their submission, backed up by all relevant evidence needed for validation.

Like many start-ups, it is fully focused on collaboration and achieving a set vision. This – safeguarding what matters most – has made it a true industry darling and a gem in the medical sector throughout the UK, something that will be continuing to be true long into the future. Taking care of the professionals, and by proxy, the patients, Cylera’s efforts ensure that medical facilities can operate quickly, efficiently, and without fear of disruption from outside sources, able to rest assured that even though cyberthreats evolve on a daily basis, so does Cylera.

For business enquiries contact Katherine Brocklehurst via the website – cylera.com                                          

Here are the Healthiest Cities to Live in the UK!

If you love the tranquillity and allure of the countryside and the fun of the city, you’re not alone. There’s certainly something to be said about the fresh air, privacy and expansive greenery of living in a rural area, but cities tend to offer easier access to a wider range of amenities and better transport links.

However, it needn’t be a trade-off. The health and wellness gurus at Made4 Vitamins have analysed which of the UK’s 25 largest cities will allow you to live the healthiest lifestyle, considering factors such as air quality, walkability, access to green spaces, sunshine, life expectancy and more. If you’re looking for the charm of the countryside with the hustle and bustle of the city, then don’t miss out – now, you can have both.

Key Findings:

  • Of the top 25 cities in the UK by population, Edinburgh offered the best air quality, followed by Leicester and Birmingham.
  • Bradford offered the worst air quality, followed by Brighton and London.
  • Edinburgh also offered the greatest amount of green space per person, with 3m2 of green space available per head.
  • Sheffield ranked second in green space per person with 155m2 of green space per head.
  • Edinburgh also ranked highest in walkability, followed by Sheffield and London.
  • Of the top 25 cities, Plymouth ranked highest in the UK (2nd) in terms of sunlight per year, with Bristol coming in eighth.
  • Cities in the north of the UK were more likely to experience vitamin D deficiencies than cities in the south.
  • Cities in the north of the UK tended to have lower life expectancies than cities in the south.

Air Quality – Edinburgh

Air quality can have a huge impact on your health and wellbeing – fresh air has been associated with a healthy digestive system, improved blood pressure and heart rate and more, whilst polluted air can result in various cardiovascular and respiratory diseases and cancers.

As such, the World Health Organisation has established guidelines for acceptable air pollution levels, based on the concentrate of PM2.5, fine particulate matter of 2.5 micrometres or less in diameter, in the air.

Of the top 25 most-populous cities in the UK, Bradford ranks worst for air quality according to IQ Air, with their 2021 air quality exceeding the WHO guideline by 2-3 times. The second-worst UK city by air quality was Brighton, followed by London, Bristol, and Belfast.

Meanwhile, Edinburgh offered the best air quality of the top-25 cities, followed by Glasgow, Leicester, and Birmingham.

Green Spaces – Edinburgh

Green spaces add a charm and freshness to any city, breaking up the monotony of skyscrapers and tower blocks. Not only that, but they create a safe space for community and exercise, for kids to play and to meet friends in.

According to Natwest’s Green Cities report, Edinburgh is the number one city in the UK in terms of green space. The city offers a massive 233.3m2 of green space for each person living there, beating out second-placed Sheffield who boast 155m2 of green space per head. Public-access parks and green spaces constitute a whopping 49.2% of the city, meaning that there are plenty of great options when it comes to getting a bit of fresh air.

Sheffield also ranked well when it came to other metrics such as green energy production, residents’ energy consumption and the percentage of car owners with ULEZ vehicles, and topped the NatWest study’s list of Greenest Cities. At the other end of the list was Wolverhampton, where there was just 25m2 of green space to each person, and high numbers of people commuting by car.

Walkability – Edinburgh

If a city is lacking proper infrastructure for pedestrians, you’re much more likely to get into unhealthy habits, such as driving or taking public transport everywhere. Luckily, that problem is much more common in the US, where cities fail to provide proper pedestrian areas or walking routes.

Edinburgh topped the list of UK cities for walkability too, no doubt helped in part by the sheer number of green spaces on show throughout the city. A survey by Living Streets quizzed residents on how they felt about their city’s walkable access to shops and parks, the quality of pavements and streets, and whether they felt safe walking there.

Again, Edinburgh ranked highest for walkability, followed by Sheffield, with London in third place. 82% of respondents found Edinburgh’s streets to be of good quality, with 67% of respondents finding it easy to reach a park on foot and 65% finding it easy to get to the shops on foot.

Sunlight – Plymouth

Though the UK’s sunniest city, Chichester, falls outside the top-25 population ranking, two of the UK’s most populous cities make the top 10 – Plymouth and Bristol. Plymouth was ranked the UK’s second-sunniest city in the country in a 2018 survey, having enjoyed 1730.1 yearly hours of sunshine. Meanwhile, Bristol took eighth position on the list with 1627 yearly hours of sunshine.

Ensuring you get enough sunlight can be crucial for your health – a failure to receive enough sunlight can result in an insufficiency or even deficiency of vitamin D. A 2021 study backed this up, with areas in the north of England most likely to suffer from insufficient vitamin D. Scotland was the most likely area for this to happen, though residents in London were also likely to have lower vitamin D levels.

Life Expectancy – Westminster 

When it comes to judging cities or even regions on their life expectancy, it can be a little trickier to gauge due to disparities that exist in each city. For example, there are significant fluctuations within London when comparing areas such as Kensington and Newham. The highest life expectancy in the country, according to data from 2017-19, is from the London borough of Westminster, where men tended to live to around 85, and women to 87.

Overall, however, data highlights the fact that places in the south of the UK tend to have higher life expectancies than places in the north. Though these figures vary across London, the capital city as a whole boasted approximate life expectancies of 81 for men and 85 for women according to figures from 2017-2019.

Meanwhile, Newcastle and the surrounding areas had the lowest life expectancies in England. Many other cities north of the Watford Gap had a noticeably lower life expectancy than London, including Manchester, Birmingham and Leeds, where life expectancy tended to be around 78 for men and 82 for women. These numbers were lower still in Scotland, where life expectancy was 77 for men and 81 for women.

Though the life expectancy is lower in Scotland, Edinburgh remains a similar level to Manchester, Birmingham and Leeds, and boasts significantly better walkability, access to green spaces, and better air quality – it therefore tops our list of the healthiest places to live in the UK.

Dr Bhasha Mukherjee, Medical Lead at Made4 Vitamins, commented: ‘it’s crucial that wherever we live grants us the ability to live a healthy lifestyle, whether that’s in terms of air quality or being able to exercise safely. Edinburgh’s amazing pedestrian infrastructure and expansive green spaces make living healthily a breeze, and that’s why it tops our list!’

Menopause In the Workplace

With the conversation around menopause and the workplace becoming a focal point in recent months, workplace discrimination and employment law solicitors Beecham Peacock reveal the current status of employment rights relating to menopause and how these might change in the future.

Key findings:

  • Despite 1 in 10 women in the UK who worked during the menopause leaving jobs as a result of menopausal symptoms, menopause is currently not a protected workplace characteristic in its own right.
  • As recently as May 2022, it was confirmed that there were no plans for menopause to be introduced as a further protected characteristic under the Equality Act, 2010.
  • However, some aspects of menopause may already be protected under the Equality Act, 2010, whilst other Legislation acts also place obligations on employers to ensure those experiencing menopausal symptoms do not suffer a detriment.
  • 8 in 10 UK women employed during menopause say their workplace had no basic support in place.
  • Thankfully, with conversations around menopause and a more open culture in the media and workplaces starting to appear, it is hoped that more support will be available. Several large employers, including NHS England, the Civil Service and the House of Commons, have already signed up to the Menopause Workplace Pledge.
  • Huddersfield Town Football Club recently became the first football club in the UK to achieve “Menopause Friendly Employer” status, whilst larger employers such as HSBC UK, M&S Bank and First Direct have also been accredited.
  • As light continues to be shed on the issue, Tribunals have seen a 44% increase in menopause-related employment tribunals year-on-year in 2021 according to research by the Menopause Experts Group.

Where Does Workplace Law Currently Stand on Menopause?

Whilst important discussions have been taking place in recent months around menopause and its impact in the workplace, menopause is currently not a protected characteristic and there are no plans for this to change in the immediate future. It was confirmed as recently as May 2022 in a letter from The Minister for Work and Pensions (Lords) and the Minister for Women, Baroness Stedman-Scott, to the Chair of the Women and Equalities Committee, Caroline Noakes MP, that the Government has no plans to introduce menopause as a further protected characteristic under the Equality Act 2010.

This does not mean that an employee who is impacted by the menopause and its symptoms cannot take action under current UK Law. Protection can be found under the Equality Act 2010 as the menopause and its symptoms may be covered under other protected characteristics such as sex, gender reassignment, age and disability (for example, where the symptoms of the menopause have a substantial and adverse impact on day to day life). However, this is, of course, not as straightforward as recognising menopause as a protected characteristic in its own right.

In addition to the Equality Act, 2010, other Legislation such as the Health and Safety at Work Act 1974, Protection from Harassment Act 1997 and Public Sector Equality Duty also place obligations on employers to ensure those experiencing menopausal symptoms do not suffer a detriment.

What Workplace Support Currently Exists?

Historically, there has been little formal workplace support in many UK companies, with the subject almost being seen as taboo. 8 in 10 UK women employed during menopause say their workplace had no basic support in place. This has led to menopause being referred to as the ‘Silent Career Killer’, with 1 in 10 women in the UK who worked during the menopause leaving jobs as a result of menopausal symptoms according to a 2022 Report by the Fawcett Society into Menopause and the Workplace.

An increase in Employment Tribunal claims by 44% from 2020 to 2021 shows that employers have not been getting things right and that employees are beginning to take action where the correct support is not in place.

What Circumstances Breach Your Employment Rights?

The symptoms and effects of menopause, including but not limited to fatigue, hot flushes, difficulty sleeping, anxiety, concentration and memory issues (often referred to as ‘brain fog’) and mood swings, may fall within the definition of a disability under the Equality Act 2010 where they amount to a “physical or mental impairment…[that] has a substantial and long-term adverse effect on [their] ability to carry out normal day-to-day activities”.

It is generally accepted that long-term means lasting, or likely to recur, for 12 months or longer for the purposes of this definition, meaning that workplaces treating employees less favourably or failing to make reasonable adjustments for those experiencing menopause symptoms could in many cases face a discrimination claim. This may include issues relating to uniform, toilet breaks, time off for medical appointments and increased flexibility in working arrangements.

Those who are treated less favourably or victimised due to their sex, gender reassignment or their age, which can be linked to the menopause, may also have grounds to make discrimination and harassment claims.

How Is the Climate Changing When It Comes to Workplace Menopause Support?

Thankfully, the increasing openness to discuss issues surrounding the menopause, both in the media and in workplaces, has led to a number of employers, including HSBC, M & S Bank, First Direct and Huddersfield Town FC being granted ‘Menopause Friendly Employer’ status, whilst Huddersfield Town Football Club recently became the first football club in the UK to achieve “Menopause Friendly Employer” status. Likewise, several large employers, including NHS England, the Civil Service and the House of Commons, have already signed up to the Menopause Workplace Pledge. We are likely to see many more follow suit in the coming weeks and months.

This has led to an increased and more open discussion of menopause and its impact in the workplace. Increasingly employers are introducing a menopause policy and/or training to deal specifically with the symptoms and impact of menopause, rather than including this under existing policies. This tailored approach enables employers to better support employees. Menopause and Wellbeing Champions are also being introduced into some workplaces.

Could Menopause Workplace Support Be Formalised Through UK Law?

Although there is presently no legislation that requires employers to have a menopause workplace policy, and no existing workplace laws specifically relating to workers experiencing menopausal symptoms, as the conversation progresses we are seeing positive changes in practice even though there are currently no plans for formal changes to UK law.

At present, those facing workplace issues in this regard can still receive professional advice on their working rights and support specific to their situation, including the option of filing a discrimination claim in many cases.

Four Common Work-Related Minor Injuries that Often Go Unnoticed and Can Lead to Long-Term Health Issues

In the workplace, accidents can be quite frequent, and some can result in serious and minor injuries. It has been estimated that 270 million workplace injuries occur across the world each year.

When it comes to Britain, work-related injuries and health issues tend to be on the daily agenda too. Every year, about 1.7 million employees will suffer from some sort of occupational ill health, and 0.4 million will end up picking up non-fatal injuries.

In the event of an accident that has happened due to the employer’s negligence and has had a negative impact on the person’s life, workers can file a work accident claim to receive well-deserved compensation.

That said, it is common for less resounding incidents to go unnoticed. But the truth is, in the long run, they can gradually escalate into a bigger problem, causing extended pain and suffering.

Here, we take a look at habitual, work-related minor injuries and health problems that are often overlooked when, in reality, they shouldn’t be.    

1. Slips, trips and fall-induced injuries

Slips and trips are the most recurring cause of injury in the workplace. In fact, they are responsible for more than one-third of all significant injuries and can often lead to further accidents, such as falls from height and into machinery.

Slips and trips are so common because they can easily happen in any environment, from ‘standard’ offices to construction sites. Tendentially, they occur when floors are wet or contaminated due to poor maintenance and housekeeping. As they are a very frequent form of accident, it is easy to brush off the episode if there is no noticeable, immediate consequence.

However, slips, trips, and falls can originate an array of severe injuries and health issues. For instance, they may result in head and brain injuries, cuts, lacerations, soft tissue injuries to the back, and fractures. Some of these injuries may show very feeble symptoms at first. But if ignored and left untreated, they can quickly worsen and have a negative impact on the lives of those affected.

2. Whiplash injury

The nature of some jobs may require workers to hit the road on a daily basis. From couriers and florists to dog groomers and street food restauranteurs, there are many occupations where driving is an inescapable part of the job description.

When out and about, especially during rush hours, mishaps can take place at every turn. Even slamming the breaks to avoid colliding with another vehicle or a pedestrian can be harmful. You are likely to suffer an abrupt movement of the head and neck, which may result in whiplash injury. The effects of whiplash can take up to 24 hours to manifest and could be confused for tiredness or a normal headache. However, in some instances, whiplash can become a serious, long-standing condition that causes chronic pain, concentration and memory problems, and inability to sleep soundly.

Susanne McGraw, Head of Personal Injury at Watermans, said: “As part of a team of personal injury lawyers, I support many people who have suffered a whiplash injury when at the wheel of their vehicle. Most of them will recover within days, whereas others have to deal with its effects for weeks or even months.

“My recommendation is to seek medical assistance as soon as possible. This will give you the chance to get the treatment you need and alleviate feelings of discomfort in a timely manner.”

3. Noise-induced hearing loss

Work-related hearing problems affect about 14,000 employees in the UK every year. This is usually the result of spending prolonged hours in a loud environment, especially when sounds surpass 85 decibels. For instance, workers who handle electric hand tools or other sound-emitting equipment have a good chance of suffering from noise-induced hearing loss (NIHL).

The problem with NIHL is that it tends to happen and escalate gradually. This means it is difficult to catch before the damage has ultimately been made. It is likely that the sufferer will not even realise that it’s occurring until it is too late. It is important to look out for subtle symptoms such as sensations of ‘fullness’ in the ears and an intermittent or continuous buzzing. If you notice you are struggling to hear people talking a few feet away, you should start asking yourself why, especially if you work in a noisy environment.

To prevent NIHL, make sure you always wear noise-reducing earmuffs. Where possible, it is wise to collaborate with your employer to find methods to both measure and control noise levels.

4. Repetitive strain injury

Repetitive strain injury (RSI) is a common injury that happens when muscles, tendons, and nerves carry out the same action. Manual occupations often require you to perform specific motions repeatedly. This, in turn, can favour physical damage over an extended period of time.

Because the damage is gradual, RSI can go unnoticed for a long time, and it usually affects the hands, wrists, elbows, neck, and shoulders. If not diagnosed early, RSI can deteriorate and become chronic, making the recovery process very challenging. Some of its most prominent causes are constant movements such as typing, poor ergonomic conditions, and not taking regular breaks.

One of the problems with RSI is that its symptoms are easily neglected. At the start, it will only manifest itself through tingling and sensory disturbances in the forearm and hand, which quickly subside as you rest your limbs for a short while. This can wrongfully tempt people to postpone seeking medical advice.

One of the best ways to prevent RSI issues is to assume a straight sitting posture with relaxed arms and shoulders. Not only that, but it’s also to vary your movements as much as possible and avoid repetitive motions.

From whiplash and repetitive strain to noise and slip-induced injuries, there are many issues that can emerge as a result of work accidents and habitual job duties. If you start experiencing mild symptoms that you cannot explain, don’t put up with it – make sure to see your doctor. A medical appointment can nip the problem in the bud, sparing you from chronic pain and suffering in the long term.

A Comprehensive Guide To Health Insurance For Digital Nomads

Source: Unsplash

Today’s ease of international travel, advances in tech, and the availability of remote jobs are fuelling a trend that has long been in the making: the technology-empowered return to a nomadic lifestyle.

But, while over 15.5 million people are now living the dream of pursuing their career goals while discovering the world, this lifestyle isn’t risk-free.

And, when it comes down to accessing healthcare services abroad, many digital nomads find themselves at a loss.

Luckily, health insurance providers are evolving with this trend, and are now providing tailored and comprehensive coverage. Here’s all you need to know before taking the leap and committing to a nomadic lifestyle.

Go Beyond Traditional Travel Insurance

One of the main downsides of being a digital nomad is that, given how new this lifestyle is, there is no handbook or answer sheet to consult to find solutions to everyday problems.

When it comes down to getting health insurance cover, you’ll find out that your lifestyle does not fit the standards and requirements of a traditional insurance plan. And that’s mostly why many digital nomads resort to travel insurance policies to cover their healthcare expenses abroad.

But no matter how expensive your travel insurance policy might be, the chances are that healthcare coverage will still be limited. After all, travel insurance is designed as a safety net for short-term travelers (usually capped at 180 days) who might find themselves in an emergency situation.

However, travel insurance providers also assume that, if you are struggling with a chronic condition, or need recurring screenings, you’d fly home and access care through your standard policy.

Since this might not be a viable option for serial expats, you should consider working with specialized health insurance companies such as InsuranceMarket.ae, which provide ad hoc coverage for digital nomads.

Invest in Global Primary Health Insurance

Once you have excluded travel insurance as a viable replacement for primary health insurance, it’s time to look at your options. The most common alternatives include:

Discussing options with your home country’s health insurance provider

Some health insurance providers provide coverage abroad or in specific countries. For example, EU citizens can access healthcare in other member countries, and Australian citizens benefit from the country’s reciprocal agreement with 11 jurisdictions. It’s important to notice that, with this option, you might not be covered everywhere.

Buy a local health insurance plan

If you are planning to reside in a certain country for six months or longer, you might consider investing in local healthcare coverage. Some countries even provide monthly-based plans specifically to short-term expats. This option might not be suitable for digital nomads who travel at a faster pace.

Opt for international primary healthcare cover

Global health insurance is one of the best options for digital nomads since it covers multiple destinations and allows pay-outs for emergency and non-emergency care, including everyday preventive care, long-term treatments for chronic conditions, dental care, and routine screenings.

Choosing Your Health Insurance Policy: What to Look For

Investing in travel and health insurance policies is an essential aspect of staying healthy while traveling. However, finding the right option for your needs can be overwhelming. Here are five aspects to review before committing to a certain insurance plan:

  • Jurisdiction coverage – not all plans will cover you everywhere you travel. Make sure to find the right policy for your travel plans.
  • Treatments and care covered – some global health insurance policies won’t cover screenings, preventive care, or non-emergency treatments. Make sure yours includes, at least, emergency, inpatient, and outpatient care as well as prescription coverage.
  • Pre-existing and chronic conditions coverage – if you suffer from chronic or long-term conditions, consider reviewing your insurance plan to make sure that you can access the care you need abroad.
  • Cost and fees – insurance policies vary greatly in terms of monthly premiums, pay-out caps, and deductibles. Consider finding a policy that you can afford but suits your medical and lifestyle needs.

Work With a Specialized Health Insurance Provider

Not all insurance providers offer policies created with the needs of digital nomads in mind. And, in some cases, not even digital nomads know what kind of coverage is needed abroad. Working with a reputable and specialized insurer is a surefire way to access affordable and comprehensive coverage designed around your lifestyle goals.

Why your diet and exercise are vital to your health as you get older

Everyone knows that a good diet and regular exercise are cornerstones of good health, but it is important to understand why you need to continue with these as you age even if you are not as fit and mobile as you were in your 20s. Keep reading to find out why it is so important to keep up with exercise and a good diet as you begin to age.

Why Physical Activity is Key

Regular physical activity is essential as you get older and this is for a few reasons. Staying active will help you to maintain a healthy weight, prevent muscle loss and improve your heart and cardiovascular health. Not only this, but exercise is proven to reduce the risk of many illnesses and diseases common in old age, including coronary heart disease, diabetes and osteoporosis.

Other Exercise Benefits

There are also a number of other benefits of regular exercise as you begin to age. The mental health benefits of exercise cannot be overstated and it can be a great way to de-stress with the release of endorphins. Regular exercise can also act as an enjoyable hobby and this could be a solo activity or a way to be social (many seniors struggle with loneliness and isolation). Many also find that regular exercise can promote healthy sleeping patterns, which is vital for overall health and wellbeing.

Adapting Exercise

Of course, you may not be able to exercise as you could in your 20s as you start to get older. This is why many have to adapt their exercise habits to prevent injury. Generally, low-impact exercises are best such as swimming, cycling and walking. There are now many walking sports that can help people to enjoy their favourite sports without the impact (these can also be great social activities. You need to listen to your body and speak to specialists for any pain that you are experiencing, such as back pain that can interfere with all aspects of your daily life.

The Importance of Nutrition

The other side of the equation is nutrition. You could exercise regularly throughout the week, but if you do not maintain a healthy diet then you will struggle to maintain your health. A healthy and balanced diet will give your body the nutrition that it needs to provide energy, maintain a healthy weight and prevent diseases like heart disease and high blood pressure. This is why your diet needs to be based on vegetables, fruit, protein and whole grains and treats enjoyed in moderation.

The importance of leading a healthy lifestyle as you get older cannot be overstated and will be key in helping you to enjoy an active lifestyle as you age and enter retirement – a time in your life that you will want to make the most out of.

How Exercise Can Help You – Both Physically and Mentally

Exercise is a much-vaunted, well-encouraged form of activity for people in the UK, and forms a core part of the government’s health messaging. But at a time when people are struggling to justify the cost of their gym membership, it can be important to remind oneself exactly how helpful exercise can be. Here are the key benefits of exercise in brief, as well as the specific benefits of exercise as a form of rehabilitation.

Physical Benefits

The physical benefits of exercise are no secret; indeed, they are taught to every schoolchild and widely reported media, popular culture and even advertising. Even still, though, people often misunderstand the extent to which exercise can improve their health.

Adopting a regular, varied and balanced exercise routine enables you to not only target any number of key health goals – whether controlling weight levels or building strength – but also to improve your health in less visible ways. As a key example, increased regular exercise can help to reduce your risk of stroke by as much as 27%.

Mental Health Benefits

Of course, the benefits of exercise are not confined to physical ones. Exercising can also have a profound effect on your mental health, with a number of different facets working to improve your overall mood as well as the symptoms of mental illness.

Firstly, regular exercise of any kind can boost the release of endorphins in your brain, regulating your mood and rewarding you with a sense of happiness. Secondly, exercise forces you on your feet, and even out of the house – allowing you to get a little fresh air and perspective where you may have otherwise been stuck in a rut.

Exercise and Rehabilitation

Exercise can also form a crucial part of recovery, if you recently suffered an accident that wasn’t your fault or if your quality of life was affected by injury. Injuries, however localised they may be to specific areas, can have consequences for your body on a holistic level; a long-lasting leg injury can lead to poor balance and posture, affecting your spine health. Also, injuries can inspire extended periods of reduced exercise and movement, whether due to physical discomfort or mental decline.

Entering into a recovery-oriented exercise regime can help you return to your former fitness levels, and manage your injury – both in terms of physical health, and any mental side-effects that may have resulted. Physiotherapy uses targeted exercises to restore function to parts of the body, and to build muscle back up after periods of wastage. The activity can boost endorphin levels, too, ensuring a safe and happy recovery process.

Simple Ways to Stay Safe When Jogging

Jogging remains among the most popular sports for anyone who wants to improve their health and fitness. This is something that anyone can do without any special training and without spending a lot of money on equipment. Yet, you also need to take a moment to consider how to stay safe when starting this sport.

Join a Friend

The best way to jog safely is to do it with someone else or in a group. If you’re planning to start this type of exercise, it’s a great opportunity to ask friends, relatives, and work colleagues if they’d like to join you. A lot of people are interested in taking up this hobby and you might find someone who is keen to join you.

You might also find that you can join a local running club, which turns it into a social event as well as a form of exercise. This kind of running community is becoming increasingly popular but you’ll want to check that the level is right for you.

Some running clubs are geared toward competitive running while others take a more relaxed approach. Read their website or social media page to find out what their goals are and what existing members say about them.

Choose Your Routes Wisely

This point is particularly valid if you’re planning on running alone, but you should be aware of the dangers of unlit parks and other areas to be avoided even if you’re jogging with a partner. Choosing a route of the right length and difficulty is also important when you’re getting started.

You should be wary of areas with a lot of traffic. If you’re injured by a vehicle while running you could look at the process for compensation for personal injury claims, which can take several months to resolve. You can claim if someone’s negligence causes you to be injured, although if you are partly to blame this is called contributory negligence and can affect the outcome.

Ideally, you probably want to run in parks with no traffic and do it during the day, but this isn’t always possible. Consider the surface too, as grass or dirt tracks are gentler on your joints than concrete in the long term.   

Use the Right Gear

As mentioned earlier, the equipment needed to start jogging isn’t particularly expensive, and you might already have most of what you need at home. However, unsuitable clothing and footwear will make things more difficult and could even cause you injury, so it’s a good idea to consider the clothes and gear you need to buy.

Bright coloured clothing is ideal, and you might also consider using reflective gear if you’re planning on running at night. Comfortable running shoes are essential as using the wrong type is one of the main causes of jogging injuries, but this doesn’t mean that they need to be expensive.

By keeping these tips in mind, you’ll be able to start jogging safely and without any worries on your mind, which is the ideal way to get started with a new hobby like this.   

What really Goes into Providing Reliable Healthcare Procurement Services?

It is a well-known fact that without procurement, most businesses would not be able to operate. Reliable procurement management allows for projects and processes to be completed successfully, ensuring that items or services are provided on time, and at the right prices.

Procurement can be a complex process, involving negotiation, building relationships and guaranteeing the timely delivery of potentially lifesaving products and services as is the case with healthcare procurement, which introduces additional challenges and requirements that must be satisfied in order to ensure successful results.

The value of procurement consultancy

There is much more to procurement than simply reducing costs. The end goal for procurement consultants is to help clients meet their objectives while providing added value, reducing the complexity of supply chains, making operational improvements and overseeing processes from start to finish.

As the founder and Managing Director of leading healthcare procurement organisation Unimed Procurement Services (Unimed), Shameet Thakkar has a wealth of valuable insights to share on the role of procurement consultancy. He says: “Procurement is not simply about providing a product or service.

“It touches multiple parts of a business, improving strategic function, helping streamline processes and helping find better sources of supply, ultimately creating a better bottom line profit margin.

“It’s also about offering a complete solution. Whatever the client’s needs are, procurement consultants use their skills and expertise to alleviate the pressure of dealing with complicated processes and finding the best possible practices, providing access to the right products for the right people, at the right prices”, he comments.

Ultimately, procurement consultancy provides a turnkey solution. Consultants are able to work and negotiate with manufacturers, consolidators, shipping and logistics companies and other partners globally, establishing and working toward reaching KPIs along with offering the most innovative and cost-effective solutions.

“While procurement services have an international presence and work with partners all over the world, it is important to use localised procurement where possible.

“Adhering to ESG standards is critical in contributing to the world’s mission to reduce our carbon footprint, and sustainable procurement can play a significant role in contributing to the cause”, adds Shameet.

Armed with the expertise needed to create customised strategies, procurement consultancy can help find the right solutions all while operating sustainably, and to a high standard of quality.

What are the advantages of relying on procurement companies?

With in-depth awareness of market trends and supplier relations management, procurement companies can effectively support both clients and end users. There are, however, substantial differences between private and public procurement.

Public procurement is estimated to be at high risk for corruption, with a potential 50% of added costs to any project stemming solely from corruption, as well as a reduction in the quality of products and services.

“Corruption within procurement is a topic of concern, which is why procurement organisations should endeavour to provide transparency every step of the way”, says Shameet.

“Whether there are certain issues with a product, delivery delays, goals that are no longer attainable or risks associated with specific processes, we need to ensure we remain in control wherever possible, and that our clients are fully aware of any problems”.

Aside from providing increased flexibility within budget and procedures, private procurement companies closely work with customers from the beginning stages through to the completion of a project to efficiently meet requirements all while keeping the needs of both clients and end users in mind.  

Why strong quality assurance is essential

Quality assurance in procurement incorporates all the factors that influence the quality of a product, extending to the whole supply chain. This involves the raw materials used, the manufacturing process, packaging and labelling as well as transportation and storage, amongst other things.  

“When it comes to procuring healthcare and pharmaceutical products, there’s a variety of laws and regulations we have to comply with, and these can be difficult to navigate without the right knowledge and experience”, says Claire Harrington, Head of Quality Assurance at Unimed.

Companies working on an international scale have a responsibility to ensure regulations are followed across the origin country as well as those receiving the products – which often comes with additional costs, but there is more to quality assurance in procurement than simply adhering to regulations.

“It’s essential to design quality management into your services from the onset. Procurement services organisations should aim to have a quality management ethos that permeates through their whole company, so that quality is built into every interaction with suppliers and customers as well as the procurement aspect itself”, Claire adds.

Quality assurance within procurement is a multi-faceted operation that extends to the whole supply chain, involving providing realistic shipment routes, meeting traceability standards for products, keeping thorough records and complying with ad hoc requirements such as strict temperature control, particularly in the case of medical products.

“Supply chain investigation and standard control become even more important with healthcare products. For instance, faulty diagnostic equipment could result in false diagnoses, so monitoring all procedures to a high standard is crucial in minimising these risks”, says Claire.

Ultimately, end-to-end quality assurance is paramount in healthcare procurement, ensuring products can safely reach end users and playing a vital role in keeping businesses robust.

7 things You Can Do to Keep Your Joints Healthy, According to a Fitness Expert

Regardless of your age, joint pain can be an issue which impacts your daily activities. Whether you’re playing sports or working out, your weight-bearing joints: knees, ankles, shoulders, elbows, and wrists, can become stiff or dislocated. Healthy joints can help you to stay mobile as you age, but regardless of how old you are, it’s time to start taking care of your joints so you can enjoy life to the fullest.

The great news is that with adequate care and the correct training principles, you can avoid any joint injuries and relieve pain from painful conditions such as arthritis. Fitness expert at Goodnick, Emma Goodman-Horne has shared 7 ways to keep your joints healthy.

1) Focus on your nutrition

Reducing inflammation is a key part of keeping arthritis symptoms under control and improving overall joint health. An anti-inflammatory diet involves avoiding foods which increase inflammation, such as red meat and including the ones that decrease levels, such as salmon. Diets that have more alkaline are known to improve your energy levels, opt for foods such as berries, apples, and ginger. A diet which is low in saturated fat and processed foods can also be beneficial to your joints, think whole grains, and nuts.

2) Cold water therapy

Cold showers are a simple way to stay healthy as they offer a range of benefits. You can have it cold enough so it’s not uncomfortable or even save a burst of cold water for the last minute. Cold showers veer off hypertension, varicose veins and hardened arteries as well as increasing the overall performance of the circulatory system. Warm water opens your pores, whereas cold tightens them. If you suffer joint aches and sore muscles, cold water therapy is key for pain relief.

3) Wear the right shoes

Regardless of the activity you are doing, shoes should provide you with stability and cushioning. The arches of your feet are either high, normal, or non-existent – and finding out your foot strike pattern, either overpronation, under pronation or neutral is key to find the right shoe. Consult a podiatrist to analyse your pattern and find the perfect fit for you.

4) Keep moving

Staying active is vital to reduce stiffness in your joints. Try to move around as often as you can during the day and avoid sitting in one position for too long. Low impact exercises such as swimming or strength training helps your joints stay mobile. Always take any form of exercise slowly, and warm up adequality.

5) Have a correct posture

Poor posture can lead to tightened muscles, and eventually long-term back pain. The vertebral discs have poor nutritional blood supply when your body is static. By getting up and moving around each hour, you can combat any impact and reduce spinal pain. Make sure you maintain angles of 90 degrees if you are sitting as this will be beneficial for your elbows, hips and knees. Having a chair with low back support is great, or alternatively you can prop up a pillow or bath towel and place it behind your low back.

6) Try low-impact exercises

The benefits of regular exercise can be achieved with low-impact exercises. This type of workout is gentle and minimises the stress it puts on joints during high-intensity workouts. You can try stationary or recumbent bicycles to keep active whilst protecting your joints. Programmes such as Goodnick will help you stay on a consistent exercise plan tailor made to suit your level of pace and impact desired.

7) Listen to your body

Your body knows best – when it’s time to stop a certain movement make sure you listen. Sometimes, over doing it can make all the difference between a performance improvement and a dislocated joint. If you feel any pain during exercise or sport, it’s vital to stop and rest. If the problem is ongoing, consult a doctor to check for any permanent damage as this can lead to long term joint issues.

How to Choose a Clinical Counsellor Vancouver

A clinical counsellor offers counseling and psychotherapy services to individuals, couples, families, and groups. Whether you’re experiencing relationship difficulties, struggling with anxiety or depression, or dealing with a life transition, a clinical counsellor can help. In other words, this mental health expert can provide the support, guidance, and tools you need to cope. You can talk to them when you need someone to lend a professional, unbiased ear.

Choosing a clinical counsellor needs to be done with utmost care because the success of therapy or counseling sessions depends, to a large extent, on the rapport that you share with your counsellor. While various counselling Vancouver options are available, it can be overwhelming to identify the best one.

To help you get started, here are some tips.

1. Check their license and credentials

In Vancouver the title “clinical counsellor” is not legally protected, and this is why it’s important to see a therapist or has Registered Clinical Counsellor (RCC) designation. These professionals must have completed a master’s or doctoral degree in clinical training standards from an accredited institution. The registration guarantees that the counsellor met the necessary academic requirements and is qualified to provide counselling services.

Furthermore, a registered clinical counsellor in Vancouver pertains to a mental health expert who received the education and training required by the British Columbia Association of Clinical Counsellors (BCACC). The organization upholds a strict code of ethics and sets high clinical standards that its members must follow. That means their peers have vetted the competence of your potential counsellor. (2)

Having these excellent qualities ensures that you’re getting quality counselling services, giving you a better chance of meeting your therapy goals.

2. Verify the counsellor’s experience

It’s no secret that experience is essential in every field. The same goes for clinical counsellors. The more years they’ve been in the counseling field, the more likely they have a solid understanding of their clients’ different challenges. To sum it up, an experienced counsellor has more in-depth knowledge of handling various mental health conditions.

When checking a counsellor’s experience, pay attention to the following:

  • The number of years they’ve been practicing
  • Types of clients they see regularly 
  • Success rate

Verifying these factors will give you an idea of the counsellor’s capabilities. It’s best to choose someone who has extensive experience supporting issues similar to yours. That way, you can be confident that they know how to address your concerns and are focused on providing you with the best care possible.

3. Consider their counselling techniques

Every clinical counsellor is unique in their approach and techniques. Some use traditional talk therapy, while others combine different methods to tailor their services according to their client’s needs. The important thing is that the counsellor’s practices are evidence-based and backed by research. After all, you want to make sure that the therapy sessions are productive and helpful.

The best way to know which technique is right for you is to schedule an initial consultation with your potential counsellor. During this meeting, you can ask about their methods and feel their counselling style. Whether it’s cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), emotion-focused therapy (EFT), or something else, ensure you’re comfortable with the counsellor’s approach before making a decision. 

Aside from CBT, here are some other counselling techniques and approaches you may want to consider: 

  • Dialectical behavior therapy (DBT)
  • Interpersonal therapy (IT)
  • Adlerian therapy
  • Psychodynamic therapy
  • EMDR

Knowing about their approach will give you a better idea of whether or not they’re a good fit for you.

4. Don’t forget the service fee structure

Service cost is probably one of the first things you’ll think about when searching for a clinical counsellor. After all, you want to make sure that you’re getting your money’s worth. When it comes to service fees, there are three common billing structures:

  • Per session fee: As the name suggests, you’ll be charged per counselling session. This fee structure is the most common type.
  • Package fee: You’ll be charged a lump sum for several sessions. This option is ideal if you want to commit to long-term counselling but very few therapists provide it.

Knowing these fee structures will help you select a clinical counsellor that suits your budget. The most important thing is getting the help and support you need.

Conclusion

Now that you know how to choose a clinical counsellor, it’s time to start your search. Keep these tips in mind, and you’ll be on your way to finding the best professional to help you achieve your counselling goals.

The Ultimate Guide to Achieving Good Mental and Behavioral Health

Sometimes, the hustle of daily life becomes too much. With it comes anxiety, stress, or the fear of the unknown, affecting your mental health and behavior. Handling everyday challenges and managing your feelings and behaviors are critical to maintaining your overall well-being. While it can be challenging, there are certain things you can do to improve your overall mental and behavioral health.

In this article, we’re sharing a comprehensive list of tips on achieving good mental and behavioral health.

1. Ask For Professional Help

We’re starting our list with the most effective method, especially for those struggling for a long time.

Admitting that you’re having issues can be difficult. However, there’s no shame in it. If you feel sadness, stress, anxiety, negative feelings, or your unwanted behaviors are piling up and hindering your daily life, consider consulting a professional.

Seeking help from a mental or behavioral health professional can help you share your burdens without worrying about bias or judgments, helping you process your feelings more fully. Professionals can also help you get treated with tried-and-tested methods such as counseling, therapies, measurement-based care, and others.  

2. Eat Healthily

Food is fuel. The kinds of drinks and foods you consume determine the types of nutrients in your system, which has a significant impact not only on your physical body but also on how your mind functions.

As one of the busiest organs in the body, the brain needs quality fuel to function well. There are strong links between what you eat and how you feel. For instance, missing meals can cause your blood sugar level to drop, making you feel tired and bad-tempered. Eating a well-balanced meal full of foods and drinks rich in vitamins, antioxidants, and minerals can improve your overall mood and promote cognitive functioning.

3. Be Active

One of the most effective methods to maintain good mental health and steer clear of behavioral issues is by exercising. Studies show that staying active stimulates the release of endorphins or the ‘feel-good’ hormones that can help relieve stress while improving your psychological and emotional state.

Plus, exercising for at least 20 minutes a day is a great way to feel a sense of accomplishment and helps you take control of your life, especially during times of uncertainty.   

Thus, simply getting your body moving can help improve your mental health and works as an effective treatment for negative emotions and behavioral difficulties. You don’t have to do strenuous exercise either; taking morning walks around your neighborhood or stretching can make a huge difference.   

4. Don’t Skimp On Sleep

You’re probably guilty of promising yourself that you will sleep earlier every night only to end up scrolling for three hours on social media or tapping the ‘Next Episode’ of your favorite series on your Netflix app. Sure, it’s easier to get distracted by today’s technology than get some shut-eye. However, the constant yawning and that voice in the back of your mind reminding you to sleep is mostly right.

Sleep deprivation, as well as low-quality sleep, can have a significant impact on how you’ll feel the next day. It will make you more irritable and reduce your ability to focus and concentrate on your tasks and activities. Getting enough sleep can help your brain and body recharge. As a result, it makes you perform at your best during your waking hours.

Ensuring a consistent good night’s rest can significantly improve your mental health and psychological functions, even in ways that are not readily apparent.   

5. Be Sociable

Socializing can mean simply opening up to someone about an issue or problem, or it can also mean just being kind in general. Confiding in others and receiving their trust can help build self-worth and improve your overall emotional being.   

That said, the quantity and quality of social relationships we maintain can also impact our mental health. You want to ensure that the people around you evoke positive emotions and attitudes, are supportive, and are generally good for you. Being around the wrong people can contribute to mental issues and invite behavioral problems into your life.

Takeaway

Just as physical fitness helps the body stay strong, mental and behavioral wellness can help us nurture and sustain the mind and emotions. By being mentally healthy, you can enjoy your life, achieve better behavior and attitude, and have better relationships with others.

You’ll be creative, try new things, learn and take risks. You can also cope better during difficult times in your personal and professional life. And although bad things may happen in life, having solid mental and behavioral health can help you get on with it and enjoy your life once again.

Phlebology’s Leading Medical Minds

A clinic that has achieved worldwide recognition for the excellence of its services, The Whiteley Clinic has earned itself recent accreditation as the provider of the ‘Best for Varicose Veins Treatments’ in 2022 for the UK. This is just one of the many titles it has won itself over the years, boasting the development of all-new treatments, the most rigorous client care, and the most highly recognised research in phlebology. Due to its new approaches, bold ideas, and transparency, it has been seeing increasing numbers of overseas patients flocking to it, as well as patients from within the UK, and promises to continue serving each and every one of them with the excellence its industry expects from it.

When it comes to specialist clinics in the medical field, The Whiteley Clinic ranks amongst the best for vein therapies and research. Fundamentally, it has gained a reputation for its consistent research and treatments that push forward the greater innovations of the field, founded by the eponymous Mark Whiteley in 2001. Since the turn of the century, its notoriety has grown through showing its diligence to the science of its work and the patients who would benefit from it being turned into treatments, following the founder’s own development of endovenous – or ‘pinhole’ – surgery for varicose veins in March of 1999. He was also the first in the UK to perform the all-new surgical method to access varicose veins in a minimally invasive manner, working alongside Judy Holdstock, and it is this excellence with which he has built the foundation of The Whiteley Clinic.

Making use of radiofrequency initially – mostly due to budget – this varicose vein surgical method has since enjoyed advancements in both innovation and funding, with alternatives to radiofrequency being discovered regularly. This, in essence, has allowed The Whiteley Clinic to allow use of multiple different modalities. Initially, the setup to varicose vein treatments was its only priority, but ongoing research has allowed it to expand its list of conditions, from venous leg ulcers and pelvic pain due to Pelvic Congestion Syndrome; thus, it invites clients to get in touch with it regarding such things so it can discuss with them how it best may help, developing an international reputation for aesthetic phlebology.

Initially, this simply meant the treatment of thread veins on the legs, but with the expansion of recent research, it has extended to the treatment of so much more. Able to treat bulging veins on the face, forehead, breasts, arms, and feet, it can help clients with all manner of painful extruding venous problems, all made possible by the research and ingenuity of the founder and his exemplary team. Indeed, since then, Mark Whitely has published the first research papers for the treatment of such things; papers that have been incredibly well received by the wider research community and that specifically talk of how to treat bulging venous areas on the forehead and temporal scalp region.

Of course, when discussing such delicate areas of the body, one must act with the utmost care and rigour. This is another unswayable part of the The Whiteley Clinic’s work. When handling its client’s cases, it will always strive to put their safety and comfort first. Nominally, each and every one of its processes have been designed and redesigned by the most scrutinising eyes and dedicated team, able to tailor a treatment plan to suit the needs of the patient as well as to talk them through certain treatments in as much detail as they wish so that they are thoroughly informed before they decide on what they want.

Its core values, from top to bottom, are to ensure that all of its patients receive the most optimal treatment for their condition. Using its own research, and research from other international minds in the venous research circle, it works hard to keep its services leading the pack in its field, granting the best possible patient experience under its investigation and treatment so that they can look forward to the rest of their lives with confidence. This confidence-building – and this depth of research and study – contributes to the trust its patients have been able to build in it over the years, resulting in an establishment and research facility that is widely lauded as one of the premier vein units in the world.

This, in essence, has been one of its goals since the beginning. With exemplary client service, an incredible body of research at its back, and a dedication to comprehensive work that has made it a trusted scientific voice amongst its peers, its clients can benefit from the pedigree it has earned itself since its very beginnings. The Whiteley Clinic, in addition, has been working on bettering each of these elements since then, keeping itself at the top of its industry through determination and adaptation, refusing to rest on the laurels it has already earned itself in order to continually raise the bar for strict excellence.

By following ‘The Whiteley Protocol’, the staff at the Clinic ensure that each detail is properly attended to whilst keeping an eye on the bigger picture. This protocol has been developed over years of study, into which blood, sweat, and tears has been poured, and the result is a process that has been proven to create the best outcomes for its patients time and time again, working as a team as every juncture to make this happen. Critically, this team is one that has been built over time not just out of professionals who are industry leading in their fields, but out of professionals who demonstrate true care and compassion; people who are always willing to go above and beyond for client safety.

Furthermore, with the glowing client reviews and exemplary word of mouth testimonials that its clients leave it with, recommending its efforts to friends, colleagues, and family, The Whiteley Clinic’s staff have a proven track record of this excellence that prospective patients can skim through before they even step foot in the clinic. This helps build this trust before a patient even makes their first appointment. With this in mind, the team are able to welcome clients into its clinic with pride, knowing that it has been able to maintain so many clients as friends of the institute.

Serving clients from the UK and internationally, many come to it with varicose veins or thread veins knowing it has managed to get the lowest recurrence rate possible. Having put significant effort into the research that would allow it to do this, it welcomes every prospective patient who comes to it through its doors; it is this warmth of welcome that encourages people with all manner of cosmetic issues and symptoms through its doors, such as aching or tired legs, swollen ankles, red or brown stains on the skin, clots, or ulcers.

It is aware that its pre-eminent treatment efforts are head and shoulders above that of many others, and thus strives to make it accessible for everyone. Its core goal – helping the patient find comfort and confidence – is something it wishes won’t be an option exclusive to its clients in the future, hoping that everyone who suffers from venous issues can get access to the treatments that will allow them to be resolved. Admirably, it also holds this position in the sphere of aesthetic medical phlebology, its patients coming to it from all over the world for help with bulging veins on their foreheads, breasts, arms, hands, and feet, as well as tortuous and bulging arteries on the temple region.

It allows professionals in its industry, patients, and stakeholders to be able to get a better understanding of venous conditions simply through continuing to work in the way it has. Its deep knowledge of venous reflux, the cause of varicose veins problems and ulcers, as well as leg ulcer revolution, chronic pelvic pain, and other disorders, often result in it finding itself featured in the national press for its continually incredible findings. Often, The Whiteley Clinic finds itself in positions to comment on cases of extreme interest to the scientific community, and it is glad to be able to apply its knowledge to such things.

Of course, this is just one of the many ways by which it differentiates itself from its peers. Its efforts for the wider research community, diligence towards applying this unique protocol to its services, and specific knowledge of the depth and breadth of venous issues, has set it truly head and shoulders above all other treatment centres in the UK who target similar venous conditions and troubles. Firstly, it has an active research programme which directly feeds its treatments. Due to the nature of its work, it often finds years between the research’s results being found and said results being published, meaning an often-frustrating time delay between the benefits to certain treatments being discovered and their application, but The Whiteley Clinic can fast track this by offering these treatments before they are published to the wider scientific community in peer reviewed journals.

It also boasts the ability to ensure its patients are thoroughly scanned by a specialist vascular technologist when they arrive. This individual service, operated by someone who has been trained specially in accordance with the Whiteley Protocol, conducts a comprehensive scan of the person to get holistic view of the challenges they may be facing, turning the usual industry standard of the ‘quick scan’ on its head. The Whiteley Clinic knows that such ‘quick scans’ often miss a lot of the nuances of a case, and therefore are nowhere near as useful for getting to the root of the problem quickly and effectively, ensuring that more than one person views the data before a diagnosis is made.

Thirdly, its transparency when working with its patients and when discussing its results has secured it notoriety as a deeply honest and highly client-faithful healthcare provider. Taking this a step further, its doctors are now also registered members of the College of Phlebology Venous Registry, earning client trust back despite the loss of trust that occurred during the Bristol heart scandal in the 1980s, something that its older clients remember and that its doctors are aware of being sensitive towards. After this scandal rocked the medical community of the UK – and indeed the world at large – its professionals, The Whiteley Clinic included, have had to come to terms with the fact that the only way that patients can know whether doctors, clinics, or hospitals are getting good results is if they are part of a registry.

This third-party oversight means that a client doesn’t have to take The Whiteley Clinic’s word for the excellence of its results; they can ask the governing body that keeps an eye on this. The Whiteley Clinic’s protocol has, indeed, been developed as yet another answer to this predicament. Its standardised efforts ensure that it operates with openness and a strict dedication to the utmost scientific rigour at every turn, making sure its doctors and regularly checked and that the results are being consistently monitored, each of its staff members proving their status as an asset to the business and the medical sector by their flawless compliance with this. Each of them, benefitting from the incredible training and onboarding The Whiteley Clinic provides, has aided it in pulling through the trials and tumults of the pandemic, developing a Covid-19 secure protocol quickly in order to be able to keep offering its services to those who needed urgent venous investigations and treatments. Thus, 2022 promises to continue being a busy time for it, opening its 4th clinic on the south coast and in talks about opening a 5th one in the summer already, as well as continuing its research and introducing new, non-invasive Echotherapy investigative treatments into its offerings. In short, its continued innovation in phlebology show no signs of slowing, and it is excited to see what findings it can bring before its peers next.

For further information, please contact Caprice Chislett or visit thewhiteleyclinic.co.uk

7 Ways to Improve Your Smile, According to a Dentist

Everyone desires a picture-perfect smile, taking care of your teeth not only keeps them healthy and protected against cavities, but it also helps to boost your self-confidence and overall mood. Having optimal oral hygiene is an integral part of your health and will save you from several dental complications which can lead to other health issues such as diabetes. Over time your teeth can go through discolouration, making them more ‘eggshell white’ rather than ‘flat white’ and your alignment may alter. A good oral hygiene routine helps to prevent tooth decay, bad breath and also gum disease. Keeping your smile healthy involves making lifestyle changes and being consistent with the upkeep.

To prove it’s never too late to make a change, Dr. Hocaoglu, dentist at Clinic Center has shared 7 ways to improve your smile.

1) Teeth whitening

Teeth whitening is known to improve the cosmetic appearance of your smile, but many people are unaware that certain types of teeth whitening can promote the health of your teeth and gums. Teeth whitening will help combat stains from your daily food and drink consumption. From dentist-prescribed tooth whiteners to in-clinic whitening procedures, there are many options to choose from. Although there are DIY treatments and at home kits available, the procedure is much safer and effective when carried out by a professional.#

2) Routine dental cleanings

Routine dental cleanings are crucial to improving your smile. It is recommended by dentists to have a full dental exam every six months. This will help the dentist keep on track with your oral hygiene and keep your smile looking bright by thoroughly brushing and cleaning the teeth. Regular exams will also catch any dentals problems at premature stages and prevent any issues such as cavities and gum disease.

3) Flossing after meals

After meals, food can become lodged deeply in between your teeth which could become a reason for gingivitis and early tooth decay. If you floss after every meal, you can prevent these problems from happening and keep your smile clean. Flossing can also get rid of plaque. Whilst it’s difficult to see, plaque forms on and around your teeth when bacteria in your mouth mixes with sugary food and drink. The bacteria in plaque can release acids that attack your tooth enamel, without adequate brushing and flossing, it can lead to cavities.

4) Hydrate more often

Whilst hydration isn’t the first thing people link optimal oral hygiene too, it is highly significant for dental wellbeing. Water doesn’t only detoxify the body, but it flushes out any stubborn particles in and around the teeth. The more hydrated your mouth is, less chance of plaque to be built up. Regular consumption also stimulates salvia production which helps to protect your teeth and gums as salvia washes away food debris and fights cavity causing bacteria.

5) Diagnose dental problems in the first stages

When people have tooth aches and gum pain, they often ignore the first signs. This might be due to fears of the dentist, or underestimation of the extent of damage. As soon you notice something out of character such as a nagging tooth pain, book an appointment with your dentist immediately. A delated dental problem can lead to worsening oral conditions and problems such as teeth abscess and bone loss.

6) Adult braces

Many adults struggle to maintain their dental health due to misalignment. If you have misaligned teeth, it can cause discomfort in both the teeth and the gums. Adult braces help with maintaining healthier looking teeth and improved oral hygiene. They work by applying pressure to the teeth to help improve the position in your mouth. It also has the added benefit of improving the health of your jaw and better brushing habits as your smile will become straight.

7) Limit coffee and alcohol intake

Coffee and alcohol stain your teeth in the same way tobacco does. These are both highly acidic and over time, increased consumption can weaken the tooth enamel. They are known for causing stains on the teeth and increased exposure to the liquids will cause your tooth enamel to become vulnerable to extreme damage. Try to limit the consumption of both and use a whitening toothpaste to rectify any stains caused.

Celebrating the NHS: How Can We Ensure It Remains Available For Future Generations?

The NHS is one of the UK’s most valuable assets, and its widespread significance has become even more apparent throughout the past two years due to its role in the battle against Covid-19.

As it is a complex and multi-bodied entity, the safeguarding of the NHS requires tackling a variety of challenges, but the lessons we learned from the Covid-19 crisis have shown it is vital that this institution maintains its reliability and resilience.

Celebrating the work that’s been done by the NHS and its staff – and not only in the past two years – is essential, and with Thank You Day fast approaching on July 4th, we should spotlight the substantial value of the NHS and its contributions.

Here, Shameet Thakkar, founder and managing director of Unimed Procurement Services, a leading procurement organisation providing lifesaving healthcare and medical resources worldwide, discusses the challenges faced by the NHS and the importance of ensuring the institution remains available for future generations. 

What makes the NHS so valuable?

Having access to essential medical services effectively protects individuals, keeping them safe and healthy, which makes dependable healthcare systems paramount.

Further, when considering that over 100 million individuals are driven into poverty each year due to out-of-pocket healthcare-related expenses, the value of universal healthcare becomes even more evident. And despite the enormous strain the pandemic placed on the NHS, it remains a reliable and efficient service, consistently earning top marks for safety and patient care.

More than that, the NHS plays a significant role within the UK’s society and economy at a national and local level, employing millions of individuals, purchasing a high amount of goods and land and consistently investing in training and education for its existing workforce.

The link between health and wealth is a particularly important one, as having access to a reliable healthcare system allows populations to thrive, becoming more economically active: this makes the NHS an anchor institution capable of influencing the wellbeing of the population.

Preserving the NHS’ role within society and the economy should be a priority for the UK Government, yet the operational pressures it is currently facing may just require more than revisiting the budget dedicated to the institution.

The challenges faced by the NHS

The complexity of the NHS as an entity means there is plenty to be considered in order to create a strategy that improves efficiency.

The NHS’s decentralised model means that it comprises different organisations that operate independently from one another. Issues within its supply chain were the source of the shortage of supplies we experienced during the first wave of the Covid-19 pandemic, and though staff – and those working within supply chain operations – were not equipped to deal with such a surge in demand at the time, we can certainly learn from our mistakes.

As NHS Supply Chain – a separate entity – sources, delivers and supplies healthcare products for the NHS – currently managing over eight million orders per year, we can easily imagine how the unexpected extra requirements stemming from the pandemic caused such critical problems for the organisation.

Working with over 930 suppliers naturally means there are extra challenges involved when it comes to quality assurance, product safety and product innovation. And yet, if we are to learn from the Covid-19 equipment shortage crisis, our focus should be on increasing the resilience of the supply chains that serve NHS trusts in order to be prepared for future challenges and preserve the NHS’ strength and influence.

Managing resources efficiently undoubtedly starts with partnering with dependable and trusted suppliers, but it also involves identifying the strengths and weaknesses of the supply chain’s overall operational model and making improvements as a result. A proactive approach involves being able to promptly deal with supply disruptions or safety complaints and intervene accordingly.

Ultimately, the priority should be on ensuring the NHS can safely and efficiently provide care to patients, as well as developing a stable system that ensures future stability.

How can we keep the NHS available for future generations?

The challenges faced by the NHS go beyond supply chain issues, extending to those deriving from population growth, evolving healthcare needs, the added cost of medical advancements and more.

The NHS’s issues with funding are well-documented, having become a problem long before Covid-19. However, the pandemic significantly exacerbated the backlog of care in England, with the number of individuals on a waiting list for care having gone from 4.43 million people – prior to the pandemic – to over 6.48 million as of April 2022.

As this backlog continues to grow to this day, our aim should be to increase surgical capacity, effectively shortening the long waiting lists for patients requiring lifesaving operations and treatment.

Investing in the NHS is crucial not only to avoid the widespread repercussions that delays in providing healthcare can have, but also to avoid the privatisation of services. Private healthcare has already been discussed as a potential solution, yet the UK Government needs a long-term plan for the NHS that doesn’t involve relying on private entities as a solution.

And with the staffing crisis unlikely to improve any time soon, the institution is under pressure in more than one way, making its recovery a long process that will require a dedicated plan capable of improving its performance and efficiency.

Preserving the NHS as a public entity providing universal health coverage ultimately protects individuals in a variety of ways, avoiding financial hardship and ensuring care is provided in an accessible way, avoiding inequalities.

7 Ways to Overcome Drug Addiction

When someone is addicted to drugs, it means he or she continues to use one or more substances despite the fact that it harms his or her daily functioning, relationships, or health.

The toughest step for many people who have drug addiction is recognizing they have a problem and deciding to make a change. Once that step has been taken, there are several potential routes to take in order to overcome the addiction. Here are seven.

1. Commit to Change

If you have a drug addiction, the first thing you need to do is commit to changing your behaviour.

You will need to contemplate cutting down, moderating, or eliminating your addictive behaviour. You can then get professional help, identify specific goals to help you overcome your addiction, and follow a plan to help you achieve your goals.

2. Find Support

You can better overcome your addiction if you have people to support you. Ideally, you will have friends and family members who can support your transition to recovery.

But you should also get support from specific support groups. Your doctor can help you explore support group options.

3. Eliminate Triggers

Staying away from people you know who do drugs will go a long way to helping you stick to your plan of cutting down or quitting your addiction. So, avoid friends that you have used drugs with and places where you have done drugs. 

In fact, you should eliminate any triggers that bring up memories of your drug use to help you move on.

4. Complete a Detoxification Programme

Drug addiction is treatable. By taking the first big step of talking to a doctor about your addiction, you can explore treatment options and find the best option for you.

Some treatment plans work better for some kinds of drug addiction than others. One of the best routes for most kinds of addiction is participating in a detoxification program in a safe and controlled environment.

5. Utilise Counselling Services

Counselling is another effective treatment option. Talking about yourself, your problems, and your addiction can help you identify why you began using drugs. In turn, that can help you to quit. Counselling is an umbrella term for various therapy treatments.

One of the most commonly used therapies for drug addiction is cognitive behavioural therapy, which allows you to recognize problematic thinking, behaviours, and patterns to establish healthier ways of coping and develop stronger self-control.

6. Try Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation

Transcranial magnetic stimulation is a revolutionary, non-invasive treatment that is most commonly used for depression and anxiety, but it can also be used for treating addiction.

TMS uses magnetic fields to stimulate your brain’s nerves. You can access the trauma-focused treatment via Roots Through Recovery Addiction Treatment.

The team of compassionate professionals at Roots Through Recovery can also help you to identify the underlying causes of your issues and develop coping skills that you can continue to use after the treatment.

7. Use Medication Alongside Other Treatment Options

For some types of drug addiction, medication can be used as part of a larger treatment plan. Medication is most commonly used to treat opioid use disorder.

By taking prescribed medication, you can potentially control your drug cravings, relieve symptoms of withdrawal, and help to prevent relapses.

The Takeaway

It should now be clear that there are a wide variety of treatment options available to help you overcome your drug addiction. But the first step is often the hardest: admitting you have a problem and seeking help.

Once you have overcome that step, it will be easier to get the right treatment for your specific addiction and situation. Talk to your doctor so that you can explore your options in more detail and get the help you need to overcome your addiction and take back control of your life. 

5 Health Benefits of Wearing Japanese Face Masks

Face masks have become commonplace in society today, not only in Japan but worldwide. There are many reasons people don their masks before dashing out of the home, with some ladies even using them to hide their faces when they don’t have time for makeup. 

People have ingenious ways of incorporating their face masks into their daily routine, and there are many adjusted clothing items and gadgets to facilitate wearing masks. So why are so many drawn to wearing the masks?  

Most face mask wearers have varied ideas of why they are keeping themselves healthy, but here are some of the health benefits listed by the Japanese citizens: 

1. Prevents the Spread of Illnesses

As everyone knows, the face mask protects the wearer and those around them from spreading airborne bacteria and viruses. Coughing or sneezing hurls the illness-causing agents into the air, and passers-by then inhale these pathogens. 

Once in the body, the microorganisms start to multiply, and soon, the person carrying them can spread them on to others. To minimize the risk of a sick person or carrier spreading the disease to others, people can wear Japanese-style masks like those from https://masaomask.com.au/ as protection. 

With most flu-like diseases or conditions having an incubation period of a few days, some people may not know they’re infected and some show no signs of illness at all. During this time, the microorganisms can be spread to others much quicker if people don’t take precautions like wearing masks in social settings.

2. Improves Hay Fever Symptoms

Some wearers of the Japanese face masks noted an improvement in their allergies when wearing their masks outside of their homes. The face covers aren’t equally efficient in keeping out pollen, but the Japanese variants seem to bring some extra relief. 

The air quality in big cities is poor because of various pollutants, increasing the likelihood of upper airway infections and hay fever. Although masks are not a surefire way to prevent these conditions, they contribute to a diminished risk for them. 

Japanese masks are known to filter out up to 99% of particles in the air, making them some of the best to buy for someone suffering from hay fever or allergies.

3. Assists Mental Well-being

The Japanese are a hard-working nation known to keep their heads down and mind their business. Many people value their privacy and sometimes need solitude to gather their thoughts. 

For introverts, the face mask has become socially acceptable for use when they feel overwhelmed. Communication hinges on reading people’s facial expressions, so individuals naturally avoid conversations with someone wearing a mask unless needed. 

In the long run, this isn’t a great strategy to prevent interaction, and communication with others is needed. But when the situation calls for some alone time and the person feels their anxiety well up, donning a mask is an easy solution.

4. Keeps the Airways Moist and Warm

The human body relies on the air we breathe to be moist and warm when inhaling it into the lungs. The cold air could cause upper airway and respiratory infections in colder climates because the airways are more susceptible. 

The Japanese face masks keep the mouth, nose, and cheeks warm during the cold, decreasing the possibility of contracting minor or more severe infections. 

5. Could Improve Eating Habits

Although this isn’t an official benefit of the Japanese face masks, people who wear masks said that it prevents them from sticking food into their mouths all day. It has caused people to think more about their actions and plan meals instead of grabbing something on the go. Most people will still eat their meals and snacks, but planning helps them avoid fast food and unhealthy options they could grab without thinking.

The Final Word

Japanese face coverings have been around for more than a hundred years, leading some to believe that their masks are some of the best designs among other options on the market today. After all, they have had a few years to perfect their craft.

Whether the person wears a mask for physical or mental health reasons, they remain one of the top-selling items worldwide. Looking at the benefits of these Japanese-style masks, it isn’t hard to see that they will be around for the next hundred years.

Prevention is always better than cure, no matter the health issue, so remember to grab your mask and contribute to your safety and those of others.

CBD and Cancer

CBD and Cancer

Cancer may be initially localized within a single organ or tissue, or it may spread to other organs and tissues. Most often, cancer arises from the cells of the body itself, the skin, and certain glands.

However, some cancers arise only within the body without being caused by anything external to that person’s body. Therefore, most cancers are named for their type histologically rather than their location in the body.

There are several different types of cancer, some of which may be more common in people as they age. These types of cancer include cervical cancer, liver cancer, lung cancer, and esophageal cancer.

What is CBD?

The cannabis plant contains a substance called cannabidiol (CBD), which has been studied for its medical potential, including anti-inflammatory and pain-relieving effects suggestive of its use as a treatment for certain diseases.

CBD is made by extracting CBD from either hemp or marijuana and mixing it with a base of either coconut or extra-virgin olive oil. It’s then mixed with whatever dosage you want, typically between 5 and 20 drops per sublingual drip, depending on the brand.

Although details of cannabis-derived products have been found to be highly varied, the acids can be used in many ways: as a foodstuff, in beverages, or even as a medicine.

Benefits of CBD in the cancer treatment

Cannabis is a plant that has been used since ancient times for medicinal purposes and recreation. Cannabidiol (CBD) has been widely studied to prevent and treat several health problems. However, it is always advised to use a cannabis consultant for administering dosage.

Nausea and Vomiting

Several synthetic THC medications can help relieve nausea and vomiting due to chemotherapy. These medicines have been approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for use in patients with brain cancers.

Psychological benefits

The benefits of CBD in the cancer treatment, especially if you have developed any psychological disorders or acquired some other adverse side effect of the treatment such as anxiety or depression, those can even be treated by using CBD oil.

Chronic Pain and inflammation

Many people suffer from chronic Pain, especially after cancer treatments. CBD is a cannabinoid that acts on the body’s Endocannabinoid System (ECS), which helps to reduce pain and swelling. Although the studies show that using CBD reduces chronic pain outcomes, it may take multiple doses for the effects to be fully seen.

It helps in sound sleep

A recent study has found that CBD may help to increase sleep duration by reducing the level of cortisol, a stress-inducing hormone in the cancer patients.

Stressors such as extended work hours and sleep deprivation are related to increased cancer mortality rates. In addition, more recent studies suggest that certain types of stress – including chronic stress and psychological trauma – may boost cancer risk.

Regulating Appetite

Several patients complained of a decrease in their appetite post chemotherapy. The use of CBD helps in managing the appetite in patients and boosts the immunity that results in dealing with other ailments that may occur during the cancer treatment.

3 Common Myths About Using Viagra

Viagra has been a popular choice to treat erectile dysfunction because it is effective, and extensive scientific evidence supports its usage. At the same time, various myths and misconceptions are attached to Viagra. If you intend to take this medicine, you need to know the facts before setting unrealistic goals about the results. Here are three common myths people have about using Viagra and why they are wrong:

1. Immediate Results

A common myth about using Viagra is that its results are immediate. However, Viagra can take more than 30 minutes to start affecting the male body. If one takes it along with their food, the digestion of the Viagra tablet will be slowed down: it may take more time than usual to show the results in this case. The drug may also become less effective if it is taken with alcohol or medicines. You should also note that the effectiveness of Viagra will also depend upon sexual stimulation, and Viagra alone is not effective in overcoming erectile dysfunction.

2. It’s Addictive

Many believe that Viagra is an addictive drug, and it makes a person depend on it to achieve an erection. This is a major reason people are afraid of taking Viagra; they believe they will get hooked on it. However, there are no properties or ingredients that can make it addictive.

Viagra pills help achieve and maintain an erection as they relax the blood vessels for a few hours. The drug starts affecting the body within an hour of its intake by improving the blood flow to the penis. There is no addictive element involved in it at all.

3. It Increases Your Libido

Some people assume that Viagra is an aphrodisiac when it just helps develop and maintain an erection once an individual is sexually stimulated.  It does not have any properties that help with arousal in its formation, so it does not affect the sex drive. Your libido will not be affected in any way by the intake of Viagra. However, taking it can help you overcome any confidence issues related to sex by letting you overcome the disorder part. It will only help with blood flow and enhance your sexual ability for a while after you take it, but will not have any effect on your sex drive in the long or short run.

Endnote

Taking Viagra is often associated with feelings of guilt or shame, and this needs to end. People assume all sorts of incorrect concepts about intaking the drug, including its relation to libido and addictiveness. Another common misconception is that taking Viagra will cure erectile dysfunction over time.

It is essential to understand that Viagra is only a temporary solution for erectile dysfunction, not a permanent treatment. It is also important to realize that Viagra may not work for a while. Be patient with the results of this medicine, as you may need to take it a few times for it to start showing desired results.

Now, you can easily purchase Viagra from the comfort of your home. All you need to do is place an order at Viagra online Canada, and the order will be delivered to your doorstep. This will save you from the hesitation of going to a pharmacy or nearby hospital.

World Well-being Week – Did We Learn Anything About Mental Health From the Pandemic?

With World Well-being Week commencing on 27th June, did we learn anything about prioritising our health at work from the pandemic or are we simply going back to the way things were?  For many, the jury is still out.

The Stevenson/Farmer review, Thriving at Work, in October 2017 highlighted that an estimated 300,000 people lost their jobs each year due to mental ill-health pre-pandemic. Stress has been one of the top work-related factors that affect the health of adults in the UK in the last decade. That is pre-pandemic, the situation is now much worse but how does this translate to the workplace?

Many of us are struggling with poor mental health, burnout and anxiety.  In April 2021 McKinsey stated that at least 49% of respondents to a survey said they feel somewhat burned out. Work-related mental ill-health was costing UK businesses up to £45 billion in 2019, but those numbers are now £56 billion a year according to Deloitte UK, an increase of around 25%. This is likely to be as a result of staff turnover, absenteeism and the negative impact on productivity and profits for staff who are unable to cope due to mental health issues.

Equally according to the Office for National Statistics (ons.gov.uk) in February 2022, 78% of those who worked from home in some capacity said that being able to work from home gave them an improved work-life balance and 47% also reported improved well-being.  The pandemic taught others to prioritise work/ life balance and re-introduced us to more outdoor pursuits and the importance of community and purpose.

Thom Dennis, CEO of Serenity In Leadership, says we are entering a new era of addressing mental health. “Whilst there has been some success over the last ten years in opening up dialogue about mental health, breaking down the stigma, and some employers are increasingly addressing trauma, anxiety and stress at work, there is a huge way to go. Long gone is the time when businesses were not involved in their team’s health, and employees just came to work, clocked in, did their work and went home again.  It really is time for businesses to understand the importance of well-being and in particular, mental health, because so many more of us are suffering and well-being has never been so important to our lives and livelihoods.

“We need to learn the lessons about well-being that the pandemic taught us and not just try to go back to the way things were.  Going backwards is a losing battle anyway which won’t work as workers have different and greater expectations than they had pre-pandemic, and you will get push back. It is in the business’s interest to help too. We have been resilient, but we need time to heal and be strong for the next lot of upheavals, and the solution is multi-faceted.”

Naomi Glover, an applied neuroscience and brain health specialist, who also runs training, coaching and consultancy company Neuro-Informed Ltd says: “Record numbers of people experienced isolation, increased stress, anxiety, trauma and grief. There are long-term dangers associated with isolation and so the partial return to the office is valuable for many, particularly younger people.  But for employees over 40, the desire to continue working remotely is compelling and may help reduce stress and burnout. One of the issues facing employers is they need to address a spectrum of mental well-being needs because different people have been affected in different ways.”

How can we ensure we are prioritising well-being and good mental health at work?

1. Don’t wait for the tipping point. Responsibility and relationships are at the heart of caring for colleagues. Leaders need to show real empathy and deal with employee uncertainty and health issues with compassion. Look for the signs of burnout, long term anxiety, pressures, trauma and grief.  Start conversations with employees and see how best you can meet their needs. Ensure your work culture does not support long-term working out of hours, holidays not being taken and poor work/life balance.

2. Educate and promote well-being at work. McKinsey stated that 47% of respondents want increased focus to be on employee well-being. The pandemic has provided valuable insights into how we can recover, maintain and even optimise our mental health and well-being through better food choices, meditation, yoga, social connections, exercise, being in nature and life-long learning. What’s more, taking these positive steps doesn’t just improve your mental health and well-being, it also increases your brain performance, cognitive function and helps to futureproof your brain.

 

3. Check for inequality. For example, hypothetically if women want more flexibility and to work from home, businesses need to ensure men are not getting the promotions in the meanwhile because they are more visible physically at work.

4. Pay well to give financial security. The cost of living crisis means many workers are grappling with the rising cost of living and struggling to make ends meet. Leaders must do what they can to ensure a fair, equal wage.

5. Don’t suppress trauma in organisations. A positive mindset can help but doesn’t solve all problems. Trauma, anxiety and fear cannot be left unaddressed. An empathic corporate leadership will put its people first, rather than see looking after them as a distraction.

6. Ensure your managers take time off. Your managers are role models and set the culture in their area of responsibility. If they are not taking holidays, that puts all sorts of pressure on those who report to them and can create a very unhealthy atmosphere. Remember also that a manager who lives alone might have a different view on, and approach to life compared to someone who has children. Both managers need to bring curiosity and an openness to empathy.

7. Ensure psychological safety so people can reach out. This gives individuals permission to talk about what is on their minds because they feel included, supported and safe and encouraged to not suppress themselves. When people feel safe they are more likely to bring their entire self to work (and that’s what we want).

8. Build community relations internally and externally. Encourage full participation, inclusion, and respect, and build mutual understanding, especially across any interpersonal and cultural divides. Define your values, optimise learning from one another, foster connections, organise training and full team events which everyone can attend.

9. According to a McKinsey survey, 30% of respondents say they are likely to switch jobs if returned to full onsite work. Leaders need to think about the needs of the individual as well as the requirements of the business before they lose valuable talent. The main thing is to give everyone a very clear lead which takes in the needs of both.

10. Build resilience by empowering. People with the most resilience find a way to emotionally heal and move forward from stress or trauma. Empowering your team often helps them build resilience. Let people play to their strengths. Have role models, mentors, collaborations, partnerships and a plan that can be continually adapted because resilience is built on life experiences and the world is constantly changing. 

7 Things Your Hair Can Tell About Your Health

Our hair showcases our style and personality as well as boosting our self-esteem. However, it’s not just a weapon of vanity as  Clip Hair prove. Here, Brenda Lee Intignano at the brand presents the 5 things your hair can tell you about your health.

Shedding some light on your health

The average person sheds around 100 strands of hair when they wash it. If you notice that your hair is shedding a lot more than usual, it may indicate a health condition.

Telogen Effluvium is temporary hair loss that can occur when a person experiences severe stress or trauma. The hair follicles encounter the telogen, otherwise known as the resting phase, of the growth cycle. Telogen Effluvium sees that the hair stays in the resting phase, not entering the next phase. The hair then sheds, without new growth developing.

Hormonal changes, events such as childbirth or persistent stress can lead to Telogen Effluvium. The condition can last several months and usually resolves itself without treatment.

A vitamin ‘dry out’

Just like our skin, our hair adjusts to our environment. The warmers months can lead to dryer strands of hair, that in turn, can lead to breakage. Other external factors can be the use of excessive heat, harsh shampoos, and lots of dying. However, dry hair that rapidly appears and leads to the hair becoming brittle may suggest an internal health condition.

Deficiencies in Vitamin E, Iron or Vitamin C can all lead to brittle hair. Vitamin E is essential for a healthy scalp as it aids in the production of sebum, without iron the hair follicles cannot fully function, and vitamin C ensures that the body produces sufficient collagen which is essential for healthy hair growth.

Earl-y Greying

Grey hair is often part of the ageing process as the hair follicles produce less pigment. Although genetics is a contributing factor to greying of the hair, stress can also play a role. Research shows that consistent stress can manipulate DNA, impacting the cells that produce pigment for the hair. As a result, grey hairs begin to appear. If you notice grey hair appearing at an accelerated rate, this may be the result of severe stress.

A bit of a flake

Dandruff is caused when the scalp sheds its cells at an accelerated rate. However, persistent flaking may not be dandruff, but Psoriasis. The cause of Psoriasis is not fully understood however, it’s thought that it’s the immune system fighting healthy cells by mistake. Genetics and environment play a role in the occurrence of Psoriasis.

Several over-the-counter medicines can remedy Psoriasis. If the condition persists, medical shampoos and ointments can be prescribed.

Splitting up

A strand of hair is 25% water, seeing that if your body is dehydrated, your hair will feel (and show) its occurrence.  When the body is dehydrated, it uses its much-needed to water to help operate its critical organs. The body doesn’t consider hair critical, so will not direct its much-needed moisture its way. As a result, the hair will experience ongoing dryness, leading it to break and incur split ends.

If you notice that your hair is breaking at an unusual rate, it may be time to increase your water intake. Avoid consistently using heat on the hair as this will cause further dryness.

Safe Cycling for Women: What to Wear on the Roads

In 2020, the number of cycling trips made by women in the UK increased by 56%, yet men still cycled twice as much. The pandemic meant less traffic on the roads, which encouraged more women to get on a bike, but the statistics still point to a lower bike usage among the female population.

So, what’s the main cycling concern women have? The answer is safety. According to a survey by bike insurance provider Laka, 41% of female respondents felt apprehensive about riding a bike due to safety concerns and the vulnerability of cycling alone. But it’s not just female cyclists who are vulnerable on the road – men can also be involved in a cycling accident.

Well-lit cycle lanes, cycle lanes separated from main roads, and direct routes can all provide more cycling safety for everyone. But alongside better cycling infrastructure, women can take control of their safety with yet another step – high-visibility clothing.

Together with Ben Mercer from the cycling clothing division at Leisure Lakes Bikes, we explore how female cyclists can dress with safety in mind.

Safety with high-visibility clothing

Most cycling incidents happen at dawn and dusk, when it’s still dark and the visibility isn’t great, especially during the winter. That’s when the chances of ‘Sorry, mate, I didn’t see you” (SMIDSY) incidents are higher.

There are a few reasons why bike riders might remain unnoticed on the road, resulting in hard braking and even accidents. These include peripheral sight limitations, noticing only lateral movement, and blindness by the sun.

One way to mitigate these issues and remain safe on the road is by wearing reflective or high-visibility clothing. Reflective clothing reflects any light that hits it and makes it visible everywhere. It works great in the dark, and it looks like another light is shining, making it perform for riding early in the morning or in the evening. However, it’s not always very visible during the day.

High-visibility clothing, known as high-vis clothing, on the other hand, fuses fluorescent material with reflective tape or shapes, which makes it ideal for all day around.

What colour of high-vis clothing is best?

Reflective and high-visibility clothing is often associated with construction and road traffic workers. It’s also an essential part of a cyclist’s gear, and there are many trendy items to choose from, ranging from waterproof jackets to reflective cycling gloves.

But which colour of high-vis clothing is the best?

Yellow is the brightest colour on the chromaticity scale and is the most used one for high-vis clothing. Orange, on the other hand, is a close second in terms of brightness with another added benefit – it’s associated with caution and danger, meaning that you will be easily recognisable on the road. Orange is easy to spot outside and is also featured in the auto-warning sign.

But picking the right cycling safety clothing isn’t just about the colour, and other factors come into play, such as conspicuity and contrast.

Conspicuity is the ability of an object to come to the attention of an observer, especially in environments with competing objects.

Contrast is also important for optimal results. When a fluorescent colour, such as yellow or orange, is used against a contrasting background within the clothing, such as black, detection is enhanced.

These high-vis and reflective clothing standards can be applied not just to jackets and vests but also gloves, pants, shorts, jerseys, and even shoes.

Feeling safe on the road can encourage more people to cycle, especially women. While developing better infrastructure is vital, there are things we can do to enhance our safety right now, such as investing in high-visibility or reflective cycling clothing.

Dedicated Developments

Cambridge-based medical device company Medovate – the ‘Best Medical Device Innovation Development Company – 2022’ for the UK, is a business with a unique – and now proven – business model, working closely with clinicians to support the development of NHS-developed innovation. Spun out of the NHS in 2017, Medovate has made a name for itself for its ability to identify and develop high potential innovations into award-winning products which are available for the benefit of patients and clinicians across the globe.

The company is a dedicated medical device development vehicle for the NHS and prides itself on working closely with clinicians to develop valuable medical technology innovations with the potential to improve patient safety. Using its exceptional expertise to help guide them through the entire, and often complex, development pathway – from design, manufacturing, regulation and quality, feasibility testing, and clinical trials, through to product launch, marketing and distribution.

In the space of just four years ago, the company has established a proven platform to bring medical products to market and has pressed ahead with licensing and building a portfolio of medical devices to improve patient safety relating to the specialist areas of anaesthesia, airway management, critical care and surgery.

Today a celebrated, multi-award-winning company, Medovate has achieved a great deal in its first few years and is now confidently looking forward, building on all it has achieved so far, expanding its product portfolio and planning new product launches.

Through its unique medical device development pipeline, the company aims to improve patient care and safety by supplying innovative MedTech solutions to global healthcare systems, which are facing some of the most pressing challenges of the modern era.

The pandemic has indeed created an environment of enhanced safety measures. At the heart of Medovate’s expanding portfolio is its revolutionary technology SAFIRA® (SAFer Injection for Regional Anaesthesia) – its first product to be brought to market. The device – already launched in key markets across the world, from the United States to the UK and Europe, Australia and New Zealand – has been designed to make injection during regional anaesthesia safer.

During the COVID-19 pandemic, the European and the American Societies of Regional Anaesthesia both produced joint COVID-19 recommendations stating that regional anaesthesia should be preferred over general anaesthesia as the need to minimise aerosol-generating procedures (AGPs) took precedence.

The device, which has been designed in collaboration with NHS clinicians, includes a built-in safety mechanism to automatically limit injection pressure, helping to reduce the risk of nerve damage and promote patient safety. As the practice of regional anaesthesia grows globally, the use of SAFIRA® for regional anaesthesia procedures has the potential to make a significant impact on improving patient safety.

The system has since been developed to include the option of using an NRFit® connector, together with either a foot or palm operator, offering greater choice and versatility to clinicians. Medovate has successfully secured CE mark approval and FDA clearance for the SAFIRA® system.

As impressively, the game-changing technology has also been found to have potential to make a difference in veterinary care and this is being explored with partners in global veterinary markets to see how the technology could make regional anaesthesia safer for animals. A male lion at the Five Sisters Zoo (FSZ) in Scotland became the first-ever animal in the world to have dental surgery using SAFIRA® last June.

The technology is fast attracting considerable attention in regional anaesthesia circles and developing a reputation as a device of choice for supporting safer regional anaesthesia practice. SAFIRA® was awarded the prestigious ‘Patient Safety Innovation of the Year’ at the HSJ Awards in September 2021 – a recognition of its capabilities as an outstanding example of healthcare innovation which has clearly improved safety for both patients and staff, and a further stamp of approval for Medovate’s unique business model.

Having successfully launched its first FDA-cleared and CE Mark certificated medical device in multiple international markets, Medovate now has agreements in place to make the technology available in 60+ countries over the next few years. The company also has a number of exciting additional innovations in the pipeline, including their novel HME safety device HUMIDICARE®, a novel heat and moisture exchanger (HME) which has a safety engineered warning system to promptly visually alert staff to a dual humidification error in a ventilation circuit, helping prevent potential harm to patients.

In the field of critical care, the company has developed Glucosave®, a patient safety solution designed to help prevent incidences of unnecessary administration of insulin following blood sampling where a glucose containing flush solution has been inadvertently connected, something which can have serious consequences for patients.

With the wind firmly in their sails, Medovate is also actively pursuing further regulatory approvals and distribution agreements for other key markets across Asia-Pacific, Canada and South Africa. With further regulatory approvals for the promising technologies in the Medovate portfolio imminently anticipated, and additional technologies approaching clinical trials and market launch, this is just the beginning for this fast-growing company, which has grown from an initial team of 2 to a team of 16, including a consultant based in the US – the home of its first product launch.

Medovate now continues to work with distributor partners who are global leaders in their field to bring its innovations to market, such as Vygon in markets including Europe and the UK; and Mercury Medical, through which it is working to distribute SAFIRA® across the whole of the United States.

The company also has a co-promotional partnership agreement with Konica Minolta Healthcare Americas Inc. – a world-class provider and market leader in medical diagnostic imaging – to promote best practice in ultrasound guided regional anaesthesia across the US. The partnership was formed to highlight the provision of Ultrasound Guided Regional Anaesthesia’ and how the ground-breaking SAFIRA® can be used in conjunction with Konica Minolta Healthcare Americas’ Inc. range of pioneering ultrasound solutions.

Today Medovate continues to work with partners to uncover further NHS innovations to add to its portfolio, keep the positive cycle of developing NHS innovation going and realising its potential to help support further NHS innovation; while also raising awareness of the amazing innovations generated by the NHS which can benefit clinicians and patients beyond the UK. Through its partners and co-promotional partners, the company continues to work towards its vision to promote patient safety through healthcare innovations arising from the UK’s world leading institution – which, as an additional benefit, remains a key stakeholder for the organisation. The company operates a unique model ensuring the Trusts where its new device ideas originate receive a share of the profits from successful commercialisation, thus helping it to feed into the healthcare innovation cycle in an exceptional way.

For further information, please visit medovate.co.uk

Electric Wheelchairs: What To Know Before Making A Purchase

Electric wheelchairs are a big purchase. You want to ensure you know all the essential aspects before deciding. Electric wheelchairs are excellent mobility aids for those who require help staying active. These devices use battery power that helps to move the wheelchair and travel long distances. Electric wheelchairs are also easy to operate, and many models have features that allow for a comfortable ride.

One of the most important things to remember before making a purchase is understanding what you will be using the chair for most?  Are you someone that travels a lot? If so, finding a portable and lightweight electric wheelchair should be on your list.

For those who want a power wheelchair for home use, you will want a wheelchair that can turn and maneuver in tight spaces.  When considering an electric wheelchair, it is crucial to consider the following factors: weight capacity, seat widths and depths, and price. Doing this will allow you to make the best possible decision and find the best electric wheelchairs for your needs.

What is an electric wheelchair?

An electric wheelchair is a battery-powered chair that uses motors to move the wheels. A joystick controls electric wheelchairs, and voice commands or head movements can operate some models. Electric wheelchairs are different from manual wheelchairs because they do not require the user to push the wheels around. Electric wheelchairs typically have a weight capacity of 250 pounds or more.

Who should use an electric wheelchair

Electric wheelchairs are typically used by people with a disability that makes walking difficult or impossible. Electric wheelchairs can also be used by people who cannot operate a manual wheelchair. In addition, electric wheelchairs are sometimes used by people who have a temporary injury or condition that makes walking difficult.

Understand your needs

Before purchasing an electric wheelchair, it is vital to understand your needs. Electric wheelchairs come in various sizes, and the right size for you will depend on your height and weight and precisely what you plan on doing with the electric wheelchair. Combing these factors will ensure a much better buying experience during and after you get your chair home.

Weight capacity

Every electric wheelchair will have a recommended weight capacity limit. These are in place to ensure the wheelchair can support the user without tipping over. Most electric wheelchairs have a weight capacity of 250 pounds or more. However, some models may be able to accommodate up to 300 and higher. These are heavy-duty electric wheelchairs meant to support more significant users.

Seat widths and depths

When choosing an electric wheelchair, it is vital to ensure that the seat width and depth are appropriate for the user. If the seat is too small, the user may be uncomfortable or unable to use the wheelchair.

If the seat is too large, the user may have difficulty maneuvering the wheelchair. having the proper measurement is crucial for the best experience when using an

Electric wheelchair pricing

Electric wheelchairs vary in price depending on the make, model, and features. You can expect to pay anywhere from $1,500 to $5,000 for a basic electric wheelchair. More luxurious models with additional features can cost up to $10,000. Make sure you understand your needs, as this can decrease pricing or more depending on the configuration.

Different types of electric wheelchairs

While all-electric wheelchairs function similarly, different types will meet the need of the user better than others. Below are just some of the more popular models of power wheelchairs.

Lightweight electric wheelchairsLightweight wheelchairs are great for those who travel and need to transport an electric wheelchair to different places. However, many wheelchairs are heavy and require the chair to be dissembled into smaller pieces to transport them. New lightweight models have a single-fold mechanism and can weigh under 40 pounds.

Heavy-duty power chairsHeavy-duty power chairs are best for users that require a durable product because of their weight or because they will be using the wheelchair on rougher terrain. Heavy-duty electric wheelchairs can accommodate up to 700 pounds and have wider seats and more robust motors than a lightweight power chair.

Pediatric power chairsPediatric power chairs are designed for children and have features that make them easier to operate than an adult wheelchair. These features include a joystick positioned closer to the child and smaller wheels. Electric wheelchairs for children also have adjustable seats so they can be used as the child grows.

Final thoughts

Electric wheelchairs can provide a level of independence for those that have difficulty walking. However, it is important to understand your needs before purchasing, as many different electric wheelchairs are available.

Once you understand your needs and match them to the specific power chair you experience, it will be much better both before and after you get the wheelchair.

New Material Paves the Way for Remote-Controlled Medication and Electronic Pills

Biomedicines are produced by living cells and are used to treat cancer and autoimmune diseases among other things. One challenge is that the medicines are very expensive to produce, something that limits global access. Now researchers from Chalmers have invented a material that uses electrical signals to capture and release biomolecules. The new and efficient method may have a major impact in the development of biomedicines and pave the way for the development of electronic pills and drug implants.

The new material is a polymer surface* which at an electrical pulse changes state from capturing to releasing biomolecules. This has several possible applications, including use as a tool for the efficient separation of a medicine from the other biomolecules that cells create in the production of biological medicines. The results of the study were recently published in the scientific journal “Angewandte Chemie”.

Biomedicines are very expensive to produce due to the lack of an efficient separation technique, and new techniques with a higher drug yield are required to reduce production costs and ultimately the cost of treating patients.

“Our polymer surfaces offer a new way of separating proteins by using electrical signals to control how they are bound to and released from a surface, while not affecting the structure of the protein,” says Gustav Ferrand-Drake del Castillo, who publicly defended his doctoral thesis in chemistry at Chalmers and is the lead author of the study.

The conventional separation technique – chromatography – binds biomolecules tightly to the surface and strong chemicals are required to make them release, which leads to losses and a poor yield. Many new medicines have proved to be highly sensitive to strong chemicals, which creates a major production problem for the next generation of biomedicines. The lower consumption of chemicals results in a benefit to the environment, while the fact that the surfaces of the new material can also be reused through several cycles is a key property. The process can be repeated hundreds of times without affecting the surface.

Functions in biological fluids

The material also functions in biological fluids with a buffering capacity, in other words fluids with the ability to counteract changes in the pH value. This property is remarkable since it paves the way for the creation of a new technique for implants and electronic “pills” that release the medicine into the body via electronic activation.

“You can imagine a doctor, or a computer program, measuring the need for a new dose of medicine in a patient, and a remote-controlled signal activating the release of the drug from the implant located in the very tissue or organ where it’s needed,” says Gustav Ferrand-Drake del Castillo.

Local, activated drug release is available today in the form of materials that change their state in the event of a change in the surrounding chemical environment. For example, tablets of pH-sensitive material are produced where you want to control the release of a drug in the gastrointestinal tract, which is an environment with natural variations in pH value. But in most of the body’s tissues there are no changes in pH value or other chemical parameters.

“Being able to control the release and uptake of proteins in the body with minimal surgical interventions and without needle injections is, we believe, a unique and useful property. The development of electronic implants is only one of several conceivable applications that are many years into the future. Research that helps us to link electronics with biology at a molecular level is an important piece of the puzzle in such a direction,” says Gustav Ferrand-Drake del Castillo.

Another advantage of the new method is that it does not require large amounts of energy. The low power consumption is due to the fact that the depth of the polymer on the surface of the electrode is very thin, on the nanometre scale, which means that the surface reacts immediately to small electrochemical signals.

“Electronics in biological environments is often limited by the size of the battery and the moving mechanical parts. Activation at a molecular level reduces both the energy requirement and the need for moving parts,” says Gustav Ferrand-Drake del Castillo.

The breakthrough began as a doctoral thesis

The research behind the technique was conducted during the period when Ferrand-Drake del Castillo was a doctoral student in Chalmers professor Andreas Dahlin’s research team in the Division of Applied Surface Chemistry. The project involved polymer surfaces that change state between being neutral and charged depending on the pH value of the surrounding solution. The researchers then succeeded in creating a material that was strong enough to stay on the surface when subject to repeated electrical signals, while also being thin enough to actually change pH value as a result of the electrochemistry on the surface.

“Shortly afterwards we discovered that we could use the electrical signals to control the binding and release of proteins and biomolecules, and that the electrode material works in biological solutions such as serum and centrifuged blood. We believe and hope that our discoveries may be of great benefit in the development of new medicines,” says Andreas Dahlin.

In the past year, the Chalmers researchers’ results have been passed on to product development, carried out by the spin-off company Nyctea Technologies. The company already has customers among leading pharmaceutical researchers and companies.

*Polymers are chemical compounds that consist of very long chains made up of repeated smaller units. Common plastics are a form of polymer.

How to Stay Healthy as a Business Owner

It’s easy to see the appeal of the entrepreneurial road. Beyond the freedom and control it gives you to run and shape the business how you deem fit, it can also be more rewarding when successful. However, it can be a demanding endeavor, especially if you’re just starting out. Moreover, it will affect your health if you let the stress and long hours overwhelm you.

Fortunately, you can keep yourself in excellent shape with preventative and wellness activities even with the colossal demands of being a business owner. This article will cover a few tips that will help you stay healthy.

 

Exercise and diet

You’ve likely heard it many times before—move more, eat less. However, while this may sound like essential advice, making sure that you eat healthily and engage in regular exercise is crucial to keeping a healthy body and mind. And if you think it’s a massive undertaking, you’d be wrong. You don’t necessarily need to do a marathon or eliminate entire food groups from your diet.

For starters, try walking whenever you can instead of using transportation. Doing so will enable you to engage in physical activity without having to adopt an intense workout routine. Try to increase your consumption of vegetables and fruits, too, while reducing meat-based products. Also, look for healthier alternatives when possible. For example, instead of carbonated beverages, you can go for turmeric latte, which has the potential to combat systemic inflammation. If you’re looking for one, click here.

 

Schedule downtime

You may find yourself burned out from running your business if you decide to work non-stop. However, even if you have to wear many different hats as an entrepreneur, you must always try to schedule enough downtime for yourself so you can engage in enjoyable activities, spend some time with loved ones like family and friends, and get enough rest.  

Also, never bring your work back home with you. Instead, keep it at the office. Doing so will ensure that you always get sufficient rest and keep you from turning your home into another workplace. It may sound strange, but you’ll be surprised at how much of a difference this can make in helping you stay healthy.

 

Hire the right people

Many entrepreneurs make the mistake of trying to do all of the work themselves. After all, no one is an expert in every single area of a business. Moreover, you’ll only end up exhausted by doing so and become more susceptible to potentially costly mistakes as a result. For this reason, it’s crucial that you hire the right people and trust them to do the work. You’ll be surprised at how much of a difference it’ll make.

 

Conclusion

When it comes to becoming a business owner, it’s not hard to forget about yourself. However, it would be best if you didn’t let the business run you but rather the other way around. By giving yourself enough time to commit to an exercise regime, adopt a healthier diet, get enough rest, and more, you’ll be able to maintain your health without making any compromises that could ruin your endeavor.

Employers Need a Greater Understanding of Cancer Care to Support Employees

Sunday 5 June was Cancer Survivors’ Day. This is a timely reminder that cancer is often survivable, given the right lifestyle, screening, diagnosis, and care. All of which are factors that employers are in a position to support.

Debra Clark, head of specialist consulting, Towergate Health & Protection, says: “Employee cancer services are often underutilised. Cancer care is included within a lot of employee benefits products but often the employers themselves are not aware of the full extent of the cover they may have arranged for their employees. Yet it’s vital that they’re aware: better understanding of the support available can lead to better health outcomes for employees.”

Prevention

Many cancers are preventable. Around four in 10 UK cancer cases every year could be prevented, which equates to more than 135,000 every year(1). This is why it is so important for employees to be provided with health and wellbeing support. In the UK, smoking is the largest cause of cancer, and being overweight or obese is the second biggest cause. Employers can assist with both factors by engaging employees with lifestyle, exercise, nutrition support and specific support, such as smoking cessation programmes.

Good behaviours

Many providers now offer reward schemes for good health behaviours (when employees take part in exercise, meet a step count, buy healthy food or join a mindfulness session, for example), and actively encourage employees to take responsibility for their own health.

Diagnosis

Screening plays a hugely important part in improving cancer outcomes. For example, lung cancer can be screened with an at-home sample test kit, with results in less than two weeks. The survival rate of 5+ years for lung cancer is 61% if caught at stage one, 39% at stage two, 15% at stage three, and only 4% at stage four. However, currently, nearly half (47%) of all cases of lung cancer in the UK are not diagnosed until stage four.  

“The message here is clear. Screening saves lives,” says Debra Clark. “Screening is a simple, cost-effective option that is easily implemented by employers and can be literally lifesaving.”

Offering access to virtual GPs has also become much more commonplace, and this can make a real difference in enabling employees to get concerns checked out.

Survival rates are high

Many cancers have very high survival rates. Melanoma, prostate, testicular, thyroid, follicular, Hodgkin’s lymphoma, and breast cancer all have a survival rate of over 80% for five+ years and half (50%) of people diagnosed with cancer in England and Wales survive their disease for ten years or more. What is important, however, is for employees to receive good mental and physical care to help them through.

Cancer care through work

A perhaps surprising amount of cancer care is available to employees via the workplace. Group private medical insurance (PMI) has a wide range of cancer support. This often includes fast-tracked access to diagnosis and treatment, access to medicines and additional support which may not be available on the NHS.

Cutting waiting times
Within the NHS, the target is for at least 85% of patients to start their first cancer treatment within 62 days of an urgent GP referral. This target has not been met since Q3 2013/14(4). This is again where PMI can come into its own, ensuring a faster process in the treatment of cancer. Employees may choose to use a mix of NHS and private provision, to improve their access to care and lessen the burden on the NHS.

Post-cancer care

Employers should not underestimate the importance of post-cancer care. This too can be provided via health and wellbeing benefits and may include access to mental health support, therapy, physio, and rehab. For some employees, returning to work will be an important step in their recovery, and one for which they may need much support. It is possible for employers to offer access to specialist occupational health therapists, oncologists, and nurses to answer concerns and support return to work.   

Financial support

Support through cancer should follow the same four-pillars as any health and wellbeing support – physical, mental, social, and financial. An employer can ensure that employees with cancer and their families are provided for financially in many ways, from a lump sum on the diagnosis of cancer to payments if they are unable to work.   

Tailored communications
Cancer survival rates are higher in women than in men(5). While there may be biological factors, lifestyle may be another factor, alongside the ‘ostrich’ factor, where men may be more likely to stick their head in the sand and ignore signs and symptoms. Tailoring communications to specific demographics on support for cancer is, therefore, an important part in reaching all colleagues.

Debra Clark concludes: “Survival rates for cancer can be high if the right steps are taken. Employers are in a position to make a real difference but only if they understand the support available and help employees utilise that support before, during, and after cancer.”

7 Tips for Staying Healthy in College

You want to stay healthy in college to have the energy you need for your studies, extracurricular activities, and other things. Most college students don’t remember they should eat well to sustain their bodies, so sometimes the burnout is a reminder. 

When clean eating is mentioned, most of us think of rainbows on our plates – those multicolored veggies and whole-wheat breads that are not always realistic for a college student with little time for a meal. Good news: while veggies are perfect, you don’t have to ditch the food you love. 

Here are some things you can start doing to improve life quality.

1. Eat Nourishing Foods 

Food keeps you fresher, better, nourished, and we should try to get as much of that as possible. “Some fast food options are okay, too, if you have them in moderation\’\’ says Joan Skimmer, a nutrition expert blogger who also works as a writer for PapersOwl. He adds: “We always demonize them, but maybe we should say that they are best paired with some veggies and healthy drinks and that we don’t have to binge on them every day”.

A balanced meal consists of carbohydrates, proteins, and fats, and you want your daily dose of vitamins to boost your immunity for keeping you in perfect health. 

2. Move Your Body

Some positive pressure is recommended for physical and mental wellbeing. You could do it alone or get some friends to join you. It doesn’t have to be anything drastic: walks, running, yoga, HIIT, or weight-lifting three times a week could be all the change you need. Cardio is excellent for the heart, and it comes with the benefit of making you look great. 

3. Create “Time for You” Routines

School life stress sneaks up on you sometimes, so find something that is good for your internal strength on campus. You are almost always surrounded by others, so you may want to get some space where you quiet the noise and revel in the silence of your thoughts. Get a chill spot to read a book, journal, and even meditate alone. 

4. Drink Your Water

Some habits are beneficial, such as drinking enough water daily. You will need to space it out ideally so you don’t feel uncomfortable. The skin starts glowing, you sleep better, and your thoughts are clearer just from hydrating. Some people joke it is the cheapest skincare in the world, and they are not wrong. 

5. Catch Some Sleep

We talk about meals so much that we forget how our sleep patterns affect our moods. It’s not always easy to sleep the required eight hours, but you can try to get as much as possible. Ways to make that happen include freeing the mind as bedtime approaches, cutting off caffeine, and drinking teas that allow the brain to go into a nice Zen. You will always have your day and be in the mood for learning after you are well-rested. 

6. Meditate or Walk

Not many can still their minds enough to meditate, but practice brings some progress. You can try a few things to see what will make you feel relaxed, including long walks. When you figure out the one thing that brings you back to equilibrium, schedule it and do it routinely as part of your self-care. A few steps a day could be a great way for you to stay healthy in college as a student.

7. Create Healthy Friendships 

Even when school work demands too much, don’t forget to be a social bee. When you give yourself a break to become a part of a community, you will have people to take the load off you when you need a good laugh. Friendships made at college last a lifetime for most as they are formed at the point where you are mature enough to know what you want from pals. 

Conclusion 

Selfcare is a high form of self-respect as it means you value yourself enough to take the time to look out for yourself. You want to set some goals for things such as exercise, food, and internal breaks to achieve the preferred version of yourself. You could start with daily steps, then drop that extra cup of coffee, ditch a bit of sugar, add a vegetable a day for a week, and so forth. Better food and hydration impact your sleeping patterns positively, and before you know it, you could be prepping for a half-marathon!

Community-Based Sites: Casting a Wider Net to Close the Data Diversity Gap in Clinical Trials

The publish or perish culture surrounding clinical trials is influenced by politics, economics, and sociocultural factors, all either nourishing the research landscape or creating the equivalent of a hurricane. But while these overarching obstacles loom large in pharmaceutical company boardrooms, frontline investigators are grappling with other, more immediate, pitfalls impacting the volume and diversity of data coming out of clinical trials.

Low enrollment, lack of diversity, and limited research sites currently rank as the top impediments to robust data. However, one innovative company is enabling trial sponsors to pre-emptively stave off Food and Drug Administration (FDA) rejections and limited efficacy by providing a foundational element for what could be the antidote: utilizing community-based research sites.

By connecting sponsors with smaller community trial sites, Inato is paving the way for greater enrollment diversity and amping up the data flowing out of clinical trials.

 

The Data Diversity Challenge

To provide some perspective, clinical trials take an average of eight years between initial testing to product approval, with only one in six gaining full FDA approval. A retrospective review of all FDA submissions between 2000 and 2012 showed that nearly 16% of rejected studies could have salvaged their research had they enrolled a larger, diversified population sample.

Given that nearly 95% of the population is excluded from study participation solely because they live too far away from academic testing centers, the consistent lack of diversity is not surprising. A whopping 70% of all clinical trials worldwide occur at just 5% of research sites, which primarily draw patients from populations within 40 miles of trial sites. In terms of inclusivity, racial diversity is a significant issue. For example, FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research’s (CDER’s) Drug Trials Snapshots Summary Report found that just 6% of trial enrollees were Asian. Further, 75% of the patients enrolled in industry-sponsored clinical trials in academic medical centers and community hospitals are white.

The diversity problem goes beyond race, however. Consider that only 8% of cancer patients enroll in cancer trials, and less than 2% of cardiovascular disease trials reported any female sex-specific cardiovascular risk factors. Racial, gender, demographic, and geographic limitations drive up costs, dampen external validity, prolong timelines, and limit the generalizability of findings to the population at large.

 

Enabling a Patient-centric Approach

Decentralized trials, which depend less on traditional research facilities and specialist intermediaries for data collection and instead leverage virtual tools (e.g., telemedicine, sensory-based technologies, wearable medical devices, home visits, patient-driven virtual health care interfaces, home delivery of study drugs and materials), are often held up as the solution to the diversity problem. However, direct involvement and care of a physician is still crucial – particularly with complex trials. Engaging community-based sites overcomes this limitation, allowing patients to seek treatment close to home while receiving necessary support.

By enabling the participation of community-based research sites, companies like Inato are helping to improve representative data collection on a global scale and, in some cases, salvage existing trials that are struggling with enrollment. As a part of a patient-centric approach to clinical trials, community research sites bring access to patients worldwide, including those populations who have historically lacked access to clinical research.

Inato advances inclusion through its Marketplace platform, which reinvents the partnership model between sponsors and sites by reliably matching sites and clinical trials worldwide, opening access to a broader range of sites, and expanding the patient pool. Since June 2020, the company has built a network of over 1,500 community research centers in 40 countries to enroll patients in more than 70 disease areas.

Showcasing the success of this model is a global healthcare company that, due to the pandemic, faced delays in its trial timelines, fewer patients participating in trials, and the rising need to enroll patients quickly as more trials were taking off. Within their portfolio, an increasingly challenging disease area was multiple sclerosis (MS), for which several trials were running simultaneously. These included trials for Relapsing MS (RMS) – a historically arduous recruitment and enrollment area. The sponsor decided to post the trials to Inato’s Marketplace platform, allowing sites the opportunity to self-identify which trials worked best with their patient population and availability. The working relationship between Inato and the sites also enabled the trial sponsor to have a comprehensive view of each sites’ capabilities, ultimately selecting several to successfully participate in multiple MS trials.

For populations that are typically harder to recruit for, like RMS, Inato works closely with community sites to identify those with access to qualifying patients. In this case, the extensive process of pre-identifying patients that met trial criteria allowed one community-based center from Inato’s network to achieve the US First Patient In (FPI) in the RMS Phase II trial. In all, over 70 patients were identified for the RMS trials alone, with one site screening two patients within the first week of activation for a Phase III study.

 

The Power of Community

For the global trial sponsor, Inato’s approach to bridging the gap between sites and sponsors translated into the successful launch of eight studies across several disease areas and nine countries. Using Inato’s Verified Commitment, the sponsor’s team could ensure the trials will meet enrollment goals before they begin screening and receive verified patient commitments from nearly 250 patients across these eight trials.

That organization has since expanded its relationship with Inato to include asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). It is a strong business case for the power of expanding clinical trial opportunities to often-underutilized community sites, which sets the stage for employing an inclusive research model.

The reality is that traditional clinical trials face more obstacles than ever due to rapidly evolving political, economic, and socio-cultural shifts that are exacerbating existing data and enrollment diversity challenges. By enabling access to the personalized care of community-based doctors, Inato optimizes the advantages of patient-centric trials. Its online marketplace platforms connect large sponsors with diverse community sites and provide those smaller sites with valuable enrollment support, leading to broader population representation and the benefits that come with it.

Increasing diversity, inclusivity, and reach in clinical trials through companies like Inato is emerging as the antidote to publish or perish.

6 Ways To Vape As Safely As Possible

Although vaping has given its users a delightful experience, you should always be careful when using electronic cigarettes. Vapes still contain chemicals that can put your health at risk.

This is why you need to take the following measures to ensure you’re safe while making sure that you have a great vaping experience.

1. Learn How To Use Your Vape Properly

First, you should know the right way to inhale and exhale. You should know how to draw the vapor in properly, as wrong inhalation will result in a bad nicotine rush. Remember, the way you inhale is determined by your device, so it’s vital to follow the manufacturer’s instructions on this.

When choosing a vape and the best new atomizers, it’s essential to choose a device that has all the features needed by a beginner. A reputable brand will come with all of the necessary features. It’s one that offers safety, reliability, and durability. 

Another major tip is to never share your vaporizer. Whether it’s a vaporizer or an e-cigarette, sharing a device puts you at risk of contracting diseases.

2. Avoid E-Liquids With High Nicotine Content

E-liquids contain different types of chemicals. Some are safe to consume, and others are not, so the amount you take in should be determined by the brand and nicotine content. Nicotine is one of the most dangerous ingredients in cigarettes and e-liquids. It increases the risk of breathing problems. 

Some e-liquids contain more than the recommended dosage of nicotine, which can be dangerous to your health. Hence, it’s important to know the exact amount of nicotine that’s present in each bottle. In addition to this, it’s important to remember that nicotine levels can vary among different brands. To ensure that nicotine levels remain accurate, e-liquid manufacturers should implement more stringent quality control measures and regulate the industry.

3. Inhale Less Vapor Than Usual

If you’re thinking of quitting smoking, you might be wondering how to vape safely by using less liquid than usual. Inhaling vapor is still harmful, but the higher the amount, the more dangerous it’s likely to be. One way to reduce the amount of vapor you inhale is to vape more slowly. You can do this by simply holding your mouth open for a few seconds, like you would when smoking a cigarette.

4. Use Temperature Control Feature

Using a temperature control setting to vape safely can help you maintain the right temperature for your chosen flavor. This way, you create the perfect vaping experience. Some vaping devices allow you to choose your own target temperature range, so you can control the amount of flavor that you get from your favorite e-liquids. Using a high-quality temperature control device can help you get the most out of your drags.

Many devices offer temperature controls, but this feature isn’t available on all devices. This feature can help you keep your coil and cotton from burning or overheating. It can also help you get the best vaping experience by ensuring that the device’s temperature is as you prefer it.

5. Always Practice Oral Hygiene

Practicing good oral hygiene is one of the most important steps for those who wish to vape safely. Not only does vaping cause gum recession and irritation, but it can also lead to sore and tender gums. To prevent these symptoms, practice good oral hygiene and follow proper brushing and flossing techniques.

Although not as harmful as smoking, vaping can be extremely damaging to your teeth. Vaping brings bacteria into your mouth. These bacteria then contribute to plaque buildup and can cause cavities.  It’s important to practice good oral hygiene while vaping to prevent any dental problems down the road. You should also visit your dentist regularly for cleaning and oral screenings to prevent gum disease and tooth decay.

6. Vape In Moderation

Nicotine can be addictive. As such, the key is not to let yourself vape too frequently. If you can vape only once a day or even just occasionally, you can stay as safe as possible. Vaping too often can lead to health issues involving the lungs, brain, heart, and mouth. Having breathing difficulties, bacteria in the mouth, and raised blood pressure is possible. With regard to the brain, control issues over mood, learning, and impulse are possible effects.

Final Thoughts

While vaping is an excellent way to quit smoking, it’s important to use the right device. If you’re a beginner, you’ll feel overwhelmed. But with the right guidance and the tips above, you’ll be well on your way to vaping safely. 

7 Important Facts About Epilepsy That You Should Know

https://pixabay.com/illustrations/tourette-syndrome-epilepsy-adhd-7194132/

Epilepsy is certainly not a recently discovered neurological disorder. The research conducted in the early 1900s is the foundation of today’s knowledge about epilepsy – but Hippocrates had already categorized this condition as a brain disorder around the 5th century BC!

Despite the long history of epilepsy, a lot is still misunderstood about this condition. Let’s clarify some important aspects of epilepsy and learn what to do in case a loved one develops this seizure disorder.

Epilepsy is the 4th Most Common Neurological Disorder Worldwide

If you or a loved one have just been diagnosed with a seizure disorder, it’s only normal to be looking for answers to questions like “what is epilepsy?”, or “can people with epilepsy live a normal life?”. Here’s an overview.

Epilepsy is a non-communicable neurological disorder that can affect people of all ages, genders, and backgrounds. Because of abnormalities in brain activity like surges of electrical activity, this disorder can lead to recurring seizures.

Epilepsy affects 1.2% of the US population – or over 3 million American adults and nearly half a million children – and around 50 million people worldwide. The numbers are clear: this is one of the most widespread neurological disorders globally.

Seizures Happen Due to Disruptions of The Normal Functioning of the Brain

Unprovoked seizures are something that can happen to anyone if the right conditions present themselves.

Triggers (i.e.: high fever, high stress, drug withdrawal, mild brain injury, or infection) can cause excessive electrical activity in the brain leading to seizures. If two or more unprovoked seizures happen, you might be diagnosed with epilepsy.

Seizures Might Be Different For Each Person

There is more than one type of seizure, and knowing that someone has epilepsy does not tell you what their seizures feel and look like. The most common type of seizure (tonic-clonic) includes the stiffening, jerking, and shaking of the body.

However, every person’s seizures are unique. For some, they involve a vacant, confused state, while others experience seizures when they are asleep. Muscle spasms, speech disruption, and temporary loss of vision are also common symptoms.

Seizures Can Have Different Triggers and Warning Signs

Seizure triggers vary from one person to another. For example, flashing lights tend to cause seizures in people affected by photosensitive epilepsy.

Other common triggers include tiredness, high levels of stress, drinking alcohol or making use of recreational drugs, a fever, or skipping meals.

Epilepsy Can Be Managed With AEDs

If properly diagnosed and treated, epilepsy can be controlled. Over 70% of patients can live a seizure-free life with the help of the anti-epileptic drugs (AEDs) today on the market.

Sometimes, epilepsy can go into spontaneous remission, which means that the seizures just disappear without treatment. However, usually, an ad hoc treatment plan based on a diagnosis conducted through an EEG or MRI is the best way to keep seizures at bay.

Epilepsy Can Stem From Different Underlying Conditions

While the cause of epilepsy is not always known, common health disorders that might trigger it include brain tumors, infection, stroke, head injury, and neurological disorders like Alzheimer’s disease.

Electrical disruptions that might lead to epilepsy can also be caused by conditions like depression, ADHD, and autism. Knowing the root of your epilepsy can help you find the best treatment.

Understanding The Nature of a Seizure Can Save a Person’s Life

Seeing a loved one experiencing a seizure can be overwhelming – but most seizures are not medical emergencies.

If a seizure is limited to 30 seconds to 2 minutes, and it’s not the first one an individual has ever experienced, you can manage it without the help of a professional. Steps you can take to help a person having a seizure include:

Stay – stay by their side until their seizure endsSafe – create a safe space around themSide – safely, turn them onto their side Don’t restrain a person having a seizure or put anything in their mouth. You should call 911 if the seizure lasts over five minutes or if the individual has difficulty breathing. This means they have entered the life-threatening “status epilepticus”.

Whether you know a person who has epilepsy or not, knowing what to do in the case of a seizure is essential – especially as 10% of people will experience an unprovoked seizure at least once in their life.

Why Exercise Benefits Your Mental Health

Exercise isn’t just about physical endurance, muscle size, or losing weight, even though movement will improve your sex life, waistline, and life expectancy. By staying active, you can also improve your mental well-being and symptoms of several mental illnesses and disorders.

How to Stay Motivated to Exercise

A lack of motivation is a common symptom of depression, anxiety, and other mental illnesses, making it hard for you to develop a consistent workout routine. Self-doubt, avoidance, discomfort, and poor goal setting are other reasons why it can be challenging to exercise.

However, practicing self-care can keep you motivated. Make sure to drink plenty of water, sleep 8 hours a night, and avoid unhealthy habits, like eating and drinking. Make time for leisure, fun, and socializing with friends or by joining an online fitness community, like Physeek.Fit.

The Mental Health Benefits of Exercise

Regular exercise can improve your outlook on life, increase your energy levels, and promote healthy habits. But, most importantly, it can decrease symptoms of mood or trauma disorders.

How Exercises Alleviates Depression Symptoms
Depression is a common and severe mental illness that shrinks specific regions of the brain and inflames others. As depression affects the brain, neurons in the hippocampus, prefrontal cortices, and thalamus shrink, which lead to memory loss, brain fog, and other symptoms.

Coupled with an inflamed amygdala and reduced oxygen levels, the brain undergoes a lot of stress when you’re depressed. Exercise can release endorphins that make your brain and body feel great, which takes the pressure off of the locations in your brain that are affected the most.

How Exercises Alleviates Stress Symptoms
Stress is like a mild, nagging anxiety attack that typically doesn’t accompany hyperventilation, but it can. When we’re stressed, cortisol and adrenaline are released. These two hormones prepare our body for “battle” by tightening up our muscles and raising our blood pressure.

Prolonged stress can severely affect our physical and mental health, but exercise can release endorphins in your brain, relax muscles, and relieve excess tension from your body.

How Exercises Alleviates Anxiety Symptoms
Anxiety is your mind and body’s reaction to dangerous, stressful, or unfamiliar situations. A certain level of anxiety is normal, but if you feel anxious daily, you’ll start to become hyperactive to threats (real or imagined), which trains your brain to hold on to negative memories.

During an anxiety attack, your body releases the stress hormone cortisol, which makes it difficult for us to think rationally. Exercise is a healthy coping mechanism for anxiety because it helps our minds focus on something else. It also boosts your self-confidence and social skills.

How Exercises Alleviates ADHD SymptomsADHD is associated with low levels of neurotransmitters like noradrenaline, serotonin, and dopamine transmitting between the basal ganglia and prefrontal cortical area. This causes the brain to be in a prolonged depressive state, which causes most common ADHD symptoms.

Exercise can boost the stores of these neurotransmitters in the brain, which help to improve focus. However, exercise shouldn’t be used as a substitute for medication in extreme cases.

How Exercises Alleviates PTSD Symptoms
PTSD and other traumatic episodes cause your brain to get stuck in danger mode. The amygdala, a part of the brain that regulates mood and fear, is more active in people with PTSD. Over time, PTSD can cause the hippocampus, the area that controls memory, to shrink.

Exercise can help your brain become “unstuck” by moving out of the immobilized stress response. People with PTSD should focus on how their body is feeling during exercise, as it can help reduce symptoms faster. Speak to a doctor to get further support for trauma and PTSD.

What Is Process Addiction and How Do You Treat It?

The term ‘addiction’ always has a negative perception among the populace. It’s usually associated with alcohol and drugs, affecting and sabotaging families, studies, and careers. Thus, the government faces challenges in educating people about the consequences and helping affected people get sober and stay healthy. 

Fortunately, global modernization has paved the way for researchers, psychologists, and physicians to know further about addiction and its potential causes, preventive measures, and treatments. 

Nowadays, established rehabilitation homes and clinics cater to individuals with addictive disorders. Certified doctors, medical, and clinical staff work together to help them get back to sober lives. The program includes physical activities, socialization, exposure to nature, and continuous medical care. You may visit rehab.melbourne or other similar sites for more information.

What is Process Addiction?

Process addiction is also called behavioral addiction. It occurs when a person develops a strong urge to engage in a particular stimulus, becomes highly dependent, and leads to negative and life-changing consequences, whether mental, physical, or social.    

Common process conditions include eating, exercising, gambling, internet, love, porn, shopping, and sex. Many victims form an abnormal attachment to partners or friends, detach from their families, run away from their homes, drop out of school, become unemployed, and become a financial burden. In unfortunate cases, they may inflict harm to themselves and others.    

The cautionary signs of process addiction are: when someone spends an eccentric amount of time engaging in a specific activity, intentionally or unintentionally abandons responsibilities, uses the behavior as an excuse to cope with pre-existing mental or social problems, and pursues the addiction regardless of the negative consequences in his life.

Science Behind Process Addiction 

One of the sciences behind process addiction relies on the brain’s production of Dopamine, a neurotransmitter responsible for neurological activities such as learning, mood, pleasure, motor function, and decision making. 

Dopamine is released from the brain when you feel excited about achieving a goal, finishing a task, or winning. It activates the brain’s reward system, making you feel euphoric or ‘high’ and elevating your mood. 

The earlier the diagnosis is, the sooner you can get sober, healthy, and get back on track. Treatments may also vary depending on the addiction’s severity. Here are the following: 

  • Withdrawal Phase Program 

The withdrawal phase program is the first step in a treatment regimen. You must have a pure intention of overcoming behavioral addiction and a desire to get better. The individual must adhere promptly to this program to avoid relapse and promote faster recovery.    

Removing the reward-giving stimulus may lead to adverse effects such as headaches, anxiety, depression, reduced appetite, and personality change. The spouse, parents, children, and other family members must work together to help the patient throughout his withdrawal phase.    

  • Oral medications 

Behavioral addiction may result from a pre-existing mental condition or may result in the development of diseases. Oral medications are prescribed to alleviate, if not treat, co-existing conditions such as anxiety, depression, hyperlipidemia, hypertension, or sleeping disorders. These may also be prescribed to help the patient treat the adverse effects of the withdrawal phase. 

  • Psychotherapy 

Psychotherapy is one of the most crucial treatments for processing addiction. The psychotherapist conducts a one-on-one session with the patient to speculate the potential causes, the first engagement with the behavior, the triggering factors, how it transpired and continued, and the consequences and if he recognizes them.    

The client may also undergo cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), where he becomes grounded and aware of his addiction, learns to manage the triggering factors, and cease performing the behavior. Family therapy may also be incorporated to help mend relationships and regain trust.   

  • In-patient Rehabilitation Clinic

Clients may be admitted as in-patients in a certified rehabilitation clinic. Most cases endorsed in this treatment are usually severe – when there’s uncontrollable patient resistance that may have caused self-inflicted harm or danger to others.    

The rehab team comprises a primary physician, psychologist, and medical staff that are experts in addiction recovery. These healthcare professionals conduct various programs such as physical activities, art making, exposure to nature, and socialization with other patients.

The Takeaway 

Process or behavioral addiction has been a problem for many people worldwide. It alters lives, destroys studies and careers, breaks relationships with family and friends, drains financial funds, and destroys one’s future. But with global modernization and advancement in research, there are now many available treatments that may help you overcome this addiction. You must seek immediate medical consultation to determine an accurate diagnosis and find the appropriate treatment for your recovery.

Different Kinds Of Tea And Their Health Benefits

All ‘true’ teas—black, green, oolong, and white are produced from the tea plant called Camellia sinensis. They vary depending on the area where they are grown, the part of the tea plant harvested, the time of year it’s harvested, and the way it’s processed. The processing part, especially oxidation, significantly distinguishes one tea from another as it determines the flavor of the final product.

There are other teas besides true teas. The difference between them and true teas is the plant used to make the tea. All varieties of tea produced from Camellia sinensis are usually referred to as Chinese tea because it’s believed that the tea plant originated from China. ‘Other’ teas are made from roots, fruits, leaves, and flowers from a variety of plants. 

Now, let’s look at the different kinds of tea and the benefits they offer.

1. Black Tea

Tea processes include withering, heating, rolling, oxidation, and drying. Black tea is withered, rolled, oxidized then dried. When these steps are correctly applied, the result is an aromatic, dark, and rich flavored tea. 

Black tea is not only loved for its rich flavor but also for its health benefits. It’s loaded with antioxidants like theaflavins which reduce sugar levels in the blood, decrease blood pressure, boost your immunity, and reduce the risk of obesity. Polyphenols found in black tea may also lower the risk of some cancers like prostate, breast, skin, and lung cancer because they regulate cell growth and initiate the growth of new ones.

2. Green Tea

This tea does not undergo oxidization during processing. It’s one of the teas undergoing the least processes compared to its counterparts. It’s widely accepted that green tea originated from China, and it remains the largest supplier of the commodity worldwide. To ensure you get high-quality tea, you can order green tea or your other favorite ones from Hey China or the reliable tea shops in your locality.

Like black tea, green tea contains antioxidants but at higher levels. Consuming green tea will boost your metabolism. L-Theanine, an amino acid present in green tea, can calm and relax your body while keeping you alert. It can also lower your stress levels without leaving you drowsy.

3. White Tea

Though less known, white tea is regarded as the most natural tea because it’s the least processed of them all. Its processing involves harvesting young tea leaves and buds before they fully open, then they are sundried. The tea is neither rolled nor oxidized. Therefore, its resultant flavor is lighter compared to traditional teas. Its flavor can be fruity or vegetal, depending on its origin.

Consuming just a cup of white tea daily can significantly benefit your skin. Antioxidants in the tea can prevent the damage of your skin cells by oxidation. Free radicals causing premature aging, fine lines, and wrinkles can also be tackled by the consumption of white tea. Properties found in white tea can reduce inflammation and redness caused by diseases like eczema, psoriasis, and rosacea, while phenols will encourage the production of elastin and collagen.

White tea is also a source of fluoride, tannins, and catechins, a combination that can strengthen your teeth by fighting plaque-causing bacteria.

4. Oolong Tea

Oolong tea is partially oxidized and made through withering. Then, tea leaves are curled and twisted after oxidation. This tea falls between black and green teas and will refresh your senses just by its aroma. Its color ranges from green to dark brown with a light floral flavor.

Oolong tea can be used to manage weight because of the polyphenols and caffeine present in the tea. The amount of caffeine in the tea plays a role in reducing fat in the body cells. Polyphenols act as a catalyst by streamlining the digestive tract for faster fat burning.

5. Chamomile Tea

Chamomile tea is made from dried chamomile flowers, known for its calming effect. It is known to be effective against insomnia. Not only is it sweet and subtle, but it’s also caffeine-free. It’s also effective against stomach cramps, migraines, and some allergies. Additionally, it may help with digestion and anxiety. Sipping chamomile tea after a long and hard day will help your body and mind relax.

Conclusion

When it comes to choosing the best tea to please your taste buds, you’ll be spoiled for choice because of the variety available in the market. Mixing up blends and trying new flavors is the best way to know what works for you and gain from the many benefits that tea has to offer.

Technology innovation for pathologists

Similar to every clinical medicine, Pathology is a branch of medicine that deals with the study of diseases and conditions. The main focus of this field is to determine the root cause of different diseases, develop effective treatments to cure them, and prevent them from occurring again.

A pathologist performs different clinical procedures on samples taken from living bodies by using the latest technologies available in the market to diagnose the disease and help the doctors with the next course of medical treatment that they are going to administer to the patient.

Role of advanced technology
If you aspire to pursue an online master’s degree criminal justice, you are going to experience how technology is playing a critical role in the field of pathology.
The method has evolved over time, but it is continually growing to incorporate scientific and technological advancements that can significantly improve the processes.
Let us discuss the technological advancement that has taken place and how it is revolutionizing the whole gamut of pathology.

Digitization all the way
Digital pathology has wholly transformed the collection and presentation of medical information. Digital slides, digital scanners, and image analysis software allow us to collect data rapidly while maintaining image quality.

This method enables much easier access to essential data and better quality analysis and archiving of results, including large image scans from any medical lab anywhere in the world. It improves diagnostics in general, but it also allows for the storage of enormous amounts of data that would otherwise be impossible.

Role of spatial pathology
Spatial Biology is a new field of scientific research that can help understand more about the functioning of cells and tissues. It’s a breakthrough that has resulted in thousands of recent studies in the area of biology at the molecular level.

It helps to understand how they are formed, how they change, and how they function. For example, it is crucial to know how two-dimensional or three-dimensional structures get created on a molecular level.

Role of Simulation
According to most practitioners, the availability of three-dimensional simulation-based learning has improved their way of identifying underlying pathological issues within the human body.

The training and development process for medical professionals is devoted mainly to the clinical skills necessary for their practice by providing highly realistic scenarios emphasizing how to deal with the unexpected.

This technology simulates a virtual world to simulate real-life situations that could occur inside or outside patients’ bodies.

Role of Laser Technology
Laser technology gives us a new way to look at some of our old problems. The laser has been in use for quite some time, and its most common use is in the fields mentioned above. However, newer applications for laser technology have helped scientists observe cells and molecules at a microscopic level.

Scientists can also realign or annihilate cells when guided by lasers. This new type of laser technology has helped them understand processes like photosynthesis and respiration more clearly than ever before.

What to Expect During Concussion Therapy

Concussions are one of the most common traumatic brain injuries (TBI) in the United States, and most are caused by sports and recreational activities. If you just suffered a concussion and fear you’ll be out of commission for the next couple of months, know that this won’t be the case.

Exercise: Recent Changes to Post-Concussion Treatment

Whether you’ve experienced a concussion before or picked up concussion treatment tips on television, you may be surprised to hear that strict rest is detrimental to TBI recovery. A 2019 study from Michigan NeuroSport found that lack of exercise does more harm than good.

Modern post-concussion therapy suggests that regular, daily activities during the first 24-48 hours after a head injury is essential for recovery. Doctors have found that you can prevent post-concussion syndrome, which results in exercise intolerance, through immediate exercise.

How Doctors Test Movement and Exercise Preparedness

Unfortunately, no two concussions are alike, and there are no clinical tests that definitively diagnose concussions. If you’re an athlete, you may have undergone baseline testing, which includes reaction tests, memory exercises, and other cognitive and physical assessments.

If you haven’t participated in a baseline test, your doctor may test your alertness, memory, attention, problem-solving, vision, balance, hearing, and reflexes after the fact. However, if you passed out, can’t walk, or have difficulty concentrating, doctors will start treatment immediately.

After the initial assessment, your doctor will ask you to wait at least 24-hours before making jerky, sudden movements, or exercising. They’ll then test you against your baseline for any improvements. Once improvements are made, you’ll move to the next therapy stage.

What to Expect During Post-Concussion Therapy Treatment

Most physicians follow return to play (RTP) guidelines after a child, teen, or adult suffers a sports concussion. Each step can begin after 24-48 hours of physical and cognitive rest.

Symptom-Limited Activity (24-48 Hours After Concussion)At this stage in concussion therapy, patients are advised to do daily activities that don’t provoke symptoms. You’ll want to try to reintroduce work/school activities with the help of a doctor.

Light Aerobic Exercise (48-72 Hours After Concussion)If your symptoms are improving, you can start walking or cycling on a stationary bike at a slow to medium pace. Your goal is to increase your heart rate but avoid sweating too much.

Sport-Specific Exercise (72-96 Hours After Concussion)As long as your sport or exercise routine doesn’t involve head impact, you can start skating or running drills. The purpose at this stage is to add movement, but stop if you feel light-headed.

Non-Contact Training Drills (96-120 Hours After Concussion)With your doctor’s go-ahead, you’ll be allowed to progress to more difficult training drills, like passing drills in hockey. Your doctor will assess your coordination and problem-solving skills.

Full Contact Practice (120-144 Hours After Concussion)After 120-144 hours, you have to see your doctor to receive clearance. Following medical clearance, you should be able to participate in normal activities and regular training regimens.

How Long Will Post-Concussion Therapy Last?

If all goes well, you should return to your full exercise regime in a week or less. However, it’s essential that you don’t push yourself. If symptoms return, fall back to a previous stage.

While exercise therapy is important, you may start physical, neuromuscular, vestibular, cognitive, and occupational therapy as well as visual rehabilitation. However, these therapies will only take place if your symptoms are severe. A diet change may also be recommended.

Always speak to a concussion specialist before going back into contact sports or participating in high intensity interval training or other high-impact exercises that could shake or rock your head.

Great Products For Your Dental Practice

When thinking about the right dental equipment for your office, you want it to fulfil two fundamental roles. First, you should ensure you’ve got everything to do top-notch dentistry work. 

Second, you should consider how you arrange all the stuff in your practice. The goal here is to create an ambient your patients will enjoy. (To the maximum extent possible because, well, they’re seeing a dentist.)           

Now, the exact equipment you need depends on the layout and size of your dental practice. However, some things are an absolute must for every dentist.          

Let’s go analyze such equipment and guide you through what to look for when getting it.

 

Dental Chair

Making sure that your dental chair is comfortable for both you and your patients is an obvious place to start. You need to be able to keep a healthy posture while easily performing any procedure. Another thing to look at is the chair’s width. While wider chairs offer more comfort to your patients, they can make reaching them more challenging. 

Now, for your patients’ comfort, it’s essential that your dental chair provides good support and cushioning, whatever their size. So, finding a chair with adjustable positioning that adapts to your patient’s body is big plus comfort-wise.

On top of comfort, your dental chair needs to be functional and easy to use. Nowadays, chairs come with an intuitive and easily accessible control panel to help you cover even the tiniest positioning aspects.

Lastly, don’t forget to take aesthetics into consideration. Your dental chair is usually the first thing patients notice in your office, so make sure it looks elegant and fits into your décor.

 

Lighting 

As you probably know, to perform any procedure with impeccable accuracy, great lighting is a must. So, your lights need to ensure both general visibility and allow you to see clearly into the patient’s mouth. Focused and bright halogen and LED lighting should do the trick.

On the other hand, you can use soft lighting in your reception area and waiting room. Also, make sure you have some natural light in your dental practice. It gives a comfortable and approachable vibe to the space. 

 

Cabinetry

Supplies and small devices are what make a dental office tick. Keep your cabinets simple and easy to access (clean, open, and close). Also, make sure you have dedicated cabinets for storing consumable items, such as gloves and gauze.

 

X-Ray Equipment

In today’s world, almost every dental office uses digital X-ray technology to correctly diagnose and treat patients. In a nutshell, an X-ray machine and its add-ons let you store images and immediately show patients where their issue lies on a computer screen.

 

Handpieces

You’ll use handpieces in virtually every procedure, whether routine or specialized. So, it’s essential to have the correct ones for each intervention you offer. 

Now, there’s a humongous amount of handpieces to choose from, with models operating at different speeds and made for multiple or just a single purpose. Choose the ones that best fit your needs.

 

Sterilization Equipment

You are going to want to prevent cross-contamination in your dental practice, so sterilizers are a must. The most important piece of sterilizing equipment is an autoclave. It’s designed to use either pressurized steam or heat to perform the sterilization. 

On top of autoclaves, you should get regular and high-grade disinfectants and cleaning supplies. 

 

Consumables

Any procedure that may involve spray and splatter (and most do) requires your staff to use consumables such as surgical masks, gloves, and eye shields. Make sure you stock up on enough consumables to keep your practice running smoothly.

 

Scrubs

Not only do scrubs serve a medical purpose, but you can also use them to create a unique look and feel for your dental practice. Think about setting aside a budget and laying out design details for your employees’ scrubs.

 

Utility Equipment

Utility equipment is the “back office” of your dental practice that makes sure everything runs smoothly. The concrete utility equipment you need depends on your processes, but it usually involves dental compressors, vacuums, separation tanks, utility control centres, etc. 

 

IT Equipment

It goes without saying you need to digitalize everything in your dental practice. Your IT system must facilitate communication and store every piece of patient data. Many dental offices go as far as offering specialized tablets through which patients enter their info directly into the system — instead of using pen and paper.

 

Waiting Room 

You want to build your dental office as a unique brand people come back to. Any type of design (sleek and modern or traditional) and additional features (pastimes for kids and grownups) will do the trick, as long as they help create an aura of empathy, trust, and comfort. 

 

Plan Your Equipment Purchases to Ensure Success

To have a smoothly running dental practice, you want to make sure that, on top of the equipment that should last you several years, you have a steady influx of high-quality and cost-effective dental supplies.

In other words, having a reliable supplier is the key to frictionless day-to-day functioning. Your best bet might be to partner with a well-known supplier who can cover all your dental supply needs, such as Kent Express.

To sum up, you want to create a dental equipment purchase process that’s fast and completely predictable. This ensures you and your staff focus on the most important thing — keeping your patients satisfied, so they always come back to you. 

Qualities of an Excellent Care Provider

We use cookies on our website to give you the most relevant experience by remembering your preferences and repeat visits. By clicking “Accept All”, you consent to the use of ALL the cookies. However, you may visit “Cookie Settings” to provide a controlled consent.

What to Do When You’re Diagnosed With a Terminal Illness

Most of us assume that we’ll live until old age and pass away after a full and rewarding life. However, the reality is that a terminal illness diagnosis can happen at any age, and not everyone will be given a chance to live the complete life they had hoped for.

Being diagnosed with a terminal illness can be one of the most challenging curveballs life can throw your way, and you might not know what you’re supposed to do when you receive such a diagnosis. While everyone’s situations and experiences are different, you might like to take some of the following actions.

Claim Your Life Insurance

Depending on the life insurance policy you have, you might now be in a position to receive your policy funds and put them to good use in your final days. Many policies provide a death benefit for beneficiaries, and some also offer lump-sum cash payments for the policyholders.

Your life insurance policy might even come with funeral coverage, which means you don’t have to worry about your loved ones covering the cost of your funeral. This might be one of the first actions you take following your diagnosis to ensure money doesn’t have to be an issue while you enjoy the rest of your life.

Take Time to Accept It

No one knows with any certainty when their life will end, but very few people would picture a deadline being provided for them in a doctor’s office. Depending on how you hear the news, take time for yourself to let it sink in.

You might like to take a short vacation on your own or even visit a local natural attraction to enjoy the peace and alleviate stress. Everyone responds to such news in different ways, so do what feels right to you at the moment.

Learn More About Your Diagnosis

Being told that you’re going to die can be a lot to take in, and the information your doctor tells you after speaking those words may not sink in immediately. In the days after your diagnosis, consider learning as much as possible about your condition so that you can be well-prepared for what to expect.

Some worthwhile information-gathering exercises can include joining support groups, visiting official websites, and making follow-up appointments with medical professionals so that you can ask questions.

Learning about symptoms to expect, palliative care, and medications and treatment options to alleviate pain and discomfort might ensure you’re entering the next phase of your illness with understanding and confidence.

Forgive Yourself

Everyone responds to terminal diagnoses differently. Some people push away their loved ones, while others lash out in anger and rage. However you react, remember that there is no right or wrong way to respond, and you don’t have to carry guilt associated with not handling your situation as well as you thought you should.

Talk Openly

Some people will immediately feel comfortable talking about their situation with friends and family, while others won’t. Give yourself time to process your emotions, but consider how many benefits there can be associated with talking openly about your diagnosis.

You might find it easier to discuss your fears and concerns rather than keeping them bottled up, and your loved ones might also find it easier to process the news with you.

Get Your Affairs in Order

Getting your affairs in order can be one of the most challenging aspects of working through your terminal illness diagnosis. However, it can be necessary to ensure your final days are stress-free for you and your loved ones. Consider prioritizing funeral arrangements, making sure your insurance and will information are in order, and making decisions around pet care, child care, and asset ownership where appropriate.

Live Life to the Fullest

We’re all only on this planet for a short time, so live life to the fullest. While it’s essential to plan for your death when you’re given the opportunity to do so, it shouldn’t be what consumes all your remaining time. Spend valuable time with the people you love, go on family trips, and experience new things. You might then feel at peace knowing you’re leaving this world in a good space.

Being diagnosed with a terminal illness can be a traumatic experience, especially if you weren’t expecting it. However, you might be better able to manage whatever is thrown your way by taking some of the actions above.

Healthcare Software Development Trends

To develop a medical application that will be in demand, it is necessary to take into account a lot of different factors. Especially considering the growing criticism of programs that kill our time, distract us from real life, and do not give us anything useful. With all this, no one denies the usefulness of such medical applications, which are gradually beginning to be trusted.

Trends emerge where new customer needs (or new technologies that meet those needs) emerge. Therefore, before discussing technical issues, it is useful to look at where healthcare applications are applied. Here is how patients use mobile services to monitor their health:

-Like a reference book or textbook.

-As a means to quickly provide information to the doctor and get advice from him.

-To compare prices, places, and specialists.

-To track various kinds of biological information related to, for example, asthma, sugar levels, and menstruation.

-Like a medical diary and reminder system.

-For learning and training.

To search for donors, doctors, and nurses.

In addition, it will be helpful for you to find a healthcare development service that will help you create your own solution that will be truly useful for people. And today let’s look at the most popular trends and ideas in medical software development.

Healthcare Trends in 2022

Now let’s dwell on the key trends in the development of mobile medical applications.

Enterprise ApplicationsMedical apps are not just apps for fitness trackers. Today, 66 of the top 100 hospitals in the US are developing their own apps, and so are pharmaceutical companies. They make their own applications and earn from them. It makes sense to develop applications and consulting firms in the healthcare sector. The only thing to consider is that applications must be convenient for consumers and hospital workers.

Encryption

People already feel uncomfortable knowing that Google and Facebook are tracking their habits. If suddenly, information about pregnancy or taking antidepressants becomes publicly known, then this will be a scandal. Use all the possibilities for data protection, including the now popular blockchain.

Artificial intelligence

This technology can be used in two ways. First, it is an ideal method for personalizing treatment, especially when using speech recognition. Artificial intelligence can be used as a “reminder” for taking medications or performing medical procedures. This technology is used for diagnosing severe diseases at an early stage, scanning medical images, etc.

Video conference

People still need to communicate with the doctor, so the best method of communication with him is video. However, there are special requirements for the application. The information provided by such specialists must necessarily be subjected to a preliminary review. Ideally, there should be a set of requirements for doctors.

Geolocation

How long will it take to get to the nearest emergency room? Where can you buy antibiotics nearby? The app can answer these questions, it can also tell you where you are, what you’re doing, and how active you are according to doctors’ advice.

Wearable technology

The healthcare industry has a lot to offer in applications. Activity trackers, smart scales and blood pressure monitors, pulse oximeters, glucometers, etc. Even ultrasound scanners. And there will only be more such devices.

Medical Application Ideas

In addition to the main trends that you should follow, you also need to determine what type of application you will create. There are several options for medical applications that many people use on a daily basis. You only need to choose the niche that is the least developed and most suitable for your target audience, for example:

-Application “Doctor on demand”.

-Application “Register for an appointment with a doctor.”

-Reminder app.

-Application for monitoring chronic diseases.

-Fitness apps.

Summary

Developing a mobile application for healthcare is a rather time-consuming, complex, and costly process. It requires the involvement of many specialists – from developers and medical professionals to business consultants and marketing experts. Understanding the purpose and professionalism of all links in the chain will be the key to a high-quality and sought-after product.

Caregiving Crisis at Work: New Research Finds a Surge of Employees Giving Up Work to Care for an Elderly Relative

An ageing population means more people are living longer, and many employees are finding themselves caring for older, disabled or seriously ill relatives. 

New research from Seniorcare by Lottie has found more employees than ever before are caring for an elderly loved one – whilst working full-time – leaving them at risk of mental health struggles and financial worry. Employers are also facing a crisis, with increased absenteeism at work.

Over the last 12 months, more workers turned to Google to find support for giving up employment to care for someone:

  • 300% increase in online searches on Google for ‘giving up work to be a carer’
  • 200% increase in online searches on Google for ‘giving up work to care for someone’
  • 25% increase in online searches on Google for ‘carers in the workplace’ and ‘working carers’

Ronan Harvey-Kelly, Seniorcare Lead at Lottie, warns about the on-going crisis facing employers: “More working carers are turning to Google, as opposed to discussing their struggles with their employer. Employees who are juggling the additional demands of caregiving are more likely to experience stress, absences from work and health problems. 

An ageing population – and the coronavirus pandemic – has caused many caregiving workers to reduce their hours or quit their jobs. Previous research from the ONS has found that one in four older female workers, and one in eight older male workers, have caring responsibilities for an elderly relative. 

Businesses urgently need a sustainable and dedicated solution to ensure that everyone can get the care and support they need in later life – without relying on the unpaid work of women.”

A practical toolkit for employers: How to support a caregiver in the workplace

There is no one-size-fits-all approach to raising awareness and sharing support for caregivers in the workplace. Here Ronan Harvey-Kelly – Seniorcare Lead at Lottie – shares five steps to support working carers in your business:

1. Raise awareness of caregivers in the workplace

Caregivers are often deterred from disclosing their caregiving responsibilities, which places great strain on their wellbeing at work.

According to previous research, three in five women are more likely to have their career development stunted after announcing their informal carer responsibilities at work.

As a leader in your workplace, take the time to listen, understand and empathise with caregivers in your organisations. Simply being aware of caregiver needs is a huge step that bridges the gap between caregivers and their employers.

2. Build a community

Previous research found that 80% of employees admitted their caregiving responsibilities impacted their performance at work.

Building a culture of support, empathy, and awareness of employees with elderly care responsibilities encourages your staff to be open and communicate about their struggles. Internal eldercare committees and groups are becoming increasingly common and effective in the workplace and can reduce any pressure employees are facing with their additional caregiver responsibilities.

3. Learn to recognise the signs of caregiving stress

Elderly caregiving responsibilities can increase the risk of mental health issues, especially if they don’t have access to the right support. Caregiving stress is at an all-time high, so watch out for employees that act frustrated, anxious, or unproductive. 

Recognising the signs can help you educate your team on stress management and offer a practical solution to the stress they’re experiencing. Encourage your staff to take regular breaks away from work and connect them with support services, including free resources from MIND.

Ultimately, positive mental health and wellbeing will lead to a more engaged and productive workforce.

4. Consider flexible working policies

In many ways, your caregiving workers have two jobs, so it’s important to make their lives as easy as possible. Flexible working is the business benefit at the top of almost every employee’s wish list, especially for those who are unpaid carers for elderly relatives. 

Offering caregivers flexibility at work can alleviate a lot of pressure for those who may need to help their elderly loved ones first thing in the morning or in the afternoon. You’ll also increase your team’s productivity and lower their stress levels.

5. Implement policies to protect caregivers

By offering eldercare workplace support services, employers can have a positive impact on their employees who provide care to loved ones, helping them be more effective in both their professional and personal roles.

One of the best ways to support a caregiver at work is to provide practical support. You can offer support in several ways, including offering advice from experts on finding a suitable home for your elderly loved one.

Giving employees access to expert care and impartial advice will enable them to be more productive, whilst providing their elderly loved ones with the care they deserve.

The Rise of Veganism in 2022: 4 Motives Behind Our Lifestyle Switch

The vegan diet is becoming more and more popular around the globe. Artfully arranged plates of fresh fruits and vegetables are looking more appealing with each passing day to those looking for a nutrition boost and health-conscious eating practices.

At the beginning of 2022, 629,000 people took the Veganuary pledge to eat only plant-based foods, of whom 125,000 were based in the UK. The figure is up by 129,000 from January 2021.

Whether the motive is to ensure better health, end animal cruelty, or sustain our planet, one thing is for sure – a vegan diet can transform your life.

Together with Tina Manahai-Mahai of Healthy Supplies, an independent online health food retailer, we take a look at some of the reasons leading us to make this lifestyle change.

1. Improved digestion and sleep

A recent survey for The Vegan Society’s Vegan and Thriving campaign gathered a panel of 500 people from the UK who had gone vegan since the Rio de Janeiro 2016 Summer Olympics. The aim of the survey is to explore the relationship between a plant-based diet and the overall health and fitness of the participants.

Health is one of the main reasons for people choosing veganism, with 46% of respondents stating that they were looking to increase their fruits and vegetable intake, while 44% wanted to improve their digestion and reduce bloating.

The results of the survey were fascinating and aligned with the participants’ motives. 56% of the respondents experienced better digestion and 55% reported having better sleep.

But why are vegans reaping the benefits of better digestion? According to a study by E. Medawar, S. Huhn, A. Villringer, and A. V. Witte, the high fibre intake from grains, legumes, fruits, and vegetables can induce beneficial metabolic processes, such as upregulated carbohydrate fermentation and downregulated protein fermentation. This promotes the growth of an abundance of certain microbial species in the gut, such as Prevotella, which contribute to better overall health.

A plant-based diet has a host of other benefits too. It can prevent chronic diseases, such as obesity and diabetes, by improving lipid control. It can also improve gut hormonal-driven appetite regulation, meaning that vegans tend to lose more weight.

2. A reconnection with mother nature

In order to tackle the day, we might need to have more energy. Eating a big meal, such as pasta carbonara, at lunchtime, can make us feel sluggish and slow down brain activity.

A vegan diet, on the other hand, can equip you with more energy to fully enjoy your day. 41% of the respondents in the survey wanted to increase their energy levels, and 53% reported feeling more energetic after swapping meat and dairy for fruit and veg.

It’s important to eat the right foods to keep your energy levels up, even when on a vegan diet. Tina Manahai-Mahai of Healthy Supplies commented: “A plant-based diet promotes a reconnection with the natural world and the goods that Mother Earth has bestowed us with. It’s fascinating what an abundance of fruits, vegetables, grains, and nuts we have. All of these foods are naturally designed to support our best health.

“Some of the most high-energy foods in the vegan diet include healthy nuts, such as almonds, walnuts, macadamia nuts, and brazil nuts, as well as nut butters, beans of all sorts, lentils, pumpkin and sunflower seeds, quinoa, barley, and brown rice. Fill up on those and enjoy a life full of energy and goodness.”

3. Higher fitness levels

Higher energy levels will also improve your stamina and workout routine. In the survey by The Vegan Society, 52% of the respondents reported higher fitness levels and the ability to walk and/or run better and/or further.

A vegan diet can also increase the frequency of workouts, as 34% of the respondents indicated that they had a shorter recovery time between exercise sessions. Better performance is also on the cards, with 31% being able to lift heavier weights.

98% of the participants said they were engaging in physical activity at least once a week. Some of their favourite forms of exercise amongst them were walking (69%), jogging or running (62%), swimming (53%), and cycling (52).

Lisa Gawthorne, duathlon athlete and vegan, who represents Team GB in the Olympics, commented: “I know that going vegan helped me run further, cycle faster, and recover quicker too. I want people to realise how good it can make you feel: how you feel getting the right nutrients, but also knowing you haven’t caused animal pain and slaughter. It’s the best thing ever for your mind, body, and soul.”

4. Living with the environment in mind

The connection between the mind, body, and soul is at the heart of a vegan diet. Eating plant-based foods not only enhances your health but also helps you re-evaluate your relationship with the natural world.

With around 1.2 billion land animals being slaughtered for human consumption every year in the UK and 10,000 acres of the Amazon rainforest being cleared a day to make way for animal agriculture, we’re becoming more conscious about our environment.

A Faunalytics’ longitudinal study of vegetarians and vegans explored the motivations and influences behind switching from meat to meatless. Intriguingly, people who were exposed to animal advocacy experiences had better success at giving up meat, regardless of whether animal welfare was their primary motivation or not. People who had seen graphic media of farmed animals (42%), watched a documentary (36%), or received information from an animal advocacy group (21%) all achieved better results in reducing their animal consumption six months later.

Practising compassion and making mindful food choices naturally improve our mood. Living with the environment in mind and honouring our ecosystem is a gateway to a guilt-free lifestyle.

Veganism is not just a diet but a lifestyle, if not a philosophy. It emerges from the heart and is designed to improve not only your health but the environment too, so you can enjoy a better mood and a kinder world.

4 Trending Mountain Bike Essentials for Spring

Mountain bike season is already here, and we’re all beyond excited to tackle the unbeaten track! The trails are versatile due to the temperate spring weather, and you can find a mixture of mud, rain, sun, and dirt along the well-prepared tracks.

You don’t get trail conditions so good during any other season of the year, so it’s best to make the most of it. But by failing to prepare, you’re preparing to fail.

That’s why we’ve compiled a guide of the most essential items you need to bring on your mountain bike journey that are trending in 2022.

1. Keep yourself hydrated with a hydration pack

The weather during spring in the UK is usually calm with lots of sunlight, but not as hot as summer. However, this year, we’re expecting heat waves and a warmer than usual spring with temperatures rising up to 24°C in a few weeks and up to 29°C later in the season.

That means that you’ll need to keep yourself hydrated now more than ever. Water bottles are great but the ones you take on a journey can only hold up to 1L of water. Hydration packs, on the other hand, can hold over 50L, depending on the type. That makes them perfect for both short and long-distance journeys.

Hydration packs have increased in popularity by 59% since the beginning of this year, according to Google Trends. The best thing about them is their versatility, So you can get one for your torso or go for a backpack-style one, depending on your preferences. Not only that, but most hydration packs have space for you to hold your keys and wallet so that you can ride completely hands-free.

2. Summer cycling gloves

During spring both extreme heat and light rain, which are a high possibility this year, can make your hands slippery. While many riders like the freedom of riding gloveless, it can also be dangerous, as you can easily lose control of the handlebars and injure yourself, especially down the rainy tracks.

That’s why, lightweight gloves can provide you with both comfort and protection, and many cyclists are starting to turn to this option. In fact, Google Trends search interest for “summer cycling gloves” is currently on the rise.

3. Cycling bib shorts for optimal performance

Cycling shorts are perhaps the most essential item of cycling clothing, However, if you’re sporting a pair that are not right for you, you can experience a lot of discomfort, which will definitely take the joy out of your ride.

There are two types of cycling shorts: bib shorts and waist shorts. If you invest in a good pair of each, you will have a comfortable and enjoyable ride. Nevertheless, bib shorts are favoured amongst cyclists because they prevent waistband compression and gabs between your jersey and shorts, which can both be extremely uncomfortable.

In fact, search interest in cycling bib shorts has increased by 250% since the end of February and the beginning of March this year.

When choosing a pair of cycling bib shorts, go for a quick-drying and moisture-wicking material, which is also incredibly stretchy for an enhanced cycling experience. Also, look for a high-quality, high-tech pad, which will reduce the risk of saddle sores, as well as any other extras that will make your ride more enjoyable, such as a radio pocket.

4. Cleats over flat pedals

When it comes to riding a bike, pedals are critical for your performance.

For beginners, flat pedals are ideal because you don’t have to think about them, and you can easily use them by pushing down on the plastic platforms.

But for keen cyclists, flat pedals are a thing of the past. The floating feeling of flat pedals can hinder their performance, especially when climbing up and down a hill.

For them, cleats or clipless pedals are the best option, according to Google Trends data. Search interest for “cleat shoes” has increased by 136% since September last year. These pedals use a cleat and pedal body that attach to each other and provide you with more control and ease of movement.

There is a host of cleats you can choose from depending on your riding purpose and terrain. It’s best to experiment with a few options to see which works best for you.

As the weather is gorgeous outside, we know you’re beyond tempted to tackle the unbeaten track. So pack up all the essentials and explore the hidden gems trails for an unforgettable day out in the woods!

How to Choose an O2 Saturation Monitor

Are you looking for a way to track your health even when you are at home? If so, you could benefit from an O2 saturation monitor. This device will let you know what your oxygen saturation is. While a perfect O2 saturation is 100 percent, how do you do if your oxygen saturation is appropriate? You might need a monitor to help you. At the same time, there are a lot of options available. So how do you choose the right oxygen saturation monitor to meet your needs? Take a look at a few essential factors below, and do not hesitate to reach out to a professional who can point you in the right direction.

Make Sure It Fits

Before selecting an oxygen saturation monitor, you need to make sure it fits. People of all ages and sizes are interested in an oxygen saturation monitor. For example, many parents who bring home a newborn baby want to make sure their baby’s oxygen saturation is appropriate. A monitor designed for a newborn baby is probably not going to fit you. At the same time, some oxygen saturation monitors are meant for people with obesity, while other oxygen saturation monitors are meant for people at an appropriate weight. Make sure you find an oxygen saturation monitor that is right for you.

Find One That Is Easy to Use

Next, you need to find an oxygen monitor that is easy to use. You may have found a monitor that comes with a wide variety of features that will help you get more out of the tool; however, if you cannot figure out how to use it, it will not be of much use to you. Therefore, try to find an oxygen saturation monitor that is easy to use. If you have a lot of technical skills, you might want to reach for an oxygen monitor with a lot of customizable options. If not, you may want to reach for a straightforward monitor that is reliable and accurate. Again, you do not necessarily need every feature available.

Consider the Durability of the Monitor 

Finally, you need to think about the durability of the monitor. You do not want to purchase the least expensive oxygen saturation monitor, only to watch it break when you try to use it. For example, if you wear an oxygen saturation monitor at night, you need to find a monitor that will not break if you roll over on top of it. You might be looking for an oxygen saturation monitor that will not degrade if you sweat on it at the gym. You might be looking for an oxygen saturation monitor that is waterproof. Always consider the durability of the monitor before you make a final decision. This is an investment, and you need to protect it. 

Find the Right Monitor to Meet Your Needs

There are a lot of factors you need to think about when looking for an oxygen saturation monitor. There are plenty of options, so you need to consider the benefits and drawbacks of each choice. Keep in mind that the right oxygen saturation monitor for one person is not the right oxygen saturation monitor for you. If you have questions about your oxygen saturation, you may want to visit the doctor to ensure your oxygen saturation is appropriate. 

The Benefits of a Blood Pressure Monitor Watch

If you are looking for a way to improve your overall health, you could benefit from a blood pressure monitor watch. You probably have your blood pressure checked every time you go to the doctor. The doctor needs to look at your blood pressure to make sure it is within an appropriate range. That way, you can protect your heart, lungs, and brain. At the same time, getting your blood pressure checked once per year at the doctor’s office is simply not enough. You could benefit from wearing a blood pressure monitor at home, such as a watch. What are a few of the most significant benefits of wearing this watch at home?

 

You Can Track the Treatment Process

One of the biggest benefits of wearing a blood pressure monitor at home is tracking the treatment process. For example, you might be put on blood pressure medication because your blood pressure is too high. However, your doctor wants to bring down your blood pressure to protect your cardiovascular system. How do you know if the medication is working? Even though you will probably have to go back to the doctor in a few weeks to get your blood pressure re-checked, why not check your blood pressure at home? You might be able to wear a blood pressure monitor that will let you know if the blood pressure medication is working. You can share this information with your doctor to make more accurate decisions regarding your health.

You Can Compare the Reading to the Doctor’s Office

Another major benefit of wearing a blood pressure monitor at home is that you can compare your blood pressure monitor readings to the readings you get at the doctor’s office. This does not necessarily mean that the blood pressure monitor at home or the doctor’s office is wrong; however, it could indicate that you are suffering from white coat hypertension. This condition develops when people go to the doctor’s office. Essentially, your blood pressure is higher when you go to the doctor’s office because you are nervous. This could be a favorable diagnosis because it indicates that your blood pressure is only high when you visit the doctor, not when you are at home. 

You Can Save Money

Finally, one of the biggest benefits of wearing a blood pressure monitor at home is that you can save money. The reality is that if you wear your blood pressure monitor at home, you will have an easier time controlling your blood pressure. If you keep your blood pressure within normal limits, you can prevent chronic medical conditions like atherosclerosis. As a result, you may not need to take as many medications, and you might not need to go to the doctor’s office as often. This means that you could save money. If you want to reduce your health care expenses, consider wearing a blood pressure monitor at home. 

Invest in a Blood Pressure Monitor You Can Wear at Home

Ultimately, these are just a few of the biggest benefits of investing in a blood pressure monitor you can wear at home. There are plenty of options available, such as watches, that will help you keep track of your blood pressure even when you are outside of the doctor’s office. This is important because it can give you greater control over your blood pressure. You can keep it within an appropriate range, track the course of your treatment, and identify potential issues earlier. This could make a significant difference in your overall health. 

How to Know if You Need a Private Label Antifungal for Nails

Everyone needs to make sure that they take care of their nails. Unfortunately, there are several significant problems people can develop with their nails. One of the most common problems is nail fungus. It is essential to address nail fungus as quickly as possible to prevent it from spreading to other parts of your body. So, how do you know if you need a private label antifungal for nails? Take a look at a few important points below, and do not hesitate to reach out to a professional with any questions or concerns.

A Change in Color

One of the biggest signs that could indicate that you have a fungal nail infection is a change in the color of your nails. You probably know what healthy nails look like. The tips of your nails should be white, and the cuticle should be pink. If you notice that your nails are turning a yellow or brown color, or if it looks like the entirety of your nail has dirt underneath it, this could be a sign that you have a fungal infection in your nails. Furthermore, if you have tried to remove the dirt from your fingernails, but the discoloration remains, this is a sign that you could be dealing with a nail fungus infection, not dirt.

Changes in Shape

Next, if you notice that your fingernails and toenails are changing shape, this could signify that you have a nail infection. For example, you may see that your fingernails and toenails are thicker than they usually are. Or, you may feel like some of your nails appear crooked. This is a sign that you could have fungus building up underneath your fingers and toenails. As the fungus grows and expands, it could cause changes in the shapes of your fingernails and toenails. If your fingernails and toenails appear to be changing shape, you need to address the issue as quickly as possible. In addition, you could benefit from an antifungal medication. 

A Foul Odor

Finally, if you feel a foul odor coming from your fingernails and toenails, there could be a fungal infection underneath them. Of course, the first thing you should do is take a shower or bath. Be sure to scrub your fingernails and toenails thoroughly. Then, see if they still smell bad. If you still notice foul odors coming from your fingernails and toenails, this could be a sign that you have a fungal infection. This is not something that will go away with soap and water. Instead, you need to look at different antifungal medications that can help you eradicate the infection. You might even want to reach out to a medical professional who can point you in the right direction. 

Address Nail Fungus as Quickly as Possible

Ultimately, these are just a few signs that could indicate that you need antifungal medication. Even though plenty of options is available, you need to use a private label antifungal. That way, you know the product has been thoroughly tested and shown to be effective against whatever nail fungus you have. In addition, if you have questions about the appearance of your fingernails or toenails, you should reach out to a doctor who can help you. Then, you know that all of your bases are covered, and you have an effective treatment plan in place.

To Wear a Helmet or Not to Wear: What’s the Latest on Helmet Regulations?

For years and years, the cycling community has been baffled by a debate that is still stirring strong opinions amongst bike users and authorities. While bike helmets are mandatory in some countries, other places, such as the Netherlands, have a more relaxed approach to wearing them.

This has raised serious concerns about road safety and is especially relevant today when many people are trying to be more sustainable and cycling has surged in popularity. Swapping the car for a bike reduces carbon emissions and is more eco-friendly. Nevertheless, would people be willing to make the change if cycling appeared to be dangerous?

Leisure Lakes Bikes, an online retailer of adult and kids’ bike helmets and bikes, is here to brief you on the latest bike helmet regulations and opinions to chart a course for safer cycling.

Where in the world are bike helmets mandatory?

Several countries around the world currently enforce bike helmet wearing for people of all ages, including Argentina, Australia, New Zealand, Malta, South Korea, and Dubai. If these regulations are not followed, there are associated fines. In 2003, Finland also passed a mandatory helmet law, but there is no fine associated with breaking this law.

Other countries, such as France, the Czech Republic, Iceland, Sweden, Slovenia, and Japan, have mandatory helmet laws for children under a certain age, while countries such as Spain and Canada have laws that only apply in certain areas.

In the United Kingdom, there are no rules about wearing a bike helmet on the roads. In 2004, the British Medical Association recommended adopting a mandatory helmet-wearing law for people of all ages, but readers polled by the BMA magazine voted against it in 2011. Nevertheless, research conducted by DEKRA revealed that London, the capital of England, had the highest rate of bike helmet use compared to several other European cities, reaching 60.9%, and is followed by Vienna (26.7%) and Berlin (24.3%).

Intriguingly, in the Mecca of cycling, the Netherlands, where the number of bicycles outnumbers the population (23 million bicycles versus 17 million residents), the bike-helmet-use rate in Amsterdam is a mere 1.1%. Moreover, helmets are no mandatory helmet laws enforced in the country.

Should bike helmets be mandatory?  

But why are people in the Netherlands reluctant to wear bike helmets? Could it be because they’re completing short trips, therefore they don’t see the need for it? Do they simply consider helmets uncomfortable? Would making helmets mandatory reduce the popularity of cycling?

Regardless of the reason, the general consensus in the Netherlands is against bike helmet use, as well as in other countries. In South Korea, for example, wearing a bike helmet was made mandatory on 28th September 2018, but the decision faced a lot of backlash from cyclists, and 10 bike communities even held a rally in Seoul.

“I usually ride a bike when I have business in the neighbourhood, so I do not think it is necessary to put on a helmet all the time,” commented Yu Jin-hee, who frequently cycles along the Han River bike path.

Authorities and organisations are also showing somewhat indifference to making bike helmets mandatory. For instance, the European Cyclists’ Federation (ECF) thinks that cyclists should be able to choose whether or not to wear a helmet.

ECF Policy Officer Ceri Wolsgrove commented: “Cities across the UK and the EU are all trying to provide options for people to move from dangerous, polluting motorised vehicles to safer modes of transport like walking, cycling, and public transport, and putting a barrier in the way of cycling no matter how well-intentioned will not help that.”

But should we not be concerned about the safety of cyclists who refuse to wear a helmet or when laws are not imposed to ensure safety? A Courier poll indicates that over 85% of respondents agreed that helmets should be mandatory when cycling. The poll was in response to the heartbreaking story of 15-year-old Keiran Lamond, who was cycling home when he crashed his bike into a lamppost in October 2020. He was not wearing a helmet and suffered severe head injuries, leading to him needing lifelong care. After the incident, his family has launched a petition to make bike helmets compulsory.

Scottish cycling world record holder Josh Quigley is also a strong advocate for mandatory bike helmets. In response to the Scottish Government’s Active Travel minister Patrick Harvie’s claim that there is no evidence to support compulsory helmet laws, Quigley said: “I’m very strongly for helmets and I just can’t get my head around the fact that anyone would want to ride on the road without one.”

Two years ago, the cyclist was involved in a bike incident as he attempted to circumnavigate the world and was hit by a car. He had 10 broken ribs, a punctured lung, a fractured pelvis, and a fractured skull, but “if it wasn’t for wearing a helmet, I’m sure there’s no chance I would be alive”, said Quigley.

Improving infrastructure

Mr Harvie responded by claiming that “better infrastructure” would “improve safety for those choosing to cycle and addressing the behaviour of other road users”.

The same response was given by the communities who protested against the mandatory helmet law enforcement. They said: “Rather than holding all cyclists responsible for bike accidents, the government needs to expand bike infrastructure as well as seek preventive measures.”

Perhaps better cycling infrastructure is the key to lower the number of cycling incidents among the Dutch. They have impressive 35,000 kilometres of (fast) bicycle tracks that have both commuting and recreational purposes. In the Netherlands, where over 27% of all trips are made by bicycle, there were 229 cyclist fatalities on the roads. In comparison, there were 140 cyclist fatalities in Great Britain during the same time period while only 4% of journeys are taken by bike in the UK.

Alongside improving the cycling infrastructure, other initiatives could also be helpful in terms of promoting road safety. For instance, Lazer is introducing helmets with in-built KinetiCore Controlled Crumple Zones, which feature EPS foam blocks that buckle in the event of direct and rotational impact, thus preventing brain injury.

Although bike helmets are not mandatory in many countries, they provide us with better protection, and, as shown, can help save lives. Wearing a helmet is a personal choice, but it’s definitely worth considering the pros and cons before making a decision.

Track It to Hack It: The Growing Diet Apps Market

The fitness industry is constantly evolving, with technology, digitisation, and consumer behaviours leading the fitness movement. From home and outdoor gyms to wearables and live streaming classes, there are a range of advanced tools to help us optimise our performance and reach our goals quicker.

Fitness apps, and diet apps, in particular, have been around for a while, but they’re really gaining momentum right now. They help us tackle one of the most important components of our health – diet – and they do that in a very smart and innovative way. Leisure Lakes Bikes, online retailer of road, electric, and mountain bikes, explores how the fitness and diet apps market has been growing, and how effective these apps are.

The fitness apps market

Over the past two years, we’ve put a strong emphasis on our health and wellness. Home gyms, wellness coaches, and nutritional webinars are only a few examples of the trends that have defined our approach to staying fit and healthy.

One fitness trend that has gained significant force is mobile fitness apps, and it’s going to dominate the fitness industry between 2022 and 2025, according to Exploding Topics.

But why are fitness apps so popular right now? First of all, information technology has revolutionised the way the fitness industry operates. During the pandemic, many people transferred their fitness routine from brick-and-mortar gyms to online home sessions. This led to an increase in downloads of fitness and health apps by 46.0% between Q1 and Q2 2020, according to MoEngage and Apptopia. Moreover, the rising awareness of health and wellness and the demand for well-being-related products are also a major factor.

The variety of fitness apps that exist offer an accessible hub that has everything in one place: from a fitness coach and exercises to a meal plan and a progress tracker. They are the digital alternative to fitness and are favoured by many.

With 679.79 million users worldwide, fitness apps are expected to generate revenues of £12.65 billion in 2022. £225.26 million of that revenue is generated in the UK. And their growth doesn’t stop here. By 2026, fitness apps are forecasted to reach 940.82 million users and a revenue of £23.05 billion.

Trending diet fitness apps

According to Exploding Topics, there are three types of fast-growing fitness apps: activity trackers, guided workout apps, and diet apps.

The latter, which includes meal planners, nutrition trackers, and calorie counters, has been around for many years. MyFitnessPal, for example, has a rich database of foods, dishes, and restaurants, and the precise nutritional value of their offerings. With this, users can monitor calories, as well as their intake of macronutrients and micronutrients. It was established in 2005, but it wasn’t until 2009, when MyFitnessPal launched on iOS, that the app exploded in growth.

MyFitnessApp is still enjoying a massive userbase. In March 2022, the app had 1 million downloads worldwide and £6.13 million revenue.

Noom is another success story diet app. Launched in 2008, the Noom app didn’t take off until 2016. In 2017, the company had a mere £9.19 in revenue, and in 2020, it generated £306.52 million in revenue, which is almost double the £181.59 million it made the year before. Moreover, Google Search volumes for “Noom” have increased by 420% in the past five years. Referred to as the “Weight Watchers for millennials”, Noom’s hook is that it fuses science with psychology to provide a mindful approach to dieting that’s completely personalised.

How effective are they?

With such a wide range of diet fitness apps on the market, you may wonder about their efficiency.

A study by G. Ferrara et. al. explored the usability of diet-tracking apps and how effective they are in terms of making a positive behavioural change. Based on the System Usability Scale (SUS), seven diet-tracking apps were compared against the integrated behaviour change theory framework over a three-day period.

Out of the seven apps in the study, LifeSum scored the highest on the SUS scale (89.2), whereas MyDietCoach was found to be the least user-friendly app with an average SUS score of 46.7. Nevertheless, all of the apps proved to have the potential to promote self-efficacy through accurately coding calories and carbohydrates.

However, diet-tracking apps are also associated with triggering eating disorders, especially for those who are vulnerable or have a history of obsessive behaviours. A qualitative study by Elizabeth V. Eikey, featuring 24 participants, found that diet-tracking apps can be triggering and enhance eating disorder symptoms by focusing on quantification, promoting overuse, and providing certain visual cues and feedback.  That’s why it’s important to be mindful of the potential negative effects of diet apps.

Fitness diet apps can significantly aid our health and wellness goals, as long as they’re used mindfully and for the right purposes. There is a wide variety of diet apps that are becoming ingrained in our everyday lives, and the market will only continue growing.

As the Pandemic Eases, Events Will Still Need COVID Testing

By Garick Hismatulin, co-founder and CEO of Kyla

Although the panic has subsided, COVID-19 promises to be with us for many years, perhaps generations. People are resilient and we are seeing a return to normalcy, including the return of events and large gatherings. But since the virus isn’t fully eradicated, the challenge now is controlling exposure and limiting infection, which means having some COVID screening protocols to make events safe.

New virus strains are emerging every few weeks, and although the more recent versions don’t seem to be as deadly, we must still be cautious to prevent future pandemics. Medical experts predict that the COVID pandemic is becoming endemic and will drop to baseline levels in the coming months and become more predictable. However, we will still need to be watchful to ensure endemic infections don’t rise to pandemic levels.

The Center for Disease Control recommends precautions for large gatherings, such as ensuring vaccines are up to date and wearing a mask when appropriate. Those at risk from a COVID infection are encouraged to take extra precautions, and testing before attending events can limit the spread of the disease.

 

Impact on the Events Industry

The COVID pandemic has already cost the meetings industry more than $211 billion and experts estimate it will ultimately mean losses of $522 billion in spending in the U.S. alone. Along with recovery from the pandemic, events will also have to rebound.

However, testing attendees of large gatherings such as sporting events and conferences present unique challenges. Some form of screening is advisable to prevent a COVID outbreak. For example, the University of California San Francisco (UCSF) has strict protocols for gatherings of 100 or more, including proof of vaccination or a COVID test 24 hours in advance. The Events Industry Council has also gathered various COVID guidelines for industry events.

 

Finding Reliable Pre-event Testing

If the last two years have taught event organizers anything, it’s to be prepared. Once COVID becomes endemic, it is still likely to spike periodically. In addition to seasonal spikes, circumstances such as the war in Ukraine and the migration of unvaccinated refugees could cause a resurgence. County and state regulations regarding masks and inoculations also tend to change quickly. How can event planners include COVID testing for attendees?

The real challenge is logistics. Testing a large number of people on-site before an event is impractical. Using antigen tests, the same tests people use at home, won’t work. Most antigen tests take 15 minutes to show results, and even with the most effective testing equipment, you can’t do more than 300 tests per hour. Testing on-site for large crowds, such as a concert or sports event, would be too time consuming.

Even if you plan to use antigen tests for a smaller event, like a business conference, the results of antigen tests aren’t always accurate. The FDA estimates that 70 out of 100 antigen tests could show a false positive.

A better approach is to build in enough time to have a third party do COVID testing in advance of the event. Certified COVID test labs typically use Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) tests, a DNA test for the virus that is more than 96% accurate. Collaborating with a COVID testing lab that can offer test results in 24 hours is the best way to protect event attendees and staff.

 

Strategies for Pre-event Testing

Many regions are already asking citizens to carry vaccine passports that they can present at the gate as part of admission. For those without vaccine passports, showing a valid negative COVID test from the previous 24 to 48 hours would serve the same purpose.

The easiest way to ensure that event attendees are COVID-free is to arrange for testing in advance. Event organizers can work with local labs to arrange for COVID testing as part of ticket purchases or event registration. Attendees could opt to get tested at a local clinic or test site or request a home test kit that would send samples back to the lab.

By working with a certified lab, event organizers can arrange for testing in advance and the test results stored so they are associated with a ticket holder or registrant. Alternately, attendees can access their own test results and bring a printout or a QR code stored on their smartphone. The process would be similar to getting a seat assignment and an electronic boarding pass for a flight.

Many commercial testing companies, such as Kyla, have downloadable mobile apps to access COVID test results. After the samples are submitted, the results are posted for secure access online, showing either positive or negative results.  Using a barcode or QR scanner would make it fast and easy to screen attendees at the door or gate.

Using a third-party test lab offers advantages to both event organizers and attendees. For attendees, they get fast, secure test results. The relationship between a client and the lab is the same as with a doctor, so test results are private and protected. No personal health information is shared, and the client has to consent to share the test results (i.e., COVID positive or negative).

For event organizers, using a third-party lab is a cost-effective way to screen for COVID. The volume of tests substantially reduces the cost-per-test. Plus, using a qualified lab ensures that test results are timely and that services can scale to meet demand.

While it’s still unclear how society will deal with COVID-19 to prevent a future pandemic, anyone planning a large event needs to be ready. Having a commercial COVID test lab on call is always a smart move.

Why We Recognise HIV Vaccine Awareness Day

May 18th is dedicated to HIV Vaccine Awareness Day. The significance of this recurrence is embedded in the years of research that have been dedicated to finding a reliable way for individuals to be protected against the virus.

Research began shortly after the virus was discovered as being the cause of AIDS, with the first vaccine trial being conducted in 1987. To this day, many clinical trials have been carried out, some with breakthrough results, yet no vaccines have been shown to be able to efficiently protect all individuals.

While people worldwide are infected with HIV, those living in sub-Saharan Africa have the highest rates with Eswatini, Lesotho and Botswana being the three countries with the highest prevalence of the virus almost consistently between 2000 and 2020.

Without a reliable vaccine being available, reducing the risk of transmission by providing assistance and resources to countries who struggle with accessing them should therefore be the main point of focus in the battle against HIV.

In this piece Shameet Thakkar, founder and managing director of leading healthcare procurement services organisation Unimed, gives his expert opinion on the different factors that impact the effective delivery of vaccines and the power of prevention when it comes to global health crises such as HIV.

The importance of prevention

What the above stats tell us is that there are deep-rooted issues with individuals in certain countries being unable to limit their exposure to the risk factors that can lead to becoming infected with HIV.

In this regard, Shameet aims to highlights the importance of prevention. He says:

“What we really need to focus on is developing reliable preventative measures and services. By helping more individuals access vaccines and other forms of prevention such as contraception, we can solve the problem at the root and efficiently assist individuals affected by life-threatening illnesses.

What many don’t realise is that there is a lot that goes into supplying vaccines to populations or groups of individuals. There is an entire supply chain at the forefront of vaccine operations, which must provide the right equipment at the right time in order to be effective.” he continues.

Vaccines therefore play a fundamental role in prevention, but vaccine projects require a lot more than just syringes and the vaccines themselves. In order for vaccine delivery missions to be effective, the right shipment services and equipment must be provided.

These programmes require appropriate ultra-low freezers, vaccine carriers, alcoholic wipes, sharps containers and immunisation cards, and even one item missing or being damaged could compromise the whole operation. That is why using effective procurement services is key.

Using the right equipment can have a life-changing impact. A vital example of this is auto-disable syringes, which play a vital role in prevention, as they are designed to automatically lock after every use, meaning they cannot be reused.

Given the fact that sharing contaminated syringes or needles is one of the main ways in which individuals contract HIV, this type of equipment should be used as much as possible when administering any vaccine.

This is because it is a safe and effective way to save lives without accidentally contributing to the spread of HIV and other blood-borne viruses.

Reducing waste by using the right equipment

When it comes to providing medical services, reducing waste should be at the forefront of people’s minds. Considering the life-saving impact vaccines can have on preventing the spread of viruses such as HIV, wasting even a small amount of vaccine can be incredibly harmful.

This is precisely where using the right equipment can make a difference.  A relevant example is low dead-volume syringes, which can minimise waste by reducing the amount of liquid left in a syringe after an injection.

This equipment plays a vital role in increasing the amount of people vaccinated, which is particularly relevant in the context of worldwide healthcare crises such as Covid-19, as the use of low dead-volume syringes was proven to increase Covid-19 vaccine supply by providing an extra dose per vial.

These syringes can also reduce the risk of spreading viruses like HIV due to the fact that less dead volume means there is less space for potentially contaminated blood to be left in the syringe.

Medical procurement services are therefore crucial in the battle against viruses such as HIV, as medical professionals – and those in need of a vaccine – have to rely on these providers to deliver efficient equipment and develop the right solutions to distribute it, once ready.

In the context of distribution services, tracking performance KPIs such as OTIF (On Time in Full) can guarantee more control and efficiency in the delivery of products, helping organisations meet their targets effectively.

Maximising OTIF scores is then a great way to optimise operations and identify issues within a supply chain, potentially avoiding detrimental and wasteful time delays.

Thinking about the future

Unimed’s mission revolves around staying ahead of evolving needs within the healthcare industry in order to be prepared to provide imminent aid to individuals globally as and when required, no matter the circumstances.

Although there is a long road ahead for medical researchers when it comes to developing a vaccine, HIV vaccine awareness day should be dedicated to recognising the vaccine development journey so far and the clinical trials that have brought us a step closer to our goal.

Unimed’s sustainable procurement efforts will continue to be directed towards supporting research and contributing to the fight against global health issues such as HIV.  

If your organisation requires ethically sourced healthcare and medical products or procurement services, get in touch to discuss your needs with Unimed Procurement Services.

How to Make COVID-19 Testing for Travel Far More Effective

If you’re planning on traveling any time soon, it’s a good idea to get yourself tested for the virus. However, adding that to your travel to-do list can be a hassle, but it’s an extra step that you need to take.

To help make it easier on you though, here are a few tips on how you can make COVID-19 testing for travel more efficient for you.

Know Which Types of Testing are More Effective

One of the ways COVID-19 testing, while you’re traveling, can be more effective and efficient for you as a traveler would be by making sure you know what tests there are. That way, you’ll know which ones are the most effective for your needs.

With that said, there are two main types of tests that you can get: antibody and viral testing.

Antibody TestsAntibody tests look for antibodies that your body generated to fight against the infection of the COVID-19 virus. That means that it shows you if you have had the infection, but it doesn’t necessarily mean that you have it right now. Therefore, this test is not the best choice if you want to travel.

Since it shows you a past infection, you can’t use it to diagnose a current infection, so you’ll likely need to take the other type of testing, which are viral tests.

Viral TestsViral tests look for the presence of the virus during the time that you took the sample to find out if you have the infection right now. These tests are much better at letting you know about a current infection, which is why you can use them to diagnose COVID-19.

There are two different types of viral tests as well: RT-PCR tests and rapid antigen tests.

RT-PCR TestsRT-PCR tests, also known as molecular tests, are a very reliable way of finding out if you are currently infected with COVID-19. Its high-reliability rate though is offset by the fact that there needs to be lab testing for you to find out the results, which can take several days to come out.

As you are traveling, if you took the test and went out, you could have been infected as you were waiting for the results to come.

Rapid Antigen TestsOn the other hand, rapid antigen tests can give you your results in a few minutes. You don’t have to send your results to the lab as they can be self-test kits.

For example, if you got FlowFlex COVID test results to show that you’ve tested yourself for the virus, then that counts under the rapid antigen test.

One thing to note about rapid antigen tests is that they tend to show false negatives. However, they rarely ever show a false positive, which is why if you test positive for it, then there is a very high possibility that you are infected with the virus.

Be Mindful of the Timing of Your Tests

As mentioned before, the RT-PCR tests require you to send the sample to the labs which will take a few days. Although it’s more accurate, it takes more time. Therefore, it might be inconvenient when you’re traveling.

On the other hand, rapid antigen tests can show you if you have a current infection all within a few minutes and you can use it on yourself. However, they have moderate sensitivity which can affect their accuracy.

Minimize the Risk As Much As Possible

If you want to be as safe as possible, then you should consider quarantining for 14 days before you go on your trip, regardless if you’re showing symptoms or not. You should also self-quarantine while you’re waiting for your results, especially if you’re using an RT-PCR test.

Since you’re traveling, it can be tough to isolate yourself fully. If you’re in a closed space, like a plane or a bus, and want to minimize the risks then consider wearing a mask.

If you aren’t vaccinated yet, some places abroad may not accept you, so consider getting vaccinated as well.

In Conclusion

Traveling shouldn’t be a scary thing, but it certainly helps if you can reduce the risks that you can get from doing it. So, apply these tips and learn from them so that you can travel as smoothly and safely as possible no matter where you’re headed.

9 Steps to Avoid Medical Malpractice Claims

As a doctor, you work hard to provide the best care possible for your patients. But despite your best efforts, mistakes can happen. These mistakes can lead to medical malpractice claims if you’re not careful. To help protect yourself and your practice, follow these ten steps to avoid medical malpractice claims.

1. Get Informed Consent

Before you perform any treatment, it’s vital to get informed consent from your patient. This means explaining the risks and benefits of the treatment and making sure the patient understands. If the patient doesn’t give consent, don’t proceed with the treatment. In the unfortunate case you make a mistake, you can contact The Tinker Law Firm PLLC for legal representation. They have a reputation for being one of the best law firms handling malpractice cases.

2. Keep Accurate Medical Records

Keeping accurate medical records is essential in avoiding medical malpractice claims. When patients visit the doctor, they expect their medical history will be accurately recorded and their current condition accurately diagnosed. If a doctor fails to do this, it can lead to severe consequences. Inaccurate records can lead to misdiagnosis, which results in delayed or inadequate treatment. While keeping accurate records is no guarantee that a doctor will never make a mistake, it is an integral part of mitigating the risk of medical malpractice claims.

3. Communicate With Your Patients

Good communication with patients is essential to providing quality medical care and avoiding potential malpractice claims. When patients feel listened to and respected, they are more likely to trust their doctor and follow treatment recommendations.

Open communication allows patients to ask questions and get clarification on their diagnosis and treatment plan. This helps ensure they understand the risks and benefits of proposed procedures and can make informed decisions about their care. Good communication can help build a rapport between doctor and patient, making it likely that patients will return for follow-up appointments and continue to receive the care they need.

4. Follow Accepted Standards of Care

Medical professionals are held to a high standard of care, and it is essential to meet or exceed those standards to protect patients and avoid liability. There are several ways to stay up-to-date on the latest standards of care, such as reading professional journals, attending conferences, and taking continuing education courses.

It is essential to be aware of any changes in state or federal laws that could affect the standard of care. By staying informed and up-to-date, medical professionals can help ensure that they provide the best possible care for their patients.

5. Use Caution When Prescribing Drugs

Anytime a doctor prescribes a medication, they open themselves up to the potential for a medical malpractice claim. This is because there is always the potential for a patient to have an adverse reaction to a drug. Doctors need to use caution when prescribing drugs and ensure they only prescribe necessary medications. Doctors should ensure their patients are fully aware of the risks associated with taking a particular medication.

6. Consider Using Checklists

Checklists are used in the medical field to help ensure all necessary steps are taken during a procedure. For example, many hospitals have created surgical checklists that must be followed before performing surgery. The use of checklists helps mitigate the risk of human error and improve patient safety.

7. Document Everything

Doctors need to document all aspects of a patient’s care, including examinations, diagnosis, treatment, and follow-up appointments. This documentation helps defend against potential malpractice claims by providing a record of the provided care. If a patient files a malpractice claim, documentation is used to prove the care provided met the accepted standard of care.

8. Be Aware of Risk Factors

Certain risk factors can increase the likelihood of a medical malpractice claim. These include working in a high-risk specialty, such as surgery, and having a history of malpractice claims. Doctors need to be aware of these risk factors and take steps to minimize them.

9. Seek Feedback

Feedback can be important in identifying potential problems and avoiding medical malpractice claims. Doctors should seek out feedback from patients, colleagues, and staff regularly. This feedback helps identify areas where care can be improved or potential problems with care delivery.

As a healthcare provider, be aware of the risk factors for medical malpractice claims and take steps to avoid them. By following the tips outlined in this blog post, you can help protect yourself from costly legal action.

6 Tips for Improving Your Hearing

Did you know that 1.5 billion people today suffer from hearing loss? Hearing loss is a common condition, and you may not notice that you have a problem until you are constantly saying ‘repeat,’ ‘pardon,’ or struggling to understand your partner, family, friends, or colleagues. Fortunately, the following remedies can help improve your hearing.

Quit smoking

Smoking doubles the chances of suffering from hearing loss. According to a Japanese study, 60% of the individuals who smoke contract high-frequency hearing loss while 20% develop low-frequency hearing loss. Oxygen and blood flow are responsible for maintaining the inner ear’s healthy cells. However, they are hampered by continued exposure to carbon monoxide and nicotine, leading to hearing loss. Nicotine also interferes with neurotransmitters, which often carry a message from the hearing nerves to the brain. It also causes tinnitus, the ringing of the ears.

Smoking also disturbs the eustachian tube’s normal functions and irritates the middle ear lining, so consider quitting cigarettes to improve your hearing. Remember also to avoid being around people who smoke.

Get earwax cleaning

Earwax, also referred to as cerumen, is produced by glands in the outer ear to protect the sensitive part of your ears from infection, dust, debris, bacteria, and other foreign particles. However, earwax builds up over time, making sounds appear muffled, leading to mild conductive hearing loss. Be sure to schedule an appointment with a medical professional from Helix Hearing Care if you experience sudden hearing loss to determine whether you need earwax cleaning. Do not perform the earwax removal by yourself to avoid pushing it further into the ear, as this could damage the eardrum or ear canal lining.

Exercise regularly

Regular exercise does more than help you stay in shape. It also improves your overall health, including your hearing health. Exercising increases blood flow to the ears, which helps maintain the inner ear hair cells’ health. If the ear hair cells are damaged, they cannot regenerate, which could cause hearing loss. You don’t even have to engage in vigorous exercise to improve your hearing health. A jog, a long walk, or handling household tasks such as gardening can enhance blood circulation, improving your hearing. Be sure to avoid loud music via your headphones as you exercise as they increase the chances of damaging the hair cells in your ears.

Be careful with medication

Did you know that some prescription medications have hearing loss as a side effect? You should always review any medication, including your chemotherapy treatment, antibiotics, and antimalarial medicine, before taking them. You could even speak to your physician about possible side effects before taking new supplements and medication. Your doctor can weigh your prescription medication benefits against hearing loss to help you make a favorable decision about continuing or quitting specific treatment.

Eat healthily

Consuming a healthy diet rich in minerals and vitamins is crucial for your overall body health and improves your hearing. The following are nutritional supplements you should include in your diet to improve your hearing:

Folic acid often found in eggs, broccoli, spinach, beans, asparagus, and nuts, delay age related hearing loss. It also reduces free radicals in the body, which could damage the inner ears’ nerve tissue if left to multiply.Magnesium found in broccoli, potatoes, bananas, and artichokes protects against hearing loss caused by noise.Zinc in oysters, dark chocolate, cashews, lean beef, and spinach improves immunity and enhances the inner ear’s ability to resist age-related hearing loss.Vitamin D and Omega-3-fatty acids in fish like trout, tuna, sardines, or salmon. According to the American Journal of Clinical Nutrition research, taking at least two servings of fish every week lowers the chances of hearing loss among adults 50 years and above by 42%. This is because omega-3 fatty acids strengthen the blood vessels in the sensory system of your ears.Vitamin B12, C, and E found in fruits and vegetables improve the body’s immune system and reduce free radicals.

Schedule regular hearing screening

Even when you do not experience any signs of hearing loss, ensure that you schedule regular tests. This can help your healthcare provider detect issues with your hearing, improving the chances of correcting the problem and getting your hearing back to normal. Regular screening also gives your physician base from which they can compare your hearing over time, increasing the chances of detecting changes promptly as you age.

Endnote

Hearing loss can negatively impact your relationship with the people around you. Implement the above strategies to protect your ears and improve your hearing.

Embrace Mental Health First Aiders for Better Work Wellbeing

In recent years, mental health has moved up the agenda. From being a topic that was invariably brushed under the carpet and deemed ‘personal’, it has gained increasing attention in all walks of life. Within the health service, across the media, highlighted by celebrities, talked about in schools and gradually discussed more openly in society – how poor mental health negatively impacts people is now securing traction. Not least, within the workplace.

Covid-19 has accelerated this. As people worried about their physical health because of the virus, finding themselves having to accommodate dramatically changed working and personal lives, as well as dealing with job insecurity, bereavement, remote learning and working, isolation and much more – many people’s mental health was under greater pressure in the past couple of years than ever before.

This inevitably impacts workplace wellbeing as cases of anxiety and depression increase and firms need to respond. This is where mental health first aid really comes to the fore and training staff is crucial.

The latest CIPD Health and Wellbeing at Work report found that only 38% of HR professionals think managers are confident enough to have sensitive discussions on employee wellbeing and signpost to the right experts. Whether managers or not, when staff are trained as mental health first aiders, they are taught to spot the signs of mental health issues, offer initial help and guide a person towards support. It’s intuitive training – you learn that it’s not about giving advice, you never pass judgement or offer opinion. But you do nudge them in the right direction so they can access the right support.

The Healthcare Communications Association (HCA) organised the training that our employees went on. As a healthcare communications agency, operating in the service sector, we know how important our people are. That means that to get the best out of them, we must support them in reaching their goals and helping them develop – or, indeed, making it equally fine for them to remain in the roles they are in, if that suits them better.

We know that dialogue is as much about listening as it is about speaking – and that sits at the core of this training. Listening is essential to achieving productivity and building relationships at all levels.

Active consideration is central to our approach to ensuring mental wellbeing in our team. This involves careful and considered thought in everything that we do. It means not just listening but acting on what you’re hearing and seeing. It’s the small signs that can be the most telling.

Workplace wellbeing doesn’t mean that everyone must always agree and that it can only be achieved by working in perfect harmony. Healthy conflict is acceptable and to be encouraged – no two people are the same, everyone has different working styles. Indeed, as businesses and organisations look to diversify, the way people work, interact and communicate may vary more.

Nurturing an empathetic stance – seeing the world through other people’s eyes – is one of the central requirements and becomes more important as companies become more inclusive and grow their businesses. There is a balance to setting achievable, healthy challenges – that can keep people stimulated and learning – without piling on undue, or unnecessary, stress. You don’t want a workforce in a constant state of tension and always feeling ‘hyper’.

Give people space to learn; no one is perfect and mistakes will happen, but they are also the best opportunities to learn and it is for colleagues and managers to have resolve and fix any mistakes so that the individual can learn and grow from the experience in a supported manner.

There are steps to take to ensure mental wellbeing. Encouraging open dialogue and operating open-door policies are a start. Invest in HR support – and this may mean bringing in external resource if the business is too small to support a dedicated HR department of its own. Don’t just send one or two people on mental health first aid training – work towards sending all your employees.

Go back to the basics such as encouraging staff to take their lunchbreaks – just as important when home working as when in the office – and to use all their annual leave. Beyond that there are additional measures such as days off for volunteering and having an extra day for your birthday that be considered. At our company, we give everyone the opportunity to have four charity days a year.

With hybrid working entrenched, building in regular one-to-ones, away days and socials has become more important. These can instil a sense of belonging, especially as aspects of post-lockdown life can be isolating. Deep dives into the company purpose reinforce for employees why they work for the business and what it stands for; sharing that sense of why they do what they do and why it matters.  This can be particularly effective when combined with an immersive away day experience, free from outside influences and working day pressures.

In industries like ours, which are highly competitive and fast paced, the mental load on employees is high. In the service sector we expect a lot of staff and if their mental health isn’t prioritised, there’s a risk of burnout. Using the elastic band analogy – we all like to be stretched a bit, indeed we’re happiest when we’re comfortably stretched, but not so far as to snap.

It is imperative for us all to monitor each other – we have a duty to support and nurture our staff and colleagues. Mental health first aid can work as a vital steppingstone to instilling good mental health practices into wider company culture and ensure everyone knows what to be looking out for in others, as well as themselves. Everyone is different, there’s no right and wrong, and we can all adapt where we need to.

Written by Molly Coxon, Page & Page and Partners

Stay Out of the Sun and Bask in Red Light: The Effect Light Has On Your Skin

For many of us, there are few better feelings than soaking up some rays. The warm glow of the sun on our skin is guaranteed to boost our mood and can even give us our own enviable glow.

But did you know the sun is the biggest cause of skin damage and ageing?

Luckily, there are different types of light therapy that can mimic the way the sun feels on our skin – plus, with added skincare benefits.

Here, we’ll cover the type of lights you should stay away from, and the ones you need to become familiar with.

Stay away from: UV rays

That’s right. Your Miami beach vacations and sunbed sessions are potentially doing you damage. UV rays are the number one culprit of skin cancer – whether you get them from a sunbed or a day on the coast. But shockingly, only 11% of Americans regularly use sunscreen – and 46% never use it! It’s no wonder that skin cancer is the most common cancer in the States.

As well as the horrifying dangers of skin cancer, UV rays are also the biggest contributor to skin ageing. There’s no better way to illustrate this than the famous photo of the truck driver who never wore SPF and only got sun damage on one side of his face due to his routes exposing the left side more than the right.

Because of all of this, it’s essential that you wear SPF – yes, even on the coldest, cloudiest days. UV rays can penetrate through clouds and damage your skin even in the winter, so it’s non-negotiable if you want to avoid the risk of skin cancer and keep your skin healthy and youthful.

We’re not saying you should never go out in the sun again, but make sure you’re wearing SPF all over, don’t spend too long in the sun on hot days, and bring plenty of cover-ups like hats, kaftans, and sarongs. If you’re missing your golden beach tan, using tanning water is a guaranteed safe way to do it. No need to forego your golden glow to stay safe!

Invest your time in: blue light therapy

If you’ve been a sunbed junkie for years and you’re prepared to give up this damaging habit, blue light therapy is for you. Think of it as the antidote to all the damage that has been caused by sunbathing without SPF or using sunbeds.

Blue light is used to reverse some of the damage caused by UV rays. It can both prevent skin cancer from forming and treat cancerous growths or patches of skin. When combined with a photosynthesizing treatment applied to the skin, it can target and kill off cancer cells. If you’re a reformed sunbather or sunbed user, we recommend talking to your derm about blue light therapy.

As well as these health-saving benefits, blue light therapy also has skincare benefits. If you have large pores and produce a lot of oil, blue light therapy can reduce the size of your sebaceous glands and in turn reduce acne. If all of that isn’t enough, it’s also used to treat depression and is particularly effective when treating seasonal affective disorder (SAD). A true all-rounder.

Get to know: red light therapy

Red light therapy is a treatment that has been around for a long time. This therapy can be used for a range of treatments from psoriasis to acne and premature ageing. It delivers low-level wavelengths of red light to your skin and comes in many different forms.

Red light therapy masks have become popular in recent years as a way to address premature ageing on our faces. Facial red light therapy can also be delivered through handheld devices which are available at your dermatologist or as at-home devices – but be aware that at-home devices may be less effective.

For full-body treatments like soothing psoriasis symptoms or chemotherapy side effects, you can bask in the light of a full booth. If you’re a sunbed junkie seeking that relaxing, warm experience, red light therapy is a much safer treatment – and comes with way more benefits than UV sunbeds.

Whether you live on the sunny west coast or you’re an east-coaster who vacations in the sunshine state, chances are you love basking in the sun. And although there are ways to do this while protecting yourself, it’s a habit that’s not good for your skin or your health. We recommend shunning UV sunbeds in favor of blue or red light therapy booths and reducing your exposure to the sun to keep your skin and your body youthful.

Got a Gut Feeling? Ways to Improve your Gut Health

“Listen to your gut” has become a buzz phrase in today’s health-conscious and mindfulness-oriented society. While the phrase is used to refer to our intuition, its connection with the gut is not a coincidence.

The gut is often referred to as the second brain due to the bacteria and nerves contained there that control our brain. It’s not only responsible for some vital bodily functions but also for our mood.

We venture to unveil the mystery of our gut and learn how to improve our gut health so that we can enjoy a fulfilling life.

Why is gut health important?

The gut contains a rich portfolio of bacteria, fungi, and viruses, around 1,000 species weighing approximately three pounds. Collectively, they are called the gut microbiome. But those bacteria aren’t harmful; on the contrary, they benefit our health and livelihood. They’re responsible for digesting food, getting rid of toxins, and keeping us happy and healthy.

Apart from breaking down food, the microbiome in our gut keeps our immune system intact to prevent us from diseases. In fact, 70% ­- 80% of our immune system is located in the gut.

Studies have also revealed a link between our gut health and mental health. There is something called the Microbiome Gut Brain (MGB) Axis which connects our gut microbiome with our brain through the nervous system. It “regulates our mood, response to stressors, movement, and ability to form memories and process information”. Also, more than 90% of our serotonin – the happiness hormone – is produced in the gut. If our gut microbiome is in dysbiosis, an imbalance of microorganisms, these functions are also affected.

Unhealthy gut: the causes

Unfortunately, about 40% of the UK population experiences a minimum of one digestive problem symptom at any given time. This negatively affects the quality of our lives. It’s not just the stress of our lives that can cause gut issues, the way we medicate ourselves with antibiotics can too.

Dr Grace Liu, also known as The Gut Goddess, shared the following in an interview for the Gaia series Healing Matrix: “Here, in the Western world, studies are showing that even after one course of antibiotics, we’re depleting such a great amount of microbiome. We literally can lose 1/3 or 2/3 of our whole microbiome with even one course of antibiotics, and it never reverts back for some people”.

If we want to improve our microbiome, we need to learn something from the cultures whose gut health is thriving. These are the Amish and the Blue Zoners. The latter live in geographical regions called Blue Zones where people are the healthiest and live the longest. Studies have shown that these cultures have a diverse microbiome including species that are extinct in the Western world.

Dr Grace Liu adds: “So, the way I look at the microbiome, it’s kind of like a wealth portfolio. Here in the Western world, we’re bankrupt in terms of our microbiome”.

How to improve your gut health?

Even if we might be a little short on vital species in our gut microbiome, there are ways we can enrich our microbiome portfolio through diet, detox, and probiotics. Here is how.

Fibre, fibre, fibre.

Dietary fibre promotes the growth of healthy bacteria. There are two types of fibre, each having its own benefits to your gut. Insoluble fibre helps with bowel movement, prevents constipation, and fills you up. It’s found in grains, nuts, seeds, legumes, and the outer skin of root vegetables.

Soluble fibre, on the other hand, slows down digestion and regulates blood glucose levels. It’s contained in most fruits and vegetables, legumes, and oats.

30g of dietary fibre is the daily recommended amount.

Eat fermented foods

Dietary fibre has an amazing quality called fermentability. That is the extent to which a fibre is broken down by our gut bacteria. Fermented foods contain natural microorganisms called probiotics, which enhance our gut flora.

Try adding a portion of the following fermented foods in your diet every day: kimchi, sauerkraut, yoghurt, kombucha, kefir, and fermented vegetables such as pickles and onions.

If you feel like you need an extra probiotic boost, try probiotic supplements. These live bacteria and yeasts restore your microbiome balance.

Eat prebiotics

What probiotics feed off is prebiotics, the “fertilisers in our gardens”. They’re essential for keeping our ecosystem intact and are contained in foods such as onions, garlic, tomatoes, bananas, asparagus, and chicory.

Replace refined sugar with organic chocolate

Excessive amount of processed sugar and artificial sweeteners can cause microbiome dysbiosis. Heavy amounts of processed sugar are contained in most packaged foods and ready meals.

Of course, not all sugar is bad, rather, it’s vital for us. But instead of consuming ‘bad’ sugar, implement natural sugar (carbohydrates) into your diet in the form of fruits and vegetables.

Just like a drug, sugar is addictive. Oftentimes, we use it to add a pinch of sweetness into our lives and uplift our mood. However, after the initial sugar rush comes a sugar crash caused by the overworking of insulin and stress hormones. This leaves us feeling lethargic.

Instead, try and nurture your emotions to avoid sugar binges harming your gut microbiome. Alternatively, do yourself a favour and indulge in some organic chocolate. It’s packed full of nutrients such as magnesium, zinc, and calcium, and naturally boosts your serotonin level. It’s for a reason that the Mayans used to call cacao “the food of the gods”.

Sleep well

In our busy modern lives, we tend to neglect sleep. However, our bodies’ rhythms dictate our gut health. When we don’t get enough sleep, we give way for inflammatory bacteria to flourish in our gut, while healthy bacteria diminish.

Moreover, insufficient sleep can increase hunger levels and lead to obesity. So, make sure you get a good night’s sleep as often as you can.

Practise mindful eating

Mindful eating means paying attention to all your senses while eating: smell, touch, taste, sight, hearing. Turn your dining experience into a ritual. This will help you better understand your appetite and prevent you from overeating, find joy and appreciation in your food, and aid your digestion.

While eating, chew your food properly, so that your saliva releases enzymes that help with digestion. Also, make sure you’re stress free while having your meal, and avoid consuming too many drinks as they could overload your digestive system.

We all tend to focus on gaining riches, but how often do we stop and think about the wealth of our gut microbiome? To guarantee a healthy and fulfilling life, make sure you take care of your gut health and don’t forget to listen to your gut!

Can we prevent Alzheimers

Alzheimer’s is the single most common cause of dementia affecting 10% of those aged 65 and above and 20% of those aged 75 and over. As of now, it is an incurable disease that slowly and progressively destroys the human brain.

A protein called tau is said to be responsible for Alzheimer’s by causing tangles to form in the brain, which eventually kill the nerve cells in the brain, thereby causing it to shrink. As these cells die, the connection among them gets broken, which further aggravates the cognitive symptoms.

Alzheimer’s has been found to be genetically linked-individuals who have a family member with Alzheimer’s are three times more likely to develop the disease. The risk of developing Alzheimer’s has also been linked to lifestyle and environmental factors like obesity etc.

Alzheimer’s is a progressive disease which causes memory loss. This symptom is mild at first, but worsens so much over time that individuals are not able to converse or even respond to the surroundings.

Treatment and prevention

No cure for Alzheimer’s has been found yet even after more than 30 years of research, but in recent years scientists have made tremendous advancement and discovered medications that can impede the progress of this disease.

In addition to these new treatments, there are several other in the pipeline that are now in late stages of clinical trials. These drugs fall in two categories, one that may delay the progression of the disease in person’s already living with Alzheimer’s and the second that may mitigate the onset of the symptoms in the people who are at a risk of developing Alzheimer’s, but before the condition worsens. You should use reputed Dementia home care services near Orlando for any family members that may need full time help.

Is there a breakthrough in the offing?

The current treatments for Alzheimer’s are for the treatment of only mild symptoms, and even these do not work for all people because of the adverse side effects they have. That said, there are new studies on the horizon that are indicating that more help is on hand.

Researchers have now started to focus on the plaques of the brain of Alzheimer’s individuals which occur before the symptoms begin to develop. They are trying to find a way to prevent the build-up of these plaques to prevent the symptoms from developing.

These breakthrough studies have shown promising results. Once these plaques are removed, the brain cells are revived and the patient’s memory, thinking and behaviour stop getting worse.

Other researchers have been focusing on the destruction of the neurons as a treatment for Alzheimer’s. The drug Saracatinib is presently under clinical trials, and studies on animals has shown that it reverses memory loss.

Some researchers are concentrating on drugs that can prevent the formation of tangles, the main cause of Alzheimer’s in individuals. As the protein tau has been linked to dementia and behavioural issues, tau vaccines and tau inhibitors are being tested in clinical trials.

Takeaway

As research continues to develop, it is expected that the new research will have less side-effects. In the meantime, adopting a healthy lifestyle can delay or prevent the onset of Alzheimer’s. That said, everyone is looking forward to a cure for Alzheimer’s in 2022.

6 Life-Saving First Aid Skills Everyone Should Learn

Learning first aid is vital for providing instant initial treatment. A first responder needs to be diligent and quick at providing first aid to victims. Various platforms such as Newcastle Training provide online courses on first aid and demonstrations through onsite training. These courses can help teach necessary first aid steps to every age group when an injury occurs in public or in households.

CPR

CPR (cardiopulmonary resuscitation) is applied when a victim has suffered a cardiac arrest or suffocation, and no medical services are available nearby. The initial steps involve assessing the situation and positioning the victim on their back.

If breathing and heartbeat have stopped, thirty chest compressions are given, followed by two rescue breaths. The entire process is repeated until medical personnel and an automated external defibrillator (AED) arrives at the victim’s aid.

Wound Cleaning

Minor paper cuts and scrapes often heal on their own. However, in serious cases, managing a wound is necessary to prevent the risk of infection, which could lead to severe health complications. Correct cleaning involves rinsing the wound to remove foreign and cellular debris and covering it with an aseptic bandage or cloth.

Choking Management

Inhaling foreign objects can lead to choking asphyxia, increasing the risk of respiratory arrest and brain damage if not managed on time. Choking in adults is managed by Heimlich Maneuver, which involves wrapping arms around the victim and thrusting quickly upward at the epigastric region. The process is repeated until the foreign object is dislodged from the upper respiratory tract and breathing returns to normal.

Epinephrine Administration

Epinephrine is administered via an epinephrine auto-injector such as an EpiPen or Anapen. These auto-injectors are an instant treatment with a pre-measured dose of epinephrine for severe allergic or anaphylactic reactions. Inject an epinephrine auto-injector into the thigh muscle if the victim starts experiencing a skin reaction, hypotension, difficulty in breathing, and weak pulse. On-time administration can prevent the constriction of blood flow and respiratory arrest.

Head Injury Management

Recognizing the signs of a concussion is essential for managing a suspected head injury. Possible signs include dizziness, dilated pupils, altered level of consciousness, a visible bump on the head, or bleeding from the nose, ears, or head wound. Keep the victim still, cold compress the swelling, and stop bleeding from the head wound with a sterile cloth. However, do not apply pressure as an underlying skull fracture could be present.

Bone Injury Management

Bone injuries are very common workplace accidents. If a bone injury is suspected, knowing how to support the bone with a splint is necessary to prevent further fractures. A rigid stick can be used as a brace, and a cloth can be tied around the affected limb to limit movement. This first aid procedure can reduce pain and inflammation.

Common Steps of Any First Aid Procedure

Any first aid usually involves a similar structure. To help the victim as effectively as possible, here is a set of steps a first aider needs to follow:

Assess The Situation And Call For Help

The situation of the affected area or the victim needs to be assessed first for providing the right first aid. Check how many victims are in danger and need assistance and the cause of the situation. This assessment should be done quickly so that the first aid treatment can be given on time. In extremely serious cases, your first course of action should be to call for help.

Communicate With the Victim

If the victim is awake and not in an altered state of consciousness, quickly do a self-introduction and explain the situation and what you will do to help them. Try to comfort and reassure the victim to minimize the effects of emotional distress.

Maintain Safety And Hygiene

In order to prevent the transmission of bacteria or infections, hygiene needs to be maintained. Avoid direct contact with blood or other body fluids by wearing gloves to protect against harmful pathogens. Remove any nearby objects that could further injure the victim or injure you. Washing or sanitizing hands can prevent the spread of bacteria and prevent any complications for both the first aid provider and the victim.

Endnote

Providing first aid at the right moment can prevent life-threatening complications. Knowing how to manage different types of injuries, burns, choking, and performing CPR are some of the critical procedures that everyone should learn.

Best Health Monitoring Technology Specialists 2022

Technology is the future of the care industry. Indeed, with the numerous challenges that the industry is facing – largely the increase in demand – it is inevitable that technology will begin to seep into residential homes, residences, and care facilities. Lilli is one of the leading companies working within this area, and its primary mission is to allow people to live in their homes for longer whilst continuing to receive non-invasive care, therefore increasing independence, and bolstering quality of life.

Lilli, a company that offers proactive health monitoring technology, has grown exponentially over the past couple of years. Indeed, the company achieved a 50% oversubscription of its Pre-Series A funding round, which raised £4.5 million in March 2021. Lilli also acquired a chief strategy officer, chief commercial officer, chief technology officer, and a chief medical officer, boosting the team from four members in August 2020 to 22 by the end of 2021. A notable achievement during a turbulent time in which everyone was working remotely.

The goal behind Lilli is simple – to enable millions of people to live independently in their own homes for as long as possible. As this issue begins to creep further into the public sphere, primarily due to an ageing population and the rising pressure on resources in the health and social care sector, Lilli has decided to take action. Through the use of SaaS technology, the company hopes to revolutionise remote monitoring for home care by moving away from conventional, reactive, alarm-based approaches to a highly accurate, preventive methodology.

How does Lilli aim to do this? Largely through utilising behavioural analytics and sensor technology to create a baseline of an individual’s typical behaviour. In essence, the company places sensors within the home that monitor a range of actions – movement, temperature, night-time activity, and eating and drinking habits, for example. When the resident deviates from this routine or demonstrates wildly abnormal behaviour, Lilli’s technology sends alerts to the care circle, providing them with the chance to investigate and make that all-important early intervention.

Such technology is beneficial within the homes of the elderly or the vulnerable, namely those with learning disabilities or long-term neurological or mental health conditions. Lilli has cultivated a diverse clientele, working to aid those who have a high degree of independence, and also those that need a little bit of extra help. Either way, Lilli hopes to bolster their independence and allow them to live a full life without any significant intrusions. As such, Lilli gains much of its business through local authorities, housing associations, private care organisations and the NHS, because its technology allows for them to allocate resources to areas where it is needed most. Consequently, Lilli’s technology saves time, money, and resources, with benefits radiating from the organisation to the resident.

Subsequently, the company is constantly searching for ways to advance its technology and is constantly innovating and refining its technology in relation to what works in the real world. A significant portion of this conducted through working alongside its clients to understand where their pain-points are and how best to resolve them. Henceforth, Lilli maintains a close relationship with decision-makers and frontline staff alike in the social care sector, and it uses these insights to inform its product development so that it continues to meet the needs of its clients.

Over the past few years, the care industry has been under a great strain due to greater demand and a lack of funding. A Freedom of Information request from The Observer newspaper revealed that across 96 English councils there were 60,664 hours of undelivered home care in December 2021, compared with 15,905 in April. That’s a big increase in shortfall that has a major impact on individuals. As a result, the UK Government plans to invest £150 million on driving greater adoption of technology and digitisation in social care, with the aim of supporting independent living. This is further complimented by Build Back Better policy saw the government pledge to invest £5.4bn in adult social care over the next three years, including £1bn for initiatives such as improvement of digital and technological infrastructure.

At the forefront of the industry, Lilli will benefit greatly from these investments, and therefore, it has a bright future ahead. Throughout the upcoming year, for example, Lilli will be entering an execution phase, in which it will be looking to further extend its offering to more housing associations and the wider private care space, such as domiciliary and homecare agencies. In the long-term, the company has plans to extend its operations overseas, with plans to launch in both the United States and Europe.

For further information, please contact https://www.intelligentlilli.com/ 

3 Ways To Use CBD Oil Products For Self-Care

Few people can deny the fact that we live in stress-filled times. We all have our daily work-related frustrations that were only further exacerbated by the immediate as well as long-lasting repercussions of the COVID-19 pandemic. At the same time, tensions between countries are rising in multiple regions around the world. Many have found that one effective way to manage stress levels is through the use of CBD-infused products.

CBD (Cannabidiol) is one of the over 113 naturally occurring cannabinoids found in the cannabis Sativa plant. The most crucial characteristic of CBD is that, unlike the more well-known THC (tetrahydrocannabinol), it doesn\’t have any psychoactive side effects. As a result, CBD can be used absolutely legally in almost any country, while marijuana and THC have been decriminalized and approved for recreational use in just a couple of places.

Considerations About CBD

With such a wide distribution, CBD-infused products are poised to become a cornerstone of self-care routines for people from numerous cultures and religions. Naturally, this will cause some to ask questions about the application of CBD in the context of their religion, such as – is CBD oil halal? In Islam, the term halal is defined as permissible or lawful, and the general consensus is that CBD is halal because it doesn\’t have an intoxicating effect.

However, certain factors may influence the final decision. For example, some products may use CBD that has been extracted with alcohol, which will immediately define them as haram due to the use of intoxicants. Some tinctures may also rely on alcohol-based extraction methods, so reading the label is a must. Other CBD products like certain types of capsules may be considered haram due to the use of non-halal animal products such as gelatine in their manufacturing.

Potential Benefits

While research for many of the perceived benefits attributed to CBD is still ongoing, many can attest that using CBD oils and creams has boosted their self-care routine significantly. Among the claimed positive effects are relief from sleep problems, aid with bone growth issues, slowing down the growth of tumors, alleviating the symptoms of seizure disorders, and many others. Some simply enjoy the calming effect that CBD has on their mental state when taken at the end of a busy day. Thanks to the variety of different products available on the market, people have the opportunity to pick the right one to address their particular needs.

Topical Use

Topical products applied directly to the skin allow the CBD to rejuvenate the epidermis layer without being absorbed deeper into the skin itself. Using a body lotion in the morning or after a hot shower can help re-hydrate the skin and leave it soft and smooth for the rest of the day. A heavier body cream can be applied to extra dry areas that need a boost. You can even include a CBD-infused serum as part of your skincare to reduce inflammation, hydrate, and encourage the rejuvenation of your face. Topical CBD oils can also bring down muscle soreness after a workout or muscle stiffness caused by working behind a desk for prolonged hours.

Drops And Capsules

CBD can also be taken daily, just like a multivitamin, in order to extract the most out of its potential benefits. You can put a tincture right next to your regular vitamins and place a couple of drops under the tongue every morning. This method guarantees quick absorption into the bloodstream and is considered to be one of the fasters and simplest ways for CBD intake. For the best results, hold the oil for approximately 60 seconds before swallowing what\’s left of it. CBD capsules work similarly. They can be taken with a glass of water and ensure uniformity between each dose. Make sure to read the label of each CBD product before you start using it daily.

Vape Products

Vaping is still a hotly debated issue. Some experts consider it a better alternative to smoking that can help people give up the harmful habit. Others, however, are concerned about the lack of research into the long-term effects vaping may have. Meanwhile, vaping has retained its popularity and can be an effective way of getting the full effects of CBD. You should only use specifically formulated CBD vape oils. Despite the similar naming, other CBD oils and tinctures are intended to be ingested orally and should never be used for vaping.

Dealing With Osteoarthritis: Surgeon Weighs In When Medication Is Not Enough

Osteoarthritis patient numbers have been steadily rising over the past three decades and millions of adults over 50 deal with daily illness-induced pains and limited mobility. Although weight control and exercise might slow the progress of the illness, medical intervention is required to manage advanced cases.

The number of people with osteoarthritis—a degenerative joint disease—jumped by 113% over the past three decades. Given that over 32M of adult Americans are affected by the disease and the cases continue to rise, people who might be prone to developing osteoarthritis tend to need guidance as to how to deal with it.

Osteoarthritis mostly affects people over 50 and is found in the knee, hip, and shoulder joints, among others. Studies show that the disease usually afflicts people who are overweight, do not engage in physical activity, have genetic prevalence, or suffer from certain chronic disorders.

Dr. Sarunas Tarasevicius, a surgeon at Nordorthopaedics Clinic, a leading international orthopedic center in Kaunas, Lithuania, explained that although people can do certain things to slow down the progress of the osteoarthritis, medical intervention is the only option that actually reduces the pain and improves the quality of life in the long run.

When is osteoarthritis surgery recommended?

Osteoarthritis manifests in joint pains, stiffness, swelling, and restricted mobility. Therefore people who have all the symptoms and live with a limited range of movement, experience discomfort and pain during usual daily activities, as well as have signs of joint cartilage damage confirmed by X-rays are recommended to start treatment.

Although physical therapy helps to a certain extent in the initial stages of osteoarthritis, the more advanced cases require medical treatment, Dr. Tarasevicius explained. “Anti-inflammatory medication helps to deal with pain for the time being. Intra-articular injections of hormones is another short-term illness management method which reduces the inflammation and pain, but lasts for up to 3 months.”

However, if the medication does not produce any results, the only option is surgery and, specifically, joint endoprosthesis. “It is the only means that truly helps to manage an advanced osteoarthritis,” the surgeon said. “Besides the significant reduction of pain, the surgery improves joint function and restores the overall quality of life.”

Weight control, regular exercise as illness management measures

It’s been said that cutting back on certain foods like sugar, dairy, saturated and trans fats, alcohol, and refined carbs might reduce the inflammation, and therefore slow down the progress of the illness. Dr. Tarasevicius maintained that even though there is no diet that would completely prevent osteoarthritis, weight control helps to manage the disease.

“People who do not struggle with weight and have developed healthy eating habits are less likely to develop osteoarthritis. And if they undergo joint replacement surgery, the recovery is much faster during the postoperative period,” the surgeon said.

At the same time, exercising cannot stop the disease, but it can affect the well-being after surgical intervention. “Regular physical exercise strengthens the body and therefore allows it to heal much faster after joint replacement surgery,” Dr. Tarasevicius added. “The person is able to begin the recovery process which ultimately leads to the return of normal, pre-illness life.”

3 Tips for Dealing with Anxiety and Stress

There is no single formula when it comes to dealing with stress and anxiety. Each of us experiences and feels it differently. Depending on the severity, symptoms and effects of stress can last from less than an hour to several days.

However, despite this, there are still ways you can manage and deal with them. Though these may not be as effective for everyone, they would still help alleviate the symptoms and make you feel better.

Better Lifestyle Choices

Sometimes, the reason why the side effects and symptoms of stress get heightened is because of yourlifestyle choices. You are only making it worse by avoiding exercise, not eating well, and completely disregarding all your medicines.

So even though it is hard, you have to at least try and take care of yourself. Remember that the first person who needs to help you is yourself. You cannot deal with stress and face your problems if you are too weak, tired, and sleepy.

Also, it is worth mentioning that coffee is not water. Though caffeine may help decrease your feelings of anxiety, it still would not be good and sustainable if you keep relying on it. You have to drink at least 8 or more glasses of water every day. Remember that coffee is a diuretic that can increase your urination. So as much as possible, try to offset it by drinking as much water as you can.

When you do start making better lifestyle choices, be sure to stay consistent and avoid sudden drastic changes in your normal routine. Since symptoms of stress and anxiety can be unpredictable, it is much better to gradually introduce these changes in your everyday life. This way, you would not feel too overwhelmed and pressured into accomplishing these lifestyle changes all at once.

Natural treatments and therapies

Another way that you can deal with stress is with natural treatments and therapies. Examples of these are taking vitamins, dietary supplements, biohacking, hormone therapy, and many more.

Basically, the main idea behind this approach is that since conventional medicine and treatment do not seem to be effective for you, then why not try the alternative and see if that would help. This, however, does not mean that you should completely avoid going to the doctor, these natural treatments are simply supplemental remedies that would alleviate the symptoms for a while and make you feel even better.

For instance, besides the lifestyle and medicine that your doctor recommended, you can also try a fewhormone therapy in Scottsdale or anywhere near you. This therapy would help your anti-anxiety medication because it would optimize your hormones and keep your bodily functions running smoothly.

Mind-body Interventions

As we said earlier, symptoms of stress and anxiety can be unpredictable. That said, you have to be ready once these symptoms suddenly hit you.

One of the best ways to prepare yourself is to find your own coping mechanism. It can be anything, from deep breathing to unclenching your muscles or counting 50 backward. Anything that can help you weather the symptoms until it goes away.

Of course, not all of these would be effective on the first try, which is why you have to try and try again until you find the best one that would keep you calm and get you back on your feet in no time.

On top of that, you can do thesemind-body interventions to avoid triggers and sudden spikes of anxiety as well. So to keep both your mind and body in good shape, you can do these mind-body approaches in between your breaks. Doing this would not only help maintain your calmness at all times, but it would also allow you to practice different interventions for different scenarios.

To help you get started, here are a few examples of mind-body interventions or approaches that you can do: meditation, yoga, breathing exercise, hypnotherapy, tai chi, biofeedback, and so on.

Conclusion

All in all, the best way to combat the symptoms and effects of anxiety and stress is to maintain your overall health.

You would not be able to handle a stressful situation successfully if you lack sleep, nutrients, and energy. Find a balance and try to help yourself as much as you can.

Hull’s Best for Anti-Aging Treatments, 2021

Home to highly qualified staff that have trained under the eye of Harley Street Doctor practitioners and effective treatments, Welton Aesthetics Company is the region’s premium aesthetics clinic. At a competitive rate the company provides cutting-edge procedures that guarantee near-immediate results, including a vast range that tackle ageing, hyperpigmentation, and acne scarring.

Welton Aesthetics Clinic is a private, unisex aesthetics clinic based out of North Ferriby and Willerby. The clinic is devoted to providing a highly professional standard of care, proven treatments, and a relaxed atmosphere, whilst offering exquisite results at a competitive price. It operates on an appointment-basis only, ensuring that each patient receives a personalised and attentive experience – appointments are available from Tuesdays to Friday and offers a late-night service on Wednesdays.

Indeed, the clinic is noted for its dedication to client-centricity, with an enhanced focus on creating a relaxing and pleasant environment. Welton Aesthetics Clinic understands that some customers will be nervous, some don’t like needles, and some will be apprehensive in anticipation for their appointment. Henceforth, it has numerous procedures in place that ensure a private and relaxing experience, in of which the client is the number one priority.

Founded by Mairin Flynn, a highly qualified Aesthetic Practitioner and Pharmacist Independent Prescriber (MPharmS M.Sc. PG. Dip IP), Welton Aesthetics Clinic benefits from an extensive backing of industry expertise. Furthermore, in an industry which continues to go unregulated, Flynn’s range of qualifications serve as a reminder of true professionalism and a devotion to safety. On top of her vast range of qualifications, Mairin consistently upskills, attending the latest training courses which ensures that she maintains her skillset. With over 10 years of experience in the medical industry, Mairin seamlessly combines a unique blend of aesthetics with specialist knowledge.

Therefore, Welton Aesthetics Clinic is able to offer a diverse range of treatments, including a range of innovative anti-aging solutions. One example is Profhilo, an anti-aging treatment based upon a hyaluronic acid formulation. Hyaluronic acid is commonly used as filler to provide volume for different parts of the face in Botox and filler treatments. However, in Profhilo, the product is more viscous and flows throughout the skin in order to boost hydration and create a smoothing effect. The injection fights back against skin laxity, aiding in the regeneration of collagen and elastin, in turn, improving the look of wrinkles and loose skin.

Similarly, Welton Aesthetics Clinic offers Sunekos. Just like Profhilo, Sunekos features hyaluronic acid as a key ingredient, however, it also includes amino acids. This treatment also differs in how it works – Sunekos stimulates the fibroblasts in the skin to produce collagen and elastin. Additionally, it provides a more natural solution for those that do not want fillers or Botox, creating a more subtle result. It is particularly effective in the treatment of dark circles and undereye bags, skin dryness, and acne scarring.

The quality of Welton Aesthetic Clinic’s treatments and the exceptional standard of care are mirrored in the numerous online reviews of the company. One reviewer, known as Kelly, left a review stating, ‘I found Mairin to be professional and very knowledgeable. She talked me through the treatment and really put me at ease as I am nervous with needles. I wouldn’t hesitate to recommend her.’ In addition, Jessica commented, ‘The best treatment for wrinkles and lip filler I have had.’

Such reviews truly reflect the essence of the company. Mairin has cultivated an ambiance that puts clients at ease and never fails to act in a highly professional manner. It is abundantly clear that Welton Aesthetics Clinic has been built upon a foundation of passion, devotion, and a love for the industry, and for these reasons, Welton Aesthetics Clinic is deserving of the title Hull’s Best for Anti-Aging Treatments, 2021.

For further information, please contact Mairin Flynn or visit http://www.weltonaestheticsclinic.co.uk/ 

Patient Rehabilitation Guide: Best Practices for Quick and Effective Recovery

Patient rehabilitation is the process of restoring an individual’s physical, mental and social abilities after an illness or injury. The goal of rehabilitating a patient is to get them back to their pre-injury or illness level of functioning and strive to make their recovery process as speedy and painless as possible.

In this blog post, we will provide you with an overview of the meaning and benefits of rehabilitation and discuss best practices for rehabilitating patients so that they can have a successful recovery.

What is rehabilitation and what are its benefits for patients?

Rehabilitation is the process of restoring a person’s maximum level of functioning and independence following an illness or injury. It can include physical, occupational, and speech therapies.

Rehabilitation helps patients regain strength and mobility, learn new skills, and re-establish important personal relationships. It can also reduce the need for long-term healthcare, preventing strain on caregivers and health services. Overall, rehabilitation provides many benefits for patients and can help them return to normal life.

What are some common challenges of rehabilitation?

There are many challenges faced by patients during rehabilitation. One of the most common is difficulty adjusting to a new routine. It can be difficult to find time for rehabilitation and patients must learn to balance their new recovery goals with existing obligations.

A serious illness or injury may pose the challenge of prolonged pain or soreness. This can be difficult to deal with and may discourage patients from completing rehabilitation exercises due to the discomfort it causes. This may result in feelings of powerlessness and can even have lasting effects on self-esteem. 

Another common challenge is boredom or frustration. Repetition of rehabilitation exercises or activities can be tedious, and it’s easy to become discouraged if you’re not seeing progress.

How can family members help with the rehabilitation process?

Rehabilitation can be a difficult process, both for the individual who is undergoing rehabilitation and for their family members. Family members can play a crucial role in aiding the recovery process by providing emotional support, being encouraging, listening to any concerns, offering hope, assisting with tasks, and serving as a source of information.

Four Stages of Rehabilitation

1. Pain Management and Rest – When you’re in pain, it’s difficult to focus on anything else. It is therefore important to get this under control before you start getting back to your usual activities. Resting helps your body focus on healing and prevents further injury from overworking yourself. Some basic principles of pain management include taking over-the-counter pain medications as prescribed to reduce inflammation and pain.

2. Early Mobilisation – When recovering from an illness or injury, it is important not to become bed ridden for too long as this can have its own associated health complications. To promote early mobilisation, start with short and easy exercises such as walking from one end of the room to another and back again, and progressing gradually to build your strength and avoid overexerting yourself. If you are struggling with mobility issues then we recommend using specialised equipment such as stand aid hoists, slings and mobile hoists to make transferring locations easier and to reduce the risk of falls or re-injury.  

3. Recovering Strength – This is when slightly heavier exercise can be introduced as a way to rebuild muscle and return patients to full strength. Rehabilitation exercises can be quite repetitive, especially for very targeted injuries. Make sure exercises are fun and engaging at this stage to keep up motivation. Include family members in the rehab process whenever possible, as they can provide valuable support and help in recovering strength at a faster rate. 

4. Maintenance and Prevention – The final and often overlooked phase of rehabilitation is injury prevention. Injury prevention at its core involves identifying risk factors for patients who are attending less frequent rehabilitation appointments. These new environments require balancing readjusting to daily life with the continuation of treatment to ensure a successful recovery. It is important that the primary aim at this point is preventing reinjury. This can be done through the continuation of rehabilitation sessions or aided by the use of injury prevention equipment such as a bed rail or a bath lift chair.

Final Thoughts 

As you can see, rehabilitation is a long and difficult process that requires patience and diligence. If you’re currently going through this process or know someone who is, we hope this guide can help pave the way to successful recovery.

Blood test interpretation using AI

Based in Zurich, Switzerland, Smart Blood Analytics Swiss SA is a pioneering R&D company that has championed the use of advanced machine learning algorithms in AI models that can more accurately and efficiently predict diseases and medical conditions based on individual’s blood test results solely. The company released on the market two medical devices. First is SBAS Software which is intended for physician, and mySmartBlood, a mobile application intended for symptomatic end-users. We find out more following the company’s recent award for Most Innovative Machine  Learning Blood Analytics Tool, 2021.

For effective detection, diagnosis and treatment of more than 70 % of diseases, blood tests results are vital. Thanks to timely and accurate blood tests results, professionals and leading authorities of the global medical and healthcare sectors can ensure diagnoses and early intervention for patients that will facilitate better quality of care further down the line and efficiency in managing downstream costs.

However, the interpretation of blood test results can become unnecessarily complicated when multiple parameter values are out of the normal range – or indeed, even when all of those values are within the normal range.

Fortunately, Smart Blood Analytics Swiss SA (SBAS) offers a solution. The Zurich-based company was founded in 2016 by dr. Marko Notar, who still sits at the helm of SBAS and its work at the forefront of the world’s medical research sector. “The current health care system is increasingly dependent on reliable blood test results, the true power of which is frequently underestimated,” states dr. Notar on the SBAS website. “They carry way more information than we ever thought possible. Blood test results represent information and not the knowledge itself. Together they form the true power of Artificial Intelligence, which is efficiently combined in our products.”

A small but flexible and highly specialised organisation with globally renowned expertise in the interpretation of blood test results, SBAS is defined by its innovative approach to its science. This approach primarily centres on the belief in the power of artificial intelligence and its benefits to the future of medical research. Using advanced machine learning algorithms, SBAS is able to provide a broad portfolio of AI models that can accurately and efficiently predict the most probable diagnoses based solely on an individual’s blood test results from the field on internal medicine and neurology. As a result, SBAS is able to offer probable diagnoses and expanding differential diagnosis leading to more effective treatment and better overall outcomes.

This process has been perfected in the firm’s first flagship product, the SBAS Software. A cloud-based software service that is accessible through either an API or web-application, SBAS Software employs a two-step process.

The first step is to gather its patients’ blood test results that include complete blood count with differential and common parameters from biochemistry, haemostatic, enzyme, lipid, protein & amino acids, vitamins and hormone panels. This usually provides sufficient data for the SBAS Software models to predict the most probable disease, confirm a human-made diagnosis, or expand the differential diagnosis.

These ground-breaking models have been built on SBAS’s signature machine-learning algorithms to analyse hundreds of groups of medical conditions and diseases across the field of internal medicine, ranging from rheumatology to cardiology, toxicology, haematology to endocrinology, pulmonology and nephrology to gastroenterology and field of neurology. The SBAS Software is also able to recognise disease-related blood laboratory patterns that go beyond existing medical knowledge. As a result, SBAS’s solutions offer higher diagnostic accuracy compared to traditional quantitative interpretations based only on reference ranges.  

SBAS is then able to deliver a comprehensive report complete with a list of ten of the most likely diseases with the corresponding ranking factors and parameter evidence and an intuitive multilevel pie chart – a valuable asset in increasing the efficiency and improving the accuracy of a doctor’s diagnostics.

Consequently, SBAS’s pioneering solution is recognised internationally for its benefits in improving the diagnostic process as it enables doctors to make more accurate and more efficient decisions, resulting in better outcomes for patients and reduced costs for healthcare systems. As a result, SBAS’s team of professionals within the fields of medicine, machine learning, laboratory biomedicine and chemistry have since been called upon to take their solution even further.

As a result, SBAS has launched its research and development of an AI diagnostic test for Covid-19 infected patients that uses only a routine blood test results. Research around the viral infection that has been at the centre of worldwide attention for over a year and a half has found that symptomatic Covid-19 patients develop characteristic changes in their routine blood parameters. However, it is usually only a small fraction of information contained in routine blood test results that is actually extracted.

With machine learning, a diagnostic is able to better identify subtle patterns within the data extracted, making it a more ideal tool for recognising the indicators of Covid-19’s presence. Differentiating Covid-19 from 100 other viral and bacterial diseases, based on only 35 routine blood test results, SBAS’s COVID-19 diagnostic model achieves sensitivity of 83.5% and specificity of 99.1% (N=4434). Designed for adults presenting to emergency rooms and hospitals, SBAS’s COVID-19 diagnostic model is fast establishing itself as a highly-valued asset in the global pandemic that continues to dominate headlines over twenty months after it first entered public awareness.

Since SBAS Software is made to be used only by physicians, the SBAS team also felt the need to offer something to the end-users. They launched a mobile application for iOS and Android mobile devices called mySmartBlood, which operates by using the SBAS Software model. It is an in vitro diagnostic medical device for symptomatic users that provides a list of potential groups of diseases based solely on users’ blood test results.

The users simply download their Mandatory List of Parameters (MBPL), measure the required blood parameters in the nearest laboratory, enter the results in the mySmartBlood application, and create a report. The report can be viewed directly on the phone, or it can be downloaded as a PDF document that users can share with their physician. It’s a great tool that can guide its users to the right healthcare professional, enables physicians to make more accurate diagnostic decisions, and significantly shortens the path to the final diagnosis of the users.

Now, SBAS’s research is pushing the abilities of its AI-driven models even further, pursuing the answers to questions such as whether other serious medical conditions like brain tumours could be diagnosed through routine blood tests. Although many within the medical and healthcare sectors still show reluctance to embrace the power of AI in advancing scientific research within this sphere, SBAS is pioneering the move to its acceptance.

From demonstrating its algorithm’s alignment to the Seven Principles of Healthcare Ethics – those being autonomy or self-determination, beneficence, nonmaleficence, confidentiality, justice, role fidelity and veracity – to its publication and recognition on internationally acclaimed platforms including the Scientific Reports and the 38th Annual J.P Morgan Healthcare Conference in San Francisco, SBAS is demonstrating its increasing and impressive credibility.

Now, in addition to its recent receipt of its CE mark for SBAS Software and mySmartBlood and ISO 13485 standard certificate stating that Smart Blood Analytics Swiss SA meets all EU safety and health requirements and is cleared for entry into the EU and EEA areas, SBAS is celebrating further success. The firm has won the award for Most Innovative Machine Learning Blood Analytics Tool, 2021 at the GHP – Global Excellence Awards, a testament to the advanced and pioneering technology developed by a team with unparalleled expertise and commitment to the progression of medical science.

For further information, please contact Ziga Osterc or visit https://www.smartbloodanalytics.com/en/home

Why Should You Move to Senior Living Communities Before You Need Support?

In most cases, senior adults prefer aging in place, or staying in their homes after retirement. While this is naturally the best and easiest way, it isn’t always the best option. Even though at-home nursing services and other options may seem ideal, moving to senior living communities sometimes becomes necessary.

Modern senior living communities offer more than ordinary old-age care. Even though daily support is the primary reason seniors move to retirement communities, there are other benefits of transitioning to senior living at Riverview Retirement Community before your health deteriorates.

1. It Gives You Time to Prepare

Waiting for serious reasons, specifically deteriorating health, to force your move into retirement communities significantly limits your decisions and choices. Health conditions such as dementia cannot be predicted, and such emergencies often give a short time to prepare for this transition.

However, if you move when support isn’t the deciding factor, you get enough time to set timelines, prepare your finances, tour several communities, give out or sell your house, and organize other belongings on your preferred terms.

2. Enjoy the Community Longer

Active adults find various activities available in retirement communities fun and easy to engage in. These communities have recreation rooms, fitness centers, and other activities aimed at keeping residents healthy as long as possible. Activities and amenities available include;

Cooking classes

Community picnics and barbecues

Bus and field trips

Cycling

Shuffleboard

Bingo

Writing classes

Movie nights

3. Friendly Neighbors

Living alone, especially after retirement, can take a serious toll on aging adults. Several studies have shown that isolation and loneliness can lead to depression and speeds up the development and progression of dementia. Fortunately, you can avoid or mitigate these health issues by moving to a senior living community earlier. The community has friendly neighbors, allowing residents to build a strong peer support system. Making new friends with different hobbies decreases the feeling of loneliness and inspires one to try new things.

4. Travel Without Worrying

Most senior adults travel with ease when living in senior retirement centers. Consider moving into a retirement community instead of leaving a solitary home or paying someone to maintain the garden or check on the mail. Senior living communities are well maintained, and residents enjoy security features that allow them to travel with peace of mind.

5. Design Your Retirement Lifestyle Best

Moving to a senior living community provides more than a nice residential place. You also get to design your daily life as you choose, use the available on-campus amenities, and trade your worries for a life full of relaxation.

6. Focus on Improving Relationships

Living maintenance-free in retirement centers gives senior adults more time and energy to focus on who they love. Hosting family, friends, and relatives is less stressful when you don’t have to be worried about cooking meals and housekeeping. You can focus on building relationships during the entire period.

7. Better Health and Longevity

Senior living communities promote the health and well-being of their residents. Meals in these communities have optimal nutrition; residents can use on-site fitness areas, visit health clinics, practice meditation and yoga, and other wellness-focused activities. This promotes individual health and longevity. Specific health benefits of moving into senior living communities earlier include:

Encourages healthy eating and exercising habits

Lowers the risk of developing cardiovascular problems, osteoporosis, some cancers, and rheumatoid arthritis

Lowers blood pressure

Reduces risk of stroke and the risk of Alzheimer\’s disease

8. A Convenient Location

You should consider the location before moving into a retirement community. Location is not only beneficial for residents who prefer using public transport or walking but also allows residents to maintain some autonomy by enabling them to complete various tasks without assistance. Most senior living communities are close to:

Hospitals

Churches

Shopping malls

Theatres

Restaurants

Grocery stores

When Should You Make the Move?

With these benefits, how do you know it\’s time to consider making a move? Unfortunately, the perfect time isn\’t the same for everybody. However, you should watch out for several signs, such as:

 Worsening medical conditions

Money problems and challenges in managing domestic finances

Social isolation or depression

Declining ability to care for oneself

Endnote

Though it sounds overwhelming, you should consider moving into a senior living center before your health dictates. By doing so, seniors experience lifestyles that can’t be achieved in their homes. The benefits of moving to senior living communities outweigh possible concerns that can keep seniors stuck in their homes.

What to Do If You Are Injured in a Car Accident

Assisted living facilities assist older adults who need help with various daily life aspects but can function well independently. They offer meals, medication management, ordering and administration, self-care, fall and mobility risk assistance, laundry, gardening, housekeeping, and other home maintenance activities. When choosing an assisted living community, it\’s critical to ensure they can meet your loved one\’s medical needs, budget, and community standards.

Considering the many facilities out there, picking one might be challenging. Talking to older adults before beginning your search helps you understand their preferences. Discussed below are seven factors to consider when selecting an assisted living facility.

Services

Assisted living residents usually require help with a few daily living activities, including walking, bathing, and dressing but may not need constant nursing care. While some facilities provide housekeeping, dining, medication management support, and wellness and exercise programs, others offer tailored services depending on specific health requirements, including Alzheimer\’s disease, dementia, and Parkinson\’s disease. Find out if potential assisted living communities such as Longhouse provide specialized care for seniors with unique conditions.

Most facilities offer healthcare services like dietary support, pharmacist, and occupational, speech, and physical therapy. Others may also provide hospice care, social work, and mental health counseling services. Consider picking a facility that invests in programs to improve the seniors’ quality of life, including community outings, pet and art therapy, piano, and computer lounges.

Location

Location is critical when choosing an assisted living facility for your loved one. This may depend on their preference. Most seniors wish to remain in communities where they live, close to familiar surroundings, or in proximity to their loved ones. This also ensures that family members can visit them regularly.

Staff-resident ratio

The staff-resident ratio is essential in assisted living because it determines the quality of care your loved one receives. It determines how many staff are available for every member of the assisted living community. Most communities have their ratios online, so look for them before committing to a particular community. The staff-resident ratio is crucial because your loved one might not get quality care in an understaffed community. Choosing a community with more staff means seniors with special needs will get the attention they require, ensuring their safety and prompt care in a medical emergency.

Size

According to the National Center for Assisted Living (NCAL), the average size of an assisted living facility is 33 licensed beds. Facilities vary greatly in size, from small facilities to extra-large ones. Depending on your state, the NCAL website will provide you with all the details you may need. Bear in mind that the facility\’s size may also affect the services offered. Bigger assisted living facilities have many amenities, including entertainment and swimming pools. They may also provide specialized care units.

Cost

Cost is a key consideration when deciding on the facility to choose. Your budget dictates the room size your loved one will get, including whether it\’s a shared or private one. It also determines the kind of facility you can afford plus the services the resident can enjoy. If Medicaid covers your loved one, their options are more limited than those who can access other payment needs such as long-term care insurance, personal savings, veteran benefits, home equity life insurance, or other resources.

Facilities may also vary based on how you pay for them. Some may need monthly rent, an upfront cost, or follow other payment systems. Shortlist the facilities you can afford, then narrow down your choices based on other critical criteria.

The Facility’s Culture

When choosing an assisted living community, consider one that offers a lot of social outings and responsibilities to the residents. Your elderly loved ones should make meaningful relationships with other residents and staff. Consider picking communities that offer social meal times coupled with fun events, opportunities to relax with others, and outdoor gazebos, picnic tables, or benches for close discussions in good weather. Upon picking potential assisted facilities, touring them in person gives you an idea of what to expect, get a feeling of how your loved one will live, and meet the staff.

Accreditation and staff member training

Choose a facility whose team is trained, certified and has the knowledge and compassion to care for the elderly. Consider assisted living communities whose staff continuously improve their training to ensure your loved one’s care.

Endnote

Assisted living communities help seniors with their daily living activities. Consider these factors when selecting an assisted living facility.

Does Niacin Work? Everything You Need to Know

Niacin, or nicotinic acid, is a supplemental B vitamin that has long been used to help alleviate the pain and symptoms of arthritis. This supplement has been used for years and is considered a natural way of helping to restore and improve the quality of life for those who struggle with arthritis. 

If you, or a loved one, have been looking for ways to help naturally and organically treat arthritis, then Niacin is something you do not want to overlook. Arthritis isn’t the only thing that niacin has been shown to help improve as it also plays a role in the areas of sleep and even improving memory. Read on for everything from what exactly Niacin is to what niacin benefits can help improve your health. 

What is Niacin?

Niacin is known as vitamin B3 because it is the third B vitamin discovered. In total, there are eight different B vitamins that all play an essential part in helping to maintain your best health. While each vitamin has its unique function, the vitamin B complex is typically associated with naturally increasing your energy, the growth of red blood cells, and other aspects of your system like appetite and natural function.  

This vitamin has a vital role in the body, as it is critical for synthesizing two essential coenzymes. Niacin plays a role in the natural synthesis of nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD) and nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NADP). 

These two coenzymes play a massive role in your body’s biochemistry and are necessary for life. With over 400 different biochemical reactions, these are two of the most important coenzymes that your body produces, and vitamin B is an important part of the synthesis process. Put simply, without vitamin B, your body wouldn’t be able to support everyday life.

How Do You Get Vitamin B3?

Vitamin B3 is an essential vitamin that must be taken in through tour diet as your body cannot produce this vitamin naturally. This vitamin is water-soluble and can be found in various foods. Because it is so important, it makes sense that most food would be able to supply your body with the amount of B3 necessary. 

While it is easy to maintain adequate B3 levels, deficiencies can still occur, and vitamin B3 deficiencies can be fatal if not addressed. 

Niacin On the Circulatory System

Niacin has a specific effect on your body’s cardiovascular system. While it has a wide array of benefits, its impact on the circulatory system is one of its most notable effects. If a person has not built up a tolerance to vitamin B3, it can cause what is known as the flush. 

Helping to dilate blood vessels and increase blood flow can have excellent effects on the body, impacting certain conditions like arthritis. 

How Niacin Helps Arthritis

Arthritis is one of the most common medical conditions in the United States. Hundreds of millions of people suffer from this condition each day, and it’s increasingly common for people the older they get. Most people are familiar with the tenants of arthritis, associating it with joint pain and discomfort. 

While there are several different kinds of arthritis, one of the ways that you can reduce inflammation and help ease the discomfort of joint pain is by increased circulation. Niacin supplements are an over-the-counter, natural way of helping to relieve discomfort from joint stiffness and pain. 

Niacin Benefits

Because niacin is critical for synthesizing coenzyme NAD and NADP, this vitamin has wide-reaching positive effects on the body. For example, the biochemical reactions of NAD and NADP help with cellular redox and mitochondrial health; they play a significant role in signal pathways and improve energy metabolism. 

Niacin has also been linked to helping improve blood cholesterol and increasing the levels of good cholesterol in the body. It does this by actually blocking an enzyme responsible for making cholesterol in the liver. 

Niacin has also been found to positively impact your body’s natural rest pathways by helping to produce stress-reducing hormones. This can help people feel more relaxed and at peace, which has made it a natural sleep aid for those who struggle with unwinding at the end of the day.

Conclusion 

Taking niacin supplements is a great way to ensure that your body has the necessary vitamin B3 to stay strong and healthy. Not only that, but supplements help to bring you the peace of mind that you are getting what you need without complicating your diet throughout the week. 

8 Signs Your Senior Family Member Needs a Caregiver

If you have a senior family member, it’s likely they will avoid seeking help as they age, since most seniors want to remain in control of their life for as long as possible. This means that you have to monitor them to determine when to seek help to keep your elderly loved one safe and in good mental, physical and social health. Read on for 8 signs that your older family member needs a caregiver.

Improper medication management

Did you know that most aging adults in the United States fill nine to 13 prescriptions each year? These prescriptions can be challenging to manage as your senior family member ages and forgetfulness takes root, and you may start noticing full bottles of prescription medicine in the cabinets. Consider hiring a caregiver from Husky Senior Care to help your loved one manage their medication. A professional caregiver will ensure the senior family member takes medication on time and does not duplicate doses or overdose.

Filthy home

It is not unusual for most people to live in a bit of clutter. However, you should be worried if you notice a significant change in your senior family member’s housekeeping routine. If you witness any evidence of hoarding, stained or wet carpets or furniture, dirty dishes, spoiled food in the kitchen, mould in the bathroom, or unmaintained landscaping, it could signify that your elderly parent requires help from a caregiver to keep the home in pristine condition and prevent health complications.

Chronic illness diagnosis

According to research by the National Council on Aging, 80% of senior adults suffer from at least one chronic disease, while 77% have two or more chronic illnesses. As your loved one ages, these conditions often deteriorate, and it can be challenging to manage them by themselves.

Unexplained bruises, scrapes, and cuts

Falls are some of the leading causes of death among senior adults 65 years and above. The risk of falls increases as these adults age, with over half of them falling every year at age 80.  If you notice any unexplained bruises, scrapes, and cuts on your elderly loved one, it could indicate falls, so you should consider seeking help from a professional. Caregivers are certified and trained in fall prevention, so they can fall-proof your senior family member’s home to ascertain that they remain safe.

Lack of proper personal hygiene

Has your senior family member been consistently wearing the same outfit for a few days now? Is there a decline in your elderly parent’s appearance? This indicates difficulties in maintaining personal hygiene. A professional caregiver can ensure your loved one bathes regularly, brushes their teeth daily, and even take care of their grooming and personal hygiene.

Changes in mental and behavioural status

Changes in mental and behavioural status are some of the most apparent signs that your senior family member needs a caregiver. Suppose you realize your loved one has suddenly lost interest in activities and hobbies, is experiencing challenges keeping track of time, fails to return family members or friend’s calls, or becomes physically or verbally abusive. In that case, you should seek a trained caregiver’s services. These mental and behavioural changes are often side effects of Parkinson’s disease, dementia, or Alzheimer’s, so you should ensure your loved ones get the desired medical attention to cope with their condition.

Decreased mobility

Reduced mobility is one of the leading causes of fall-related deaths among older adults. As they age, your elderly parent’s mobility and balance often decline. Hiring a professional caregiver helps you monitor your loved ones to make it safer and easier to get around while maintaining their freedom. Below are signs of mobility issues among older adults:

A decline in motor coordination

Wobbling when walking

Muscular rigidity or spasms

Numbness or absence of sensitivity in the feet

General muscle weakness: dragging of feet, limping, or allowing hips to fall

Complete lack of general body movement

Forgetfulness

If you notice stacks of unopened mails, unpaid bills, and missed appointments, it could indicate forgetfulness, a symptom of Alzheimer\’s. Hire a home caregiver to monitor your senior loved one as some signs of forgetfulness, such as forgetting how to turn off stoves or take medicine, could have severe repercussions.

Endnote

Hiring a caregiver gives you peace of mind as you are confident that your senior family member is well cared for. Look out for the above signs to determine whether or not your elderly parent needs a caregiver.

7 Factors to Consider When Selecting an Assisted Living Facility

Assisted living facilities assist older adults who need help with various daily life aspects but can function well independently. They offer meals, medication management, ordering and administration, self-care, fall and mobility risk assistance, laundry, gardening, housekeeping, and other home maintenance activities. When choosing an assisted living community, it\’s critical to ensure they can meet your loved one\’s medical needs, budget, and community standards.

Considering the many facilities out there, picking one might be challenging. Talking to older adults before beginning your search helps you understand their preferences. Discussed below are seven factors to consider when selecting an assisted living facility.

Services

Assisted living residents usually require help with a few daily living activities, including walking, bathing, and dressing but may not need constant nursing care. While some facilities provide housekeeping, dining, medication management support, and wellness and exercise programs, others offer tailored services depending on specific health requirements, including Alzheimer\’s disease, dementia, and Parkinson\’s disease. Find out if potential assisted living communities such as Longhouse provide specialized care for seniors with unique conditions.

Most facilities offer healthcare services like dietary support, pharmacist, and occupational, speech, and physical therapy. Others may also provide hospice care, social work, and mental health counseling services. Consider picking a facility that invests in programs to improve the seniors’ quality of life, including community outings, pet and art therapy, piano, and computer lounges.

Location

Location is critical when choosing an assisted living facility for your loved one. This may depend on their preference. Most seniors wish to remain in communities where they live, close to familiar surroundings, or in proximity to their loved ones. This also ensures that family members can visit them regularly.

Staff-resident ratio

The staff-resident ratio is essential in assisted living because it determines the quality of care your loved one receives. It determines how many staff are available for every member of the assisted living community. Most communities have their ratios online, so look for them before committing to a particular community. The staff-resident ratio is crucial because your loved one might not get quality care in an understaffed community. Choosing a community with more staff means seniors with special needs will get the attention they require, ensuring their safety and prompt care in a medical emergency.

Size

According to the National Centre for Assisted Living (NCAL), the average size of an assisted living facility is 33 licensed beds. Facilities vary greatly in size, from small facilities to extra-large ones. Depending on your state, the NCAL website will provide you with all the details you may need. Bear in mind that the facility\’s size may also affect the services offered. Bigger assisted living facilities have many amenities, including entertainment and swimming pools. They may also provide specialized care units.

Cost

Cost is a key consideration when deciding on the facility to choose. Your budget dictates the room size your loved one will get, including whether it\’s a shared or private one. It also determines the kind of facility you can afford plus the services the resident can enjoy. If Medicaid covers your loved one, their options are more limited than those who can access other payment needs such as long-term care insurance, personal savings, veteran benefits, home equity life insurance, or other resources.

Facilities may also vary based on how you pay for them. Some may need monthly rent, an upfront cost, or follow other payment systems. Shortlist the facilities you can afford, then narrow down your choices based on other critical criteria.

The Facility’s Culture

When choosing an assisted living community, consider one that offers a lot of social outings and responsibilities to the residents. Your elderly loved ones should make meaningful relationships with other residents and staff. Consider picking communities that offer social meal times coupled with fun events, opportunities to relax with others, and outdoor gazebos, picnic tables, or benches for close discussions in good weather. Upon picking potential assisted facilities, touring them in person gives you an idea of what to expect, get a feeling of how your loved one will live, and meet the staff.

Accreditation and staff member training

Choose a facility whose team is trained, certified and has the knowledge and compassion to care for the elderly. Consider assisted living communities whose staff continuously improve their training to ensure your loved one’s care.

Endnote

Assisted living communities help seniors with their daily living activities. Consider these factors when selecting an assisted living facility.

How Do You Know if You Have A Chronic Venous Insufficiency?


Chronic venous insufficiency happens when the valves in your leg veins are not working well. This means that your blood is having a hard time returning to your heart from your legs. Because of this, blood can pool in your legs which can result in varicose veins, pain, swelling, and even leg discoloration.

So toprevent these from happening, we discussed some of the things you should know about chronic venous insufficiency as well as the symptoms and treatments that you opt for should you experience it yourself.

Causes of Chronic Venous Insufficiency

For a treatment to be effective, it is crucial to get to the bottom of why you havechronic venous insufficiency complications in the first place.

That said, you are more prone to CVI if you have any of the conditions below.

Overweight
It is no secret that leg problems such as CVI are one of the most common problems of obese patients. In fact, astudy shows that elderly overweight men are at a higher risk of advanced clinical grades of CVI. Though not conclusive, diabetes and hypertension among these men can be comorbid as well.

Pregnancy
In the third semester, pregnant women who have CVI show side effects such as night cramps, itching, edema, varicose veins, pain, skin discoloration, and heaviness. TheSociety for Vascular Surgery also stated that CVI can occur in up to 80% of women.

Family History
One of the easiest ways to tell if you are prone to CVI is to simply ask your family or relatives if they have it. Several studies have concluded that CVI can be a part of a genetic syndrome. So if your mom or dad has it, then there is a possibility that they might have passed it on to you as well.

Other Vein Conditions
A vein condition called phlebitis and deep vein thrombosis can lead to CVI. Phlebitis is when the veins close to your skin start to swell and become inflamed; while deep vein thrombosis is when a blood clot forms in the deep veins of your legs.

Lifestyle Choice
Though this is not a definitive cause of CVI, your lifestyle choice of not exercising and being inactive for too long increases your risk factor. So even though you do not tick any of the causes mentioned before, you can still have CVI in your legs.

Signs and Symptoms

While it is true that chronic venous insufficiency is often accompanied by varicose veins, this might not always ring true and applicable to everyone. There have been some cases wherein varicose veins are simply as is and did not lead to CVI.

Remember that symptoms can range from flakiness to a burning sensation on your legs, depending on the severity of your condition. Some CVI, when left untreated, can also lead to skin discoloration and even ulcers.

With that, it is important to spot CVI early and have them treated immediately before it gets worse. Symptoms of CVI can include:

Varicose veins
Leg swelling
Leg pain
Heaviness
Fatigue
Restless Legs
Flakiness or skin itching
Ulcer

Treatment

With early prevention, you can treat chronic venous insufficiency with these basic remedies and strategies

Elevate your legs as much as you can every time you are sitting or resting
Wear compression stockings
Stay active and avoid inactiveness for too long
Practice portion control and avoid sudden weight gain
Maintain a healthy weight
Drink vitamins to keep your overall body healthy

As for those who already suffer the symptoms of CVI, there are several treatments that you can opt for to minimize or even permanently remove them.

For example, one of the most common symptoms of CVI is spider veins and varicose veins. To eliminate these symptoms, you can visit any vein clinic near you and have them treated with any minimally invasive procedures like sclerotherapy and ablation. Most of these treatments takes less than an hour or so to complete. So you can conveniently book an appointment with any vein clinic to have them removed anytime.

Other than varicose veins, other symptoms of CVI can be easily treated as well since there are now tons of vein doctors and vascular surgeons across the states.

All in all, since CVI is very common among adults, finding a vein doctor who can help you treat them is now convenient and easy today.

5 Ways To Help College Students With Mental Health Issues

5 Ways to Help Students with Mental Health Issues

Mental health issues affect everyone at some stage in their lives but are especially concerning for students who are exposed to greater levels of stress and pressure while they’re studying at college or university. This could be financial stress, anxiety about upcoming exams, term papers or depression to name a few.

Exercise regularly

One of the most common mental health issues among students at college is depression. According to the NHS, this affects people in many different ways and can manifest itself in a number of forms. Typically they range from feelings of hopelessness, low energy levels and a profound lack of interest in the activities or subjects you would normally enjoy, to more serious symptoms like having suicidal thoughts.

Exercise has been proven to relieve symptoms in those experiencing moderate to mild forms of depression. Ideally, The type of exercise you choose should be one that you enjoy otherwise it will be difficult to practise on a regular basis. Anything from walking or jogging, to dancing and weight lifting will help. The amount of exercise you need will vary from person to person. It’s a good idea to experiment to find out which forms of exercise work for you and can fit into your weekly routine.

Get enough sleep

Getting enough sleep could be one of the most overlooked issues when it comes to managing our mental health. Most of us will spend around one-third of our lives asleep. This essential process is crucial to maintaining our overall well-being. Sleeping helps us recover from mental and physical exertion as well as playing a vital role in learning by consolidating memories and connections in the brain.

Practice Meditation

According to Mayo Clinic, meditation has been used to relieve stress and anxiety and calm the mind for millennia. When it comes to managing mental health, it could be a very useful tool in your arsenal. If you’re feeling overwhelmed, stressed out or anxious, meditation may help to greatly reduce these symptoms.

You can find detailed instructions online, but a basic meditative process usually involves focussing your attention on your breath with the intention of clearing your mind of the jumbled thoughts and overthinking that might be causing you stress and anxiety.

Use Modern Technologies in your education

Using modern tools can help to alleviate the stressors inherent in the daily life of students struggling to bear heavy workloads and meet important deadlines. Many different apps on the market will help you organise your documents, make structured goals and analyse your work for grammar mistakes and plagiarism.

It can be difficult to keep track of your essays and coursework to make sure they meet the requirements set by your college or university. Using a simple tool like a plagiarism checker makes it much easier to hand in an acceptable essay reducing the stress and anxiety you may feel wondering whether or not your essay will be rejected.

See a counsellor or therapist

The strategies we’ve covered in this article have been proven to help students deal with mild to moderate mental health issues. However, these strategies do have their limitations. Mental health issues are varied and complex and sometimes require the expertise of a professional like a counsellor or a therapist. If you believe your mental health issues to be more serious than the common ones experienced by most students, it’s best to seek the advice of a professional by reaching out to either your college counsellor or psychologist.

Conclusion

Being a student isn’t easy. Stress in its many forms can lead to a reduction in your mental well-being while you\’re juggling a busy life at a college or university. It’s important to know that there are vast numbers of different tools and strategies you can use to help improve your mental health. Regular exercise, getting enough sleep, practising meditation and using helpful tools have all been shown to help manage common mental health issues like mild to moderate forms of depression and anxiety.

Author’s BIO

James Collins is a former school teacher and writer. His work is focused primarily on the education sector. He has published many articles on a variety of subjects and is currently working on an e-book.
[*image1*]

https://www.pexels.com/photo/white-and-brown-wooden-tiles-3656855/

[*image2*]

https://www.pexels.com/search/mentalhealth/

7 Benefits of Kids Sleep Spray

It’s not just grown-ups who sometimes struggle with bedtime. Our environment is overly stimulating for people of all ages, including our young children. So when it’s time to hit the pillow, even the little ones need extra help.

Kids sleep spray is one product you should consider adding to your family’s evening routine. These products bring lots of benefits to the bedtime ritual and give you – the parent – some extra peace of mind at night.

Let’s list the top seven benefits of sleep spray for kids and share how it works.

1. Kids Fall Asleep Faster

Experienced parents know that getting kids to bed is a challenge in itself. However, children are adventurous, curious, and full of energy – especially around bedtime, for some reason!

With just a few sprays from a well-formulated pillow and linen spray, you set the scene (and the scent) appropriately for your little one to wind down more quickly.

This will save you time rocking, shushing, and doing all the things you do to encourage sleep. Instead, find a sleep mist containing compounds from lavender, cedarwood, and sandalwood that bring on sleep in a shorter timeframe.

2. They Stay Asleep Longer

When a child falls asleep, there are no guarantees they’ll stay in their slumbering state for long. Many children are “light” sleepers in their early years and will wake up at the smallest noise or disturbance in the environment. 

By using a sleep spray with ingredients like bergamot and jasmine, your child will sleep for longer without waking up at inopportune times. Kids need restorative sleep to thrive, and that’s precisely what you get by incorporating a sleep spray into the routine.

Whether it’s naptime in the afternoon or time for bed at the end of the day, a balanced sleep spray is a parent’s best friend for ensuring deep and restful sleep for their kid.

3. Natural Fragrance

Even as kids, the power of scent can’t be overlooked and is key to triggering specific responses like relaxation and sleep. Like certain smells prime our minds to chill out at the end of the day – a bubble bath, for example – you can use a kids’ sleep spray to achieve the same effect.

More importantly, you want a fragrance that is kid-friendly and suitable for adults. Avoid scents that are over-the-top sweet or have a clear artificial synthesis.

Natural is always better for a product like this, so look around for a pillow and linen spray that smells great and checks all the boxes.

4. Ingredients You Can Trust

We mentioned the importance of a natural product, and when kids are involved, this is even more significant. Young children have extra sensitive skin, and their physiology is still in early development. Therefore, you should minimize (or eliminate) all unnatural products if possible.

Don’t make any assumptions or cut corners when analyzing ingredients, and be sure to get the big picture from the manufacturers themselves. For example, say no to artificial dyes, parabens, silicones, and colorants that aren’t necessary for an effective formula.

Better yet, ensure that a sleep spray has the green light from pediatricians and is biometrically validated in a series of tests before it hits the market.

5. Easy to Use

As a parent, you’ve got a lot on your plate when bedtime rolls around. Cleaning up the kitchen, picking up around the house, getting everything for tomorrow – plus, you’re exhausted!

This is why a sleep spray should be easy and intuitive to use with just the push of a button. You shouldn’t have to fill up a diffuser or a humidifier unit and worry about plugs and settings. 

A sleep spray should be effective with a few well-placed mists, giving you a quick and straightforward way to get the kids ready for bed.

6. Better Nights = Better Days

Have you ever noticed how life is just way easier when your child (and you) wake up from a full night of restorative sleep? There’s less stress and strain, more forgiveness, and just a higher standard of living for everyone.

This is just one knock-on benefit of a sleep spray that you may not realize until you’ve been using the product for a few weeks. After that, you’ll get more out of each day and finally get into that reliable routine that makes all the difference.

7. Pressure Off the Parents

Sleepless nights are just a part of the deal in early parenthood, but that shouldn’t be the case after a few months. With a sleep spray in your toolkit, you can start easing back into a good lifestyle for your mental and physical health as a parent.

Make the Most of Bedtime

Bedtime shouldn’t have to be a hassle anymore! Look into a sleep spray for kids and see how it can benefit you and your family right now.